1 Maccabees

ΜΑΚΚΑΒΑΙΩΝ Α (Of-Makkaba-belonged 1)

1 MACCABEES

Inscr Μακκαβαιων α' ℵAV

(331 B.C.)

1Ma 1:1 ΚΑΙ ἐγένετο μετὰ τὸ πατάξαι Ἀλέξανδρον τὸν Φιλίππου τὸν Μακεδόνα, ὃς ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς γῆς Χεττιείμ, καὶ ἐπάταξεν τὸν Δαρεῖον βασιλέα Περσῶν καὶ Μήδων, καὶ ἐβασίλευσεν ἀντ' αὐτοῦ πρότερον ἐπὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα.

And it-had-became with to-the-one to-have-smote to-an-Alexandros to-the-one of-a-Filippos to-the-one to-a-Makedian, which it-had-came-out out of-the-one of-a-soil of-a-Chettieim, and it-smote to-the-one to-a-Dareios to-a-ruler-of of-Persians and of-Mêdians, and it-rulered-of ever-a-one of-it to-more-before upon to-the-one to-a-Hellas.

Note: the dating of 1 Maccabees is based upon the following chart (see also chart Ezr_1:1):

1:1 τον Μακεδονα] om τον ℵ | εκ της γης] εις γην ℵ* εκ γης ℵc.aV | Δαριον ℵAV* | βασιλεα] pr τον V | προτερος V

Yr. markers in text (reckoned from 312 B.C. when Israêl came under Hellenistic control).

1Ma_1:7, Alexander reign 12 yrs. and died 336-323

1Ma_1:10, Antiochus IV Epiphanes begins 312-137 = 175

1Ma_1:20, Antiochus IV Epiphanes campaign 312-143 = 169

1Ma_1:29, 2 yeareednesses later 167

1Ma_1:54, desecration of altar 312-145 = 167

1Ma_2:70, Mattathias dies 312-146 = 166

1Ma_3:37, Antiochus IV departs Antioch 312-147 = 165

1Ma_4:52, next yeareedness 164

1Ma_6:16, Antiochus IV dies (see note there) 312-149 = 164-163

1Ma_6:20, Judas Maccabee campaign 312-150 = 162

1Ma_7:1, Seleucus to Rome 312-151 = 161

1Ma_9:3, Bacchides & Alcimus at Jerusalem 312-152 = 160

1Ma_9:54, Alcimus pulls down sanctuary wall 312-153 = 159

1Ma_9:57, two yeareednesses rest 159-157

1Ma_10:1, son of Antiochus IV takes Polemais 312-160 = 152

1Ma_10:21, Jonathan becomes priest 312-160 = 152

1Ma_10:57, Ptolemee from Egypt to Ptolemais 312-162 = 150

1Ma_10:67, Demetrius II leaves Crete 312-165 = 147

1Ma_11:19, Demetrius II rule begins 312-167 = 145

1Ma_13:41-42, yoke removed; Simon high priest 312-170 = 142

1Ma_13:51, Simon cleanses tower 312-171 = 141

1Ma_14:27, Simon honored w/brass writings 312-172 = 140

1Ma_15:10, Antiochus VII pursues Tryphon 312-174 = 138

1Ma_16:14, Simon to Jericho 312-177 = 135

Persian Rulers continuing after Ezra/Nehemiah (see table Ezr_1:1)

Timeline of Alexander the Great

After his death, Alexander’s kingdom became 4 main divisions:

1) Ptolemaic : Egypt/Israêl;

2) Seleucid : Mesopotamia/Central Asia/Israêl;

3) Lysimachus : Thrace/East Asia;

4) Cassander : Macedonia/Greece

Roman Emperors

53-44 Julius

44-27 Series of

military campaigns and Senate rules

27-14 AD

Augustus : first official Emperor of Rome.

14-37 Tiberius

37-41 Caligula

41-54 Claudius

54-68 Nero

68-69 Galba

69 Otho

69 Vitellius

69-79 Vespasian

79-81 Titus

81-96 Domitian

96-98 Nerva

98-117 Trajan

(331-323 B.C.)

1Ma 1:2 καὶ συνεστήσατο πολέμους πολλούς, καὶ ἐκράτησεν ὀχυρωμάτων, καὶ ἔσφαξεν βασιλεῖς,

And it-stood-together to-wars to-much, and it-secured-unto of-en-holdationings-to, and it-slaughtered-to to-rulers-of,

1:2 βασιλεις] + της γης ℵV

(331-323 B.C.)

1Ma 1:3 καὶ διῆλθεν ἕως ἄκρων τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἔλαβεν σκῦλα πλήθους ἐθνῶν· καὶ ἡσύχασεν ἡ γῆ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὑψώθη, καὶ ἐπήρθη ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ·

and it-had-came-through unto-if-which of-extremitied of-the-one of-a-soil, and it-had-taken to-flayed of-a-repleteedness of-placeedness-belongings-to; and it-quiesced-to, the-one a-soil, to-in-look-belonged of-it, and it-was-en-lofteed, and it-was-lifted-upon the-one a-heart of-it;

1:3 πληθος ℵ | om και υψωθη και επηρθη η καρδια αυτου ℵ | om και 4° V

(331-323 B.C.)

1Ma 1:4 καὶ συνῆξεν δύναμιν ἰσχυρὰν σφόδρα, καὶ ἦρξεν χωρῶν καὶ ἐθνῶν καὶ τυραννιῶν, καὶ ἐγένοντο αὐτῷ εἰς φόρον.

and it-had-led-together to-an-ability to-force-held to-vehemented, and it-firsted of-spacednesses and of-placeedness-belongings-to and of-tyrant-belonged, and they-had-became unto-it into to-a-bearee.

1:4 om και 3° ℵV | τυραννιων (-νων ℵ)] + και υψωθη και επηρθη η καρδια αυτου ℵV | εγενετο ℵ | φορον] φοβερον ℵ

(331-323 B.C.)

1Ma 1:5 καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὴν κοίτην, καὶ ἔγνω ὅτι ἀποθνήσκει.

And with to-the-ones-these it-had-fallen upon to-the-one to-a-situating, and it-had-acquainted to-which-a-one it-dieth-off.

1:5 κοιτην] + αυτου V

(331-323 B.C.)

1Ma 1:6 καὶ ἐκάλεσεν τοὺς παῖδας αὐτοῦ τοὺς ἐνδόξους τοὺς συνεκτρόφους αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ νεότητος, καὶ διεῖλεν αὐτοῖς τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ ἔτι ζῶντος αὐτοῦ.

And it-called-unto to-the-ones to-children of-it to-the-ones to-reckoned-in to-the-ones to-nourished-out-together of-it off of-a-newness, and it-had-sectioned-through unto-them to-the-one to-a-ruling-of of-it if-to-a-one of-lifing-unto of-it.

1:6 απο] εκ ℵ + εκ (sic) V | αυτοις] αυτου ℵ* (-τοις ℵc.a) | ετι αυτου ζωντος ℵ

(323 B.C.)

1Ma 1:7 καὶ ἐβασίλευσεν Ἀλέξανδρος ἔτη δώδεκα, καὶ ἀπέθανεν.

And it-rulered-of, an-Alexandros, to-yeareednesses to-two-ten, and it-had-died-off.

Note: 336-323 B.C.

1:7 δωδεκα] ι_ ℵ

(323-175 B.C.)

1Ma 1:8 καὶ ἐπεκράτησαν οἱ παῖδες αὐτοῦ, ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ τόπῳ αὐτοῦ·

And they-secured-upon-unto, the-ones children of-it, each in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion of-it;

(323-175 B.C.)

1Ma 1:9 καὶ ἐπέθεντο πάντες διαδήματα μετὰ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν αὐτόν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτῶν ὀπίσω αὐτῶν ἔτη πολλά· καὶ ἐπλήθυναν κακὰ ἐν τῇ γῇ.

and they-had-placed-upon, all, to-bindings-through-to with to-the-one to-have-had-died-off to-it, and the-ones sons of-them aback-unto-which of-them to-yeareednesses to-much; and they-repletened to-wedge-wedged in unto-the-one unto-a-soil.

Note: to-bindings-through-to : used to refer to head bands.

1:9 om οι ℵ

(175-170 B.C.)

1Ma 1:10 Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐξ αὐτῶν ῥίζα ἁμαρτωλὸς Ἀντίοχος Ἐπιφανής, υἱὸς Ἀντιόχου τοῦ βασιλέως, ὃς ἦν ὅμηρα ἐν Ῥώμῃ. καὶ ἐβασίλευσεν ἐν ἔτει ἑκατοστῷ καὶ ἑβδόμῳ καὶ τριακοστῷ βασιλείας Ἑλλήνων.

And it-had-came-out out of-them, a-rootedness un-adjusted-along an-Antiochos an-Epifanês a-son of-an-Antiochos of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, which it-was en-oathed in unto-a-Rômê. And it-rulered-of in unto-a-yeareedness unto-hundredth and unto-seventh and unto-thirtieth of-a-ruling-of of-Hellên'.

Note: an-Epifanês : also has the meaning manifestinged-upon.

Note: an-Antiochos an-Epifanês a-son of-an-Antiochos : that is Antiochus II Epiphanes : ruled 175-164 B.C.; a Seleucid King.

Note: of-a-ruling-of of-Hellên' : from the persepective of Judaea, Greek rule was established in 312 BC, some 11 yeareednesses after Alexander the Great's death, when Ptolemy I Soter defeated Antigonus', son Demetrius I, at the Battle of Gaza.

(175-170 B.C.)

1Ma 1:11 Ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις ἐξῆλθεν ἐξ Ἰσραὴλ υἱὸς παράνομος, καὶ ἀνέπεισαν πολλοὺς λέγοντες Πορευθῶμεν καὶ διαθώμεθα διαθήκην μετὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν τῶν κύκλῳ ἡμῶν· ὅτι ἀφ' ἧς ἐχωρίσθημεν ὑπ' αὐτῶν, εὗρεν ἡμᾶς κακὰ πολλά.

In unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses unto-the-ones-thither it-had-came-out out of-an-Israêl, a-son parceleed-beside, and they-sured-up to-much forthing, We-might-have-been-traversed-of and we-might-have-had-placed-through to-a-placement-through with of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to of-the-ones unto-a-circle of-us; to-which-a-one off of-which we-were-spaced-to under of-them, it-had-found to-us, wedge-wedged much.

(175-170 B.C.)

1Ma 1:12 καὶ ἠγαθύνθη ὁ λόγος ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτῶν·

And it-was-excess-placened the-one a-forthee in unto-eyes of-them;

(175-170 B.C.)

1Ma 1:13 καὶ προεθυμήθησάν τινες ἀπὸ τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ ἐπορεύθησαν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα· καὶ ἔδωκαν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν ποιῆσαι τὰ δικαιώματα τῶν ἐθνῶν.

and they-were-passioned-toward-unto ones off of-the-one of-a-people, and they-were-traversed-of toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of; and they-gave unto-them to-a-being-out-unto to-have-done-unto to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to.

1:13 προεθυμωθησαν ℵ* (-μηθ. ℵc.b) | om απο ℵ | εδωκεν ℵV

(175-170 B.C.)

1Ma 1:14 καὶ ᾠκοδόμησαν γυμνάσιον ἐν Ἰεροσολύμοις κατὰ τὰ νόμιμα τῶν ἐθνῶν.

And they-house-built-unto to-a-striplet in unto-Ierosoluma' down to-the-ones to-parcelee-belonged-unto of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to.

Note: to-a-striplet : used to refer to a place of excercise with the removal of clothing or to a place of education with the removal of previous beliefs.

1:14 τα νομιμα] om τα ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(175-170 B.C.)

1Ma 1:15 καὶ ἐποίησαν ἑαυτοῖς ἀκροβυστίαν, καὶ ἀπέστησαν ἀπὸ διαθήκης ἁγίας· καὶ ἐζευγίσθησαν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, καὶ ἐπράθησαν ποιῆσαι πονηρόν.

And they-did-unto unto-selves to-an-extremity-stuffing-unto, and they-had-stood-off off of-a-placement-through of-hallow-belonged; and they-were-coupled-to unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to, and they-were-en-acrossated to-have-done-unto to-en-necessitated.

1:15 ακροβυστιας ℵV | εζευγισθησαν] εζευχθησαν ℵc.cV + εν ℵ | επραθησαν] επειραθησαν ℵc.a? (επραθ. ℵ*c.a? c.b?) | ποιησαι] pr του ℵV | πονηρον] pr το ℵ

(175-170 B.C.)

1Ma 1:16 Καὶ ἡτοιμάσθη ἡ βασιλεία ἐνώπιον Ἀντιόχου· καὶ ὑπέλαβεν βασιλεῦσαι γῆς Αἰγύπτου, ὅπως βασιλεύσῃ ἐπὶ τὰς δύο βασιλείας.

And it-was-readied-to the-one a-ruling-of to-in-look-belonged of-an-Antiochos; and it-had-taken-under to-have-rulered-of of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos, unto-which-whither it-might-have-rulered-of upon to-the-ones to-two to-rulings-of.

1:16 ητοιμασθη] μ sup ras Aa | η βασιλεια] om η ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | ενωπιον] εναντιον V | βασιλευσαι V

(175-170 B.C.)

1Ma 1:17 καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον ὄχλῳ βαρεῖ, ἐν ἅρμασιν καὶ ἐλέφανσιν καὶ ἐν ἱππεῦσιν καὶ ἐν στόλῳ μεγάλῳ.

And it-had-came-into into to-an-Aiguptos unto-a-crowd unto-weighted, in unto-liftings-along-to and unto-elephants and in unto-horsers-of and in unto-a-setee unto-great.

1:17 οχλω] pr εν ℵ | ελεφαντοις V ελεφασιν ℵ* εν ελεφασιν ℵc.a | om εν 3° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) V

(175-170 B.C.)

1Ma 1:18 καὶ συνεστήσατο πόλεμον πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον τὸν βασιλέα Αἰγύπτου· καὶ ἐνετράπη Πτολεμαῖος ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔφυγεν, καὶ ἔπεσαν τραυματίαι πολλοί.

And it-stood-together to-a-war toward to-a-Ptolemaios to-the-one to-a-ruler-of of-an-Aiguptos; and it-had-been-turned-in a-Ptolemaios off of-looked-toward of-it and it-had-fled, and they-falled, wounded-belongers much.

Note: they-falled : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.

1:18 Πτολεμαιον τον βασιλεα] om τον ℵ om τον βασ. A* fort (Πτ. τον| βασ. sup ras Aa) | ενετραπη] απεστραφη ℵ* (ενετρ. ℵc.a) | Πτολεμεος A | επεσαν] εφυγον ℵ* (επεσον ℵc.aV)

(175-170 B.C.)

1Ma 1:19 καὶ κατελάβοντο τὰς πόλεις τὰς ὀχυρὰς ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ· καὶ ἔλαβεν τὰ σκῦλα γῆς Αἰγύπτου.

And they-had-taken-down to-the-ones to-cities to-the-ones to-holdationed in unto-a-soil unto-an-Aiguptos; and it-had-taken to-the-ones to-flayed of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos.

1:19 γη] τη ℵ | γης] της ℵ om V

(169 B.C.)

1Ma 1:20 Καὶ ἐπέστρεψεν Ἀντίοχος μετὰ τὸ πατάξαι Αἴγυπτον ἐν τῷ ἑκατοστῷ καὶ τεσσαρακοστῷ καὶ τρίτῳ ἔτει· καὶ ἀνέβη ἐπὶ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ Ἰεροσόλυμα ἐν ὄχλῳ βαρεῖ.

And it-beturned-upon, an-Antiochos, with to-the-one to-have-smote to-an-Aiguptos in unto-the-one unto-hundredth and unto-fortieth and unto-third unto-a-yeareedness; and it-had-stepped-up upon to-an-Israêl and to-Ierosoluma' in unto-a-crowd unto-weighted.

1:20 εκατοστω . . . τριτω] _ και _ και _ ℵ | τεσσαρακ. V (ita identidem] | τριτω ετει sup ras Aa (seq spat 2 vel 3 litt) | om ετει ℵ* (hab ετι ℵc.a) | Ιεροσολυμα] επι Ιη̅λ̅μ̅ ℵ Ιλη̅μ̅ V

(169 B.C.)

1Ma 1:21 καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ ἁγίασμα ἐν ὑπερηφανίᾳ, καὶ ἔλαβεν τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν, καὶ τὴν λυχνίαν τοῦ φωτὸς καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη αὐτῆς,

And it-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-hallow-belonging-to in unto-a-manifesting-over-unto, and it-had-taken to-the-one to-a-surgerlet to-the-one to-golden, and to-the-one to-a-luminating-of-unto of-the-one of-a-light and to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses of-it,

1:21 om και την λυχν. τ. φωτ. V

(169 B.C.)

1Ma 1:22 καὶ τὴν τράπεζαν τῆς προθέσεως, καὶ τὰ σπόνδια καὶ τὰς φιάλας καὶ τὰς θυίσκας τὰς χρυσᾶς καὶ τὸ καταπέτασμα καὶ τοὺς στεφάνους καὶ τὸν κόσμον τὸν χρυσοῦν τὸν κατὰ πρόσωπον τοῦ ναοῦ, καὶ ἐλέπισεν πάντα·

and to-the-one to-a-four-footedness of-the-one of-a-placing-before, and to-the-ones to-libationlets and to-ones to-bowls and to-the-ones to-censerings to-the-ones to-golden and to-the-one to-a-spreading-down-to and to-the-ones to-wreaths and to-the-one to-an-orderation to-the-one to-golden to-the-one down to-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-temple, and it-peeled-to to-all;

1:22 χρυσον A | ελεπισεν] ε 2° sup ras Aa

(169 B.C.)

1Ma 1:23 καὶ ἔλαβεν τὸ ἀργύριον καὶ τὸ χρυσίον, καὶ τὰ σκεύη τὰ ἐπιθυμητά· καὶ ἔλαβεν τοὺς θησαυροὺς τοὺς ἀποκρύφους οὓς εὗρεν.

and it-had-taken to-the-one to-a-silverlet and to-the-one to-a-goldlet, and to-the-ones to-equipeednesses to-the-ones to-passioned-upon; and it-had-taken to-the-ones to-en-placings to-the-ones to-hidened-off to-which it-had-found.

1:23 χρυσιον κ. το αργυριον ℵ

(169 B.C.)

1Ma 1:24 καὶ λαβὼν πάντα ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἐποίησαν φονοκτονίαν, καὶ ἐλάλησαν ὑπερηφανίαν μεγάλην.

And having-had-taken to-all it-had-came-off into to-the-one to-a-soil of-it. And they-did-unto to-a-slayee-killing-unto, and they-spoke-unto to-a-manifesting-over-unto to-great.

1:24 απηλθεν] εισηνεγκεν V | εποιησεν ℵV | ελαλησεν ℵV

(169-168 B.C.)

1Ma 1:25 καὶ ἐγένετο πένθος μέγα ἐπὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ αὐτῶν·

And it-had-became a-grieveedness great upon to-an-Israêl in unto-all unto-an-occasion of-them;

(169-168 B.C.)

1Ma 1:26 καὶ ἐστέναξαν ἄρχοντες καὶ πρεσβύτεροι, παρθένοι καὶ νεανίσκοι ἠσθένησαν, καὶ τὸ κάλλος τῶν γυναικῶν ἠλλοιώθη.

and they-narrowed-to, firsting and more-eldered, maidens and new-belongings-of they-un-vigored-unto, and the-one seemlieedness of-the-ones of-women it-was-en-othered.

1:26 των] ω sup ras Aa

(169-168 B.C.)

1Ma 1:27 πᾶς νυμφίος ἀνέλαβεν θρῆνον· καὶ καθημένη ἐν παστῷ ἐγένετο ἐν πένθει.

All bride-belonged it-had-taken-up to-a-wail; and sitting-down in unto-a-chamber it-had-became in unto-a-grieveedness.

1:27 πας] pr κ ℵc.a | ανελαβεν] pr και V | καθημενην ℵ* κ καθημενη ℵc.a | πασατω] πατω V | εγενετο εν πενθει] επενθει ℵ

(169-168 B.C.)

1Ma 1:28 καὶ ἐσείσθη ἡ γῆ ἐπὶ τοὺς κατοικοῦντας αὐτήν· καὶ πᾶς ὁ οἶκος Ἰακὼβ ἐνεδύσατο αἰσχύνην.

And it-was-shake-belonged the-one a-soil upon to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto to-it; and all the-one a-house of-an-Iakôb it-sunk-in to-a-shamening.

1:28 οικουντας V | ο οικος] om ο ℵ

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:29 Μετὰ δύο ἔτη ἡμερῶν ἀπέστειλεν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἄρχοντα φορολογίας εἰς τὰς πόλεις Ἰούδα· καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐν ὄχλῳ βαρεῖ.

With to-two to-yeareednesses of-dayednesses it-set-off, the-one a-ruler-of, to-firsting of-a-bearee-forthing-unto into to-the-ones to-cities of-an-Ioudas; and it-had-came into to-an Ierousalêm in unto-a-crowd unto-weighted.

1:29 μετα] pr κ ℵc.a + δε V | αρχοντας ℵ* (-ντα ℵc.a)

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:30 καὶ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς λόγους εἰρηνικοὺς ἐν δόλῳ, καὶ ἐπίστευσαν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὴν πόλιν ἐξάπινα, καὶ ἐπάταξεν αὐτὴν πληγὴν μεγάλην, καὶ ἀπώλεσεν λαὸν πολὺν ἐξ Ἰσραήλ.

And it-spoke-unto unto-them to-forthees to-joinify-belonged-of in unto-a-guile, and they-trusted-of unto-it, and it-had-fallen-upon upon to-the-one to-a-city out-off-so, and it-smote to-it to-a-smiting to-great, and it-destructed-off to-a-people to-much out of-an-Israêl.

1:30 ενεπιστευσαν ℵV

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:31 καὶ ἔλαβεν τὰ σκῦλα τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἐνεπύρισεν αὐτὴν πυρί, καὶ καθεῖλεν τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῆς καὶ τὰ τείχη αὐτῆς κύκλῳ,

And it-had-taken to-the-ones to-flayed of-the-one of-a-city and it-fired-in-to to-it unto-a-fire, and it-had-sectioned-down to-the-ones to-houses of-it and to-the-ones to-lineationeednesses of-it unto-a-circle,

1:31 ενεπυρισεν] ενεπρησεν ℵ | om αυτης 2° ℵ

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:32 καὶ ᾐχμαλώτισεν τὰς γυναῖκας καὶ τὰ τέκνα· καὶ τὰ κτήνη ἐκληρονόμησαν.

and it-spear-captured-to to-the-ones to-women and to-the-ones to-creationees; and to-the-ones to-befoundeednesses they-lot-parceleed-unto.

Note: to-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

1:32 ηχμαλωτισα̅| ℵV (αιχμ.) | om εκληρονομησαν ℵ* hab κ εκληρονομησαν (α fec ex ε) εαυτοις ℵc.a

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:33 καὶ ᾠκοδόμησαν τὴν πόλιν Δαυεὶδ τείχει μεγάλῳ καὶ ὀχυρῷ, πύργοις ὀχυροῖς, καὶ ἐγένετο αὐτοῖς εἰς ἄκραν.

And they-house-built-unto to-the-one to-a-city of-a-Daueid unto-a-lineationeedness unto-great and unto-holdationed, unto-towers unto-holdationed, and it-had-became unto-them into to-extremitied.

1:33 ωκοδομησεν V* (-σε Va) | οχυρω] ισχυρω V

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:34 καὶ ἔθηκαν ἐκεῖ ἔθνος ἁμαρτωλόν, ἄνδρας παρανόμους· καὶ ἐνίσχυσαν ἐν αὐτῇ.

And they-placed thither to-a-placeedness-belonging-to to-un-adjusted-along, to-men to-parceleed-beside; and they-force-held-in in unto-it.

1:34 παρανομους] παρανους ℵ

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:35 καὶ παρέθεντο ὅπλα καὶ τροφήν, καὶ συναγαγόντες τὰ σκῦλα Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἀπέθεντο ἐκεῖ· καὶ ἐγένετο εἰς μεγάλην παγίδα,

And they-had-placed-beside to-implements and to-a-nourishing, and having-had-led-off to-the-ones to-flayed of-an-Ierousalêm they-had-placed-off thither; and it-had-became into to-great to-a-snare,

1:35 εγενοντο V : item 36, 38, (I°)

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:36 καὶ ἐγένετο εἰς ἔνεδρον τῷ ἁγιάσματι, καὶ εἰς διάβολον πονηρὸν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ διὰ παντός.

and it-had-became into to-an-en-seating-in unto-the-one unto-a-hallow-belonging-to, and into to-casted-through to-en-necessitated unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl through of-all.

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:37 καὶ ἐξέχεαν αἷμα ἀθῷον κύκλῳ τοῦ ἁγιάσματος, καὶ ἐμόλυναν τὸ ἁγίασμα.

And they-poured-out to-a-rushering-to to-un-guilted unto-a-circle of-the-one of-a-hallow-belonging-to, and they-sullied to-the-one to-a-hallow-belonging-to.

1:37 αγιασματος] + κυ̅ V | εμολυνον V1 | αγιασμα sup ras Aa

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:38 καὶ ἔφυγον οἱ κάτοικοι Ἰερουσαλὴμ δι' αὐτούς, καὶ ἐγένετο κατοικία ἀλλοτρίων· καὶ ἐγένετο ἀλλοτρία τοῖς γενήμασιν αὐτῆς, καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς ἐγκατέλειπον αὐτήν.

And they-had-fled, the-ones housers-down of-an-Ierousalêm, through to-them, and it-had-became a-housing-down-unto of-other-belonged; and it-had-became other-belonged unto-the-ones unto-becomings-to of-it, and the-ones creationees of-it they-had-remaindered-down-in to-it.

1:38 ενκατελιπον ℵ

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:39 τὸ ἁγίασμα αὐτῆς ἠρημώθη ὡς ἔρημος· αἱ ἑορταὶ αὐτῆς ἐστράφησαν εἰς πένθος, τὰ σάββατα αὐτῆς εἰς ὀνειδισμόν, τιμὴ αὐτῆς εἰς ἐξουθένωσιν,

The-one a-hallow-belonging-to of-it it-was-en-solituded as solituded; the-ones festivals of-it they-had-been-beturned into to-a-grieveedness, the-ones sabbaths of-it into to-a-reproaching-to-of, a-valuation of-it into to-an-en-not-from-oneing-out,

1:39 εστραφη ℵ* (-φησαν ℵc.a) | τα σαββ.] pr και V | om εις ονειδ. τιμη αυτης ℵ* (hab εις ονειδ. η τιμη αυτ. ℵc.a) | τιμη] pr η V | εξουδενωσιν ℵ

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:40 κατὰ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῆς ἐπληθύνθη ἀτιμασμὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸ ὕψος αὐτῆς ἐστράφη εἰς πένθος.

down to-the-one to-a-reckonedness of-it it-was-repletened an-un-valuating-to-of of-it, and the-one a-lofteedness of-it it-had-been-beturned into to-a-grieveedness.

1:40 την δοξαν αυτης επληθυνθη ατιμασμος] τα τεκνα αυτης επλησθη η γη ατιμια ℵ* την δοξ. αυτ. επληθ. η ατιμια ℵc.a, c.b | ατιμασμος] ατιμια V

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:41 Καὶ ἔγραψεν ὁ βασιλεὺς πάσῃ τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ εἶναι πάντας εἰς λαὸν ἕνα,

And it-scribed, the-one a-ruler-of, unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of of-it to-be to-all into to-a-people to-one,

1:41 om εις ℵ

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:42 καὶ ἐγκαταλείπειν ἕκαστον τὰ νόμιμα αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἐπεδέξαντο πάντα τὰ ἔθνη κατὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ βασιλέως.

and to-have-had-remaindered-down-in to-each to-the-ones to-parcelee-belonged-unto of-it; and they-received-upon, all the-ones placeedness-belongings-to, down to-the-one to-a-forthee of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

1:42 ενκαταλιπειν ℵ εγκαταλιπ. Va | επεδεξατο ℵ απεδεξατο V

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:43 καὶ πολλοὶ ἀπὸ Ἰσραὴλ ηὐδόκησαν τῇ λατρίᾳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔθυσαν τοῖς εἰδώλοις, καὶ ἐβεβήλωσαν τὸ σάββατον.

And much off of-an-Israêl they-goodly-thought-unto unto-the-one unto-a-serving-unto of-it, and they-surged unto-the-ones unto-images, and they-en-step-stepped-of to-the-one to-a-sabbath.

Note: they-en-step-stepped-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.

1:43 ευδοκησαν ℵV | σαββατον ℵA*vid] αγιασμα sup ras Aa

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:44 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ βασιλεὺς βιβλία ἐν χειρὶ ἀγγέλων εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ τὰς πόλεις Ἰούδα, πορευθῆναι ὀπίσω νομίμων ἀλλοτρίων τῆς γῆς,

And it-set-off, the-one a-ruler-of, to-paperlets in unto-a-hand of-leadeeers into to-an-Ierousalêm and to-the-ones to-cities of-an-Ioudas, to-have-been-traversed-of aback-unto-which of-parcelee-belonged-unto of-other-belonged of-the-one of-a-soil,

1:44 τας πολεις (-λις A)] pr εις V

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:45 καὶ κωλῦσαι ὁλοκαυτώματα καὶ θυσίας καὶ σπονδὴν ἐκ τοῦ ἁγιάσματος, καὶ βεβηλῶσαι σάββατα καὶ ἑορτάς,

and to-have-prevented to-whole-en-burnings-to and to-surgings-unto and to-a-libationing out of-the-one of-a-hallow-belonging-to, and to-have-en-step-stepped-of to-sabbaths and to-festivals,

Note: to-have-en-step-stepped-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.

1:45 κωλυσαι] κυκλωσαι ℵ | θυσιαν ℵV | σαββατα] pr τα V

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:46 καὶ μιᾶναι ἁγίασμα καὶ ἁγίους·

and to-have-stain-belonged to-a-hallow-belonging-to and to-hallow-belonged;

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:47 οἰκοδομῆσαι βωμοὺς καὶ τεμένη καὶ εἴδωλα, καὶ θύειν ὕεια καὶ κτήνη κοινά,

to-have-house-built-unto to-en-steppings-of and to-sanctuaries and to-images, and to-surge to-swine-belonged and to-befoundeednesses to-together-belonged-to,

Note: to-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

1:47 ειδωλα] ειδωλια ℵV* (-λα Va) | κοινα] πολλα ℵ* (κοινα ℵc.a)

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:48 καὶ ἀφιέναι τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτῶν ἀπεριτμήτους, βδελύξαι τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ἐν παντὶ ἀκαθάρτῳ καὶ βεβηλώσαι,

and to-send-off to-the-ones to-sons of-them to-un-cut-about, to-have-abhorrered to-the-ones to-breathings of-them in unto-all unto-un-cleansabled and to-have-en-step-stepped-of,

Note: to-have-en-step-stepped-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.

1:48 αφειναι ℵV | παντι] π̅ν̅ι̅ ℵ* (παντι ℵc.a) | βεβηλωσει ℵ* (-σαι ℵc.a) V

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:49 ὥστε ἐπιλαθέσθαι τοῦ νόμου, καὶ ἀλλάξαι πάντα τὰ δικαιώματα.

as-also to-have-had-secluded-upon of-the-one of-a-parcelee, and to-have-othered to-all to-the-ones to-en-course-belongings-to;

1:49 αλλαξασθαι ℵ

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:50 καὶ ὃς ἂν μὴ ποιήσῃ κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦ βασιλέως ἀποθανεῖται.

and which ever lest it-might-have-done-unto down to-the-one to-an-uttering-to of-the-one of-a-ruler-of it-shall-die-off.

1:50 ποιησει V* | το ρημα] τον λογον ℵV

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:51 κατὰ πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους ἔγραψεν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐπισκόπους ἐπὶ πάντα τὸν λαόν· καὶ ἐνετείλατο ταῖς πόλεσιν Ἰούδα θυσιάζειν κατὰ πόλιν καὶ πόλιν.

Down to-all to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these it-scribed unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of of-it, and it-did-unto to-scouters-upon upon to-all to-the-one to-a-people; and it-finished-in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-an-Ioudas to-surge-belong-to down to-a-city and to-a-city.

1:51 τη βασιλεια] pr παση ℵ | επι] κατα ℵ | εντελειλαντο ℵ (-τιλ.) V

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:52 καὶ συνηθροίσθησαν ἀπὸ τοῦ λαοῦ πρὸς αὐτοὺς πολλοί, πᾶς ὁ ἐνκαταλείπων τὸν νόμον· καὶ ἐποίησαν κακὰ ἐν τῇ γῇ,

And they-were-flurried-along-together-to off of-the-one of-a-people toward to-them much, all the-one remaindering-down-in to-the-one to-a-parcelee; and they-did-unto to-wedge-wedged in unto-the-one unto-a-soil,

1:52 πολλοι προς αυτους ℵ | πασ ο ενκαταλειπων] και ενκαταλιπων ℵ* πας ο ενκαταλιπων ℵc.a και πας ο εγκαταλειπ. V* (-λιπ. Va)

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:53 καὶ ἔθεντο τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ἐν κρυφίοις ἐν παντὶ φυγαδευτηρίῳ αὐτῶν.

And they-had-placed to-the-one to-an-Israêl in unto-hiden-belonged in unto-all unto-a-flee-hitherlet of-them.

1:53 κρυφοις ℵ* (κρυφιοις ℵc.a)

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:54 Καὶ τῇ πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ Χασελεὺ τῷ πέμπτῳ καὶ τεσσαρακοστῷ ἔτει ᾠκοδόμησαν βδέλυγμα ἐρημώσεως ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον· καὶ ἐν πόλεσιν Ἰούδα κύκλῳ ᾠκοδόμησαν βωμούς,

And unto-the-one unto-five-and-tenth unto-a-dayedness of-a-Chaseleu unto-the-one unto-fifth and unto-fortieth unto-a-yeareedness they-house-built-unto to-an-abhorrering-to of-an-en-solituding upon to-the-one to-a-surgerlet; and in unto-cities of-an-Ioudas unto-a-circle they-house-built-unto to-steppings-of,

1:54 πεντεκαιδεκατη] pr τη ℵV | Χασαλευ ℵ* (Χασελευ ℵc.a) | πεμπτω και τεσσερακοστω] έ και _ και _ ℵ π. κ. τ. και εσκατοστω V | ωκοδομησαν I°] ωκοδομησεν ℵ* (-σαν ℵc.a)

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:55 καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν θυρίδων τῶν οἰκιῶν καὶ ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἐθυμίων.

and upon of-the-ones of-portalets of-the-ones of-houses and in unto-the-ones unto-broad they-were-incense-belonging-unto.

Note: of-portalets : used to refer to a window.

1:55 θυριδων] θυρων ℵV

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:56 καὶ τὰ βιβλία τοῦ νόμου ἃ εὗρον, ἐνεπύρισαν πυρὶ κατασχίσαντες.

And to-the-ones to-paperlets of-the-one of-a-parcelee to-which they-had-found, they-fired-in-to unto-a-fire having-severed-down-to.

1:56 ενεπυρισαν πυρι κατασχισαντες] κατασχ. ενεπ. εν (om εν V) πυρι ℵV

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:57 καὶ ὅπου εὑρίσκετο παρά τινι βιβλίον διαθήκης, καὶ εἴ τις συνευδόκει τῷ νόμῳ, τὸ σύγκριμα τοῦ βασιλέως ἐθανάτου αὐτόν.

And to-which-of-whither it-was-being-found beside unto-a-one a-paperlet of-a-placement-through, and if a-one it-goodly-thinketh-together-unto unto-the-one unto-a-parcelee, the-one a-separating-together-to of-the-one of-a-ruler-of it-was-en-deathing to-it.

1:57 ηυρισκετο V | συνκριμα ℵV* | εθανατουν ℵ

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:58 ἐν ἰσχύι αὐτῶν ἐποίουν οὕτω τῷ Ἰσραήλ, τοῖς εὑρισκομένοις ἐν παντὶ μηνὶ καὶ μηνὶ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν.

In unto-a-force-holding of-them they-were-doing-unto of-which-unto-the-one unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl, unto-the-ones unto-being-found in unto-all unto-a-month and unto-a-month in unto-the-ones unto-cities;

1:58 om ουτω ℵ* (hab ουτως ℵc.a) | ουτως επ. V | πολεσιν] + αυτων V

(175-170 B.C.)

1Ma 1:59 καὶ πέμπτῃ καὶ εἰκάδι τοῦ μηνὸς θυσιάζοντες ἐπὶ τὸν βωμὸν ὃς ἦν ἐπὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου.

and unto-fifth and unto-a-twentieth of-the-one of-a-month surge-belonging-to upon to-the-one to-a-stepping-of which it-was upon of-the-one of-a-surgerlet.

1:59 πεμπτη] pr τη ℵc.a

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:60 καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας τὰς περιτετμηκυίας τὰ τέκνα αὐτῶν ἐθανάτωσαν κατὰ τὸ πρόσταγμα,

And to-the-ones to-women to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-cut-about to-the-ones to-creationees of-them they-en-deathed down to-the-one to-an-arranging-toward-to,

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:61 καὶ ἐκρέμασαν τὰ βρέφη ἐκ τῶν τραχήλων αὐτῶν, καὶ τοὺς οἰκείους αὐτῶν, καὶ τοὺς περιτετμηκότας αὐτούς·

and they-hanged-unto to-the-ones to-babes out of-the-ones of-throats of-them, and to-the-ones to-house-belonged of-them, and to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-cut-about to-them;

1:61 οικους ℵV | αυτων 2°] + προενομευσαν ℵc.a | αυτους] + εθανατωσαν ℵc.a

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:62 καὶ πολλοὶ ἐν Ἰσραὴλ ἐκρεμάσθησαν. καὶ ὀχυρώθησαν ἐν αὑτοῖς τοῦ μὴ φαγεῖν κοινά·

and much in unto-an-Israêl they-were-hanged-unto. And they-were-en-holdationed in unto-themselves of-the-one lest to-have-had-devoured to-together-belonged-to;

1:62 εκρεμασθησαν] εκραταιωθησαν ℵV | ωχυρ. V | εαυτοις V

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:63 καὶ ἐπεδέξαντο ἀποθανεῖν, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν τοῖς βρώμασιν, καὶ μὴ βεβηλώσουσιν διαθήκην ἁγίαν· καὶ ἀπέθανον.

and they-received-upon to-have-had-died-off, so lest they-might-have-been-stain-belonged unto-the-ones unto-feedeeings-to, and lest they-shall-en-step-step-of to-a-placement-through to-hallow-belonged; and they-had-died-off.

Note: they-shall-en-step-step-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.

1:63 βεβηλωσωσιν ℵV*

(167 B.C.)

1Ma 1:64 καὶ ἐγένετο ὀργὴ μεγάλη ἐπὶ Ἰσραὴλ σφόδρα.

And it-had-became a-stressing great upon to-an-Israêl to-vehemented.

1:64 Ισρ.] pr τον V

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:1 Ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις ἀνέστη Ματταθίας Ἰωάννου τοῦ Συμεών, ἱερεὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰωαρείμ, ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐν Μωδεείν.

In unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses unto-the-ones-thither it-had-stood-up, a-Mattathias of-an-Iôannês of-the-one of-a-Sumeôn, a-sacreder-of of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Iôareim, off of-an-Ierousalêm, and it-sat-down-to in unto-a-Môdeein.

2:1 Ιωαννου] pr υιος ℵV | Ιωαριμ ℵ Ιωαρειβ V | Μωδειν ℵ* -δαειν ℵc.a -διω V

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:2 καὶ αὐτῷ υἱοὶ πέντε· Ἰωάννης ὁ ἐπικαλούμενος Γαδδίς,

And unto-it sons five; an-Iôannês the-one being-called-upon-unto a-Gaddis,

2:2 ο επικαλ.] pr ο ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | Γαδδει ℵ

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:3 Σίμων ὁ καλούμενος Θασσίς,

a-Simôn the-one being-called-unto a-Thassis,

2:3 ο καλ.] om ο ℵ ο επικ. V | Θασσει ℵV (-σσι)

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:4 Ἰούδας ὁ καλούμενος Μακκαβαῖος,

an-Ioudas the-one being-called-unto Makkaba-belonged,

2:4 om Μακκαβαιος ℵ* (hab -βεος ℵc.a)

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:5 Ἐλεαζὰρ ὁ καλούμενος Αὑαράν, Ἰωνάθας ὁ καλούμενος Σαφφούς.

an-Eleazar the-one being-called-unto a-Hauaran, an-Iônathas the-one being-called-unto a-Saffous.

2:5 Ελεαζαρ] Ιελεαζαρος ℵ* Ελεαζαρος ℵ1, c.a | ο καλουμενος (I°)] om ο ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | Ιωναθης ℵ* (-θας ℵc.a) -θαν V | Σαπφους ℵV

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:6 Καὶ ἴδεν τὰς βλασφημίας τὰς γινομένας ἐν Ἰούδᾳ καὶ ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ·

And it-had-seen to-the-ones to-ill-declarings-unto to-the-ones to-becoming in unto-an-Ioudas and in unto-an-Ierousalêm;

2:6 βλασφ.] + αυτων V | γενομενας ℵ

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:7 καὶ εἶπεν Οἴμοι, ἵνα τί τοῦτο ἐγενήθην ἰδεῖν τὰ συντρίμματα τοῦ λαοῦ μου καὶ τὸ σύντριμμα τῆς πόλεως τῆς ἁγίας, καὶ καθίσαι ἐκεῖ ἐν τῷ δοθῆναι αὐτὴν ἐν χειρὶ ἐχθρῶν, τὸ ἁγίασμα ἐν χειρὶ ἀλλοτρίων;

and it-had-said, Woe-unto-me, so to-what-one to-the-one-this I-was-became to-have-had-seen to-the-ones to-rubbings-together-to of-the-one of-a-people of-me and to-the-one to-a-rubbing-together-to of-the-one of-a-city of-the-one of-hallow-belonged, and to-have-sat-down-to thither in unto-the-one to-have-been-given to-it in unto-a-hand of-en-enmitied, to-the-one to-a-hallow-belonging-to in unto-a-hand of-other-belonged?

2:7 εγεννηθην ℵV | τα συντριμματα] το συντριμμα ℵV | om και 2° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | της αγιας πολεως ℵ | εκαθισαν ℵV (-θησαν)

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:8 ἐγένετο ὁ ναὸς αὐτῆς ὡς ἀνὴρ ἔνδοξος·

It-had-became the-one a-temple of-it as a-man reckoned-in;

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:9 τὰ σκεύη τῆς δόξης αἰχμάλωτα ἀπήχθη· ἀπεκτάνθη τὰ νήπια αὐτῆς ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις αὐτῆς, οἱ νεανίσκοι αὐτῆς ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἐχθροῦ.

the-ones equipeednesses of-the-one of-a-reckonedness spear-captured it-was-lifted-off; it-was-killed-off the-ones non-word-belonged of-it in unto-the-ones unto-broad of-it, the-one new-belongings-of of-it in unto-a-sabre of-en-enmitied.

Note: non-word-belonged : used to refer to unlearned in words, to baby talk, to infants, etc.

2:9 δοξης] + αυτης ℵV | αιχμ.] pr ως V | απηχθη] pr α ℵ* (improb ℵc.a)

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:10 ποῖον ἔθνος οὐκ ἐκληρονόμησεν βασίλεια καὶ οὐκ ἐκράτησεν τῶν σκύλων αὐτῆς;

Whither-belonged a-placeedness-belonging-to not it-lot-parceleed-unto to-rulerlets and not it-secured-unto of-the-ones of-flayed of-it?

2:10 βασιλεια] pr εν ℵ pr η V

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:11 πᾶς ὁ κόσμος αὐτῆς ἀφῃρέθη· ἀντὶ ἐλευθέρας ἐγενήθη εἰς δούλην.

All the-one an-orderation of-it it-was-sectioned-along-off-unto; ever-a-one of-en-freed it-was-became into to-a-bondee.

2:11 αφερ. V* (αφαιρ. Va) | εγενετο ℵV εγεννηθη A

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:12 καὶ ἰδοὺ τὰ ἅγια ἡμῶν καὶ ἡ καλλονὴ ἡμῶν καὶ ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν ἠρημώθη, καὶ ἐβεβήλωσαν αὐτὰ ἔθνη·

And thou-should-have-had-seen, the-ones hallow-belonged of-us and the-one a-seemlying of-us and the-one a-reckonedness of-us it-was-en-solituded, and they-en-step-stepped-of to-them, placeedness-belongings-to;

Note: they-en-step-stepped-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.

2:12 εθνη] pr τα ℵV

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:13 ἵνα τί ἡμῖν ἔτι ζῇν;

so to-what-one unto-us if-to-a-one to-life-unto?

2:13 ζην] ζωη ℵ

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:14 καὶ διέρρηξεν Ματταθίας καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν, καὶ περιεβάλοντο σάκκους, καὶ ἐπένθησαν σφόδρα.

And it-en-bursted-through, a-Mattathias and the-ones sons of-it, to-the-ones to-apparelets of-them, and they-had-casted-about to-burlaps, and they-grieved-unto to-vehemented.

2:14 τα ιμ.] ι bis scr ℵ* | εαυτων V | περιεβαλλ. V | επενθησεν ℵ* (-σαν ℵc.a)

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:15 Καὶ ἦλθον οἱ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως οἱ καταναγκάζοντες τὴν ἀποστασίαν εἰς Μωδεεὶν τὴν πόλιν, ἵνα θυσιάσωσιν.

And they-had-came, the-ones beside of-the-one of-a-ruler-of the-ones up-arming-to to-the-one to-a-standing-off-unto into to-a-Môdeein to-the-one to-a-city, so they-might-have-surge-belonged-to.

2:15 ηλλοιωθη ℵ* (ηλθ. οι ℵc.a) | αποστασιν ℵ | Μωδειν ℵ* (-δεειν ℵc.a) -διμ V

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:16 καὶ πολλοὶ ἀπὸ Ἰσραὴλ πρὸς αὐτοὺς προσῆλθαν· καὶ Ματταθίας καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ συνήχθησαν.

And much off of-an-Israêl toward to-them they-came-toward; and a-Mattathias and the-ones sons of-it they-were-led-together.

2:16 προσηλθον ℵV

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:17 καὶ ἀπεκρίθησαν οἱ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ εἶπαν τῷ Ματταθίᾳ λέγοντες Ἄρχων καὶ ἔνδοξος καὶ μέγας εἶ ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ, καὶ ἐστηρισμένος ἐν υἱοῖς καὶ ἀδελφοῖς.

And they-were-separated-off the-ones beside of-the-one of-a-ruler-of and they-said unto-the-one unto-a-Mattathias forthing, Firsting and reckoned-in and great thou-be in unto-the-one unto-a-city unto-the-one-this, and having-had-come-to-be-stablished-to in unto-sons and unto-brethrened.

2:17 ειπον ℵV | εστηρισμενος ℵ | om εν 2° ℵV | και 6°] pr τε V

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:18 νῦν πρόσελθε πρῶτος, καὶ ποίησον τὸ πρόσταγμα τοῦ βασιλέως, ὡς ἐποίησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες Ἰούδα, καὶ οἱ καταλειφθέντες ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ· καὶ ἔσῃ σὺ καὶ ὁ οἶκός σου τῶν φίλων τοῦ βασιλέως· καὶ σὺ καὶ οἱ υἱοί σου δοξασθήσεσθε ἀργυρίῳ καὶ χρυσίῳ καὶ ἀποστολαῖς πολλαῖς.

Now thou-should-have-had-came-toward most-before, and thou-should-have-done-unto to-the-one to-an-arranging-toward-to of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, as they-did-unto, all the-ones placeedness-belongings-to and the-ones firsting of-an-Ioudas and the-ones having-been-remaindered-down in unto-an-Ierousalêm; and thou-shall-be thou and the-one a-house of-thee of-the-ones of-cared of-the-one of-a-ruler-of; and thou and the-ones sons of-thee ye-shall-be-reckoned-to unto-a-silverlet and unto-a-goldlet and unto-seteeings-off unto-much.

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:19 καὶ ἀπεκρίθη Ματταθίας καὶ εἶπεν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Εἰ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὰ ἐν οἴκῳ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ βασιλέως ἀκούουσιν αὐτοῦ, ἀποστῆναι ἕκαστος ἀπὸ λατρίας πατέρων αὐτοῦ, καὶ ᾑρετίσαντο ἐν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς αὐτοῦ·

And it-was-separated-off a-Mattathias and it-had-said unto-a-sound unto-great, If all the-ones placeedness-belongings-to the-ones in unto-a-house of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-the-one of-a-ruler-of they-hear of-it to-have-had-stood-off each off of-a-public-working-unto of-fathers of-it, and they-sectioned-along-to in unto-the-ones unto-finishings-in of-it;

2:19 ει] pr και V | του βασ.] incep τη ℵ* (του ℵ1) | εκαστον V

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:20 κἀγὼ καὶ οἱ υἱοί μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου πορευσώμεθα ἐν διαθήκῃ πατέρων ἡμῶν.

and-I and the-ones sons of-me and the-ones brethrened of-me we-were-traversed-of in unto-a-placement-through of-fathers of-us.

2:20 πορευσομεθα ℵV

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:21 ἵλεως ἡμῖν καταλείπειν νόμον καὶ δικαιώματα.

Unto-sectionated unto-us to-remainder-down to-a-parcelee and to-en-course-belongings-to.

2:21 καταλιπειν ℵ

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:22 τὸν νόμον τοῦ βασιλέως οὐκ ἀκουσόμεθα, παρελθεῖν τὴν λατρίαν ἡμῶν δεξιὰν ἢ ἀριστεράν.

To-the-one to-a-parcelee of-the-one of-a-ruler-of not we-shall-hear, to-have-had-came-beside to-the-one to-a-public-working-unto of-us to-right-belonged or to-more-un-bounded.

Note: to-more-un-boundered : used to refer to the left hand or side as liberated to do tasks not assigned to the right.

2:22 νομον] λογον ℵV

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:23 Καὶ ὡς ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους, προσῆλθεν ἀνὴρ Ἰουδαῖος ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς πάντων, θυσιάσαι ἐπὶ τοῦ βωμοῦ ἐν Μωδεεὶμ κατὰ τὸ πρόσταγμα τοῦ βασιλέως.

And as it-ceased speaking-unto to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these, it-had-came-toward, a-man Iouda-belonged, in unto-eyes of-all, to-have-surge-belonged-to upon of-the-one of-a-stepping-of in unto-a-Môdeeim down to-the-one to-an-arranging-toward-to of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

2:23 om τους λογους τουτους ℵ* (hab ℵc.b) | θυμιασαι] θυσιασαι ℵV | εν 2°] pr του ℵc.a | Μωδεειμ] Βωδειν ℵ* (M pro B ℵc.a? c.b?) Μωδεειν ℵc.a -διμ V

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:24 καὶ ἴδεν Ματταθίας καὶ ἐζήλωσεν, καὶ ἐτρόμησαν οἱ νεφροὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνήνεγκεν θυμὸν κατὰ τὸ κρίμα, καὶ δραμὼν ἔσφαξεν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸν βωμόν.

And it-had-seen, a-Mattathias, and it-en-craved, and they-trembleed-unto, the-ones kidneys of-it, and it-beared-up to-a-passion down to-the-one to-a-separating-to, and having-had-circuited it-slaughtered-to to-it upon to-the-one to-a-stepping-of.

2:24 ειδεν ℵV | ετρομασαν ℵc.a V

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:25 καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦ βασιλέως τὸν ἀναγκάζοντα θύειν ἀπέκτεινεν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ, καὶ τὸν βωμὸν καθεῖλεν,

And to-the-one to-a-man of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-the-one to-up-arming-to to-surge it-killed-off in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-thither, and to-the-one to-a-stepping-of it-had-sectioned-down,

2:25 καθειλο̅| ℵ* (-λεν ℵc.a)

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:26 καὶ ἐζήλωσεν τῷ νόμῳ, καθὼς ἐποίησεν Φινεὼς τῷ Ζαμβρὶ υἱῷ Σαλώμ.

and it-en-craved unto-the-one unto-a-parcelee, down-as it-did-unto, a-Fineôs, unto-the-one unto-a-Zambri unto-a-son of-a-Salôm.

2:26 εζηλωσεν] εδωκαν ℵ* (εζηλωσεν ℵc.a) εζηλωσαν V | Φινες ℵV | Ζαμβρει ℵ -βρι V

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:27 καὶ ἀνέκραξεν Ματταθίας ἐν τῇ πόλει φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, λέγων Πᾶς ὁ ζηλῶν τῷ νόμῳ καὶ ἱστῶν διαθήκην, ἐξελθέτω ὀπίσω μου.

And it-up-clamored-to, a-Mattathias, in unto-the-one unto-a-city unto-a-sound unto-great, forthing, All the-one en-craving unto-the-one unto-a-parcelee and standing to-a-placement-through, it-should-have-had-came-out aback-unto-which of-me.

2:27 και 2°] η ℵ* (και fort vult ℵc.a) om A | τη διαθηκη V

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:28 καὶ ἔφυγον αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰ ὄρη, καὶ ἐνκατέλειπον ὅσα εἶχον ἐν τῇ πόλει.

And they-had-fled it and the-ones sons of-it into to-the-ones to-jutteednesses, and they-had-remaindered-down-in to-which-a-which they-were-holding in unto-the-one unto-a-city.

2:28 ενκατελιπον ℵ

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:29 Τότε κατέβησαν πολλοὶ ζητοῦντες δικαιοσύνην καὶ κρίμα εἰς τὴν ἔρημον καθίσαι ἐκεῖ,

To-the-one-which-also they-had-stepped-down, much, seeking-unto to-a-course-belongingedness and to-a-separating-to into to-the-one to-solituded to-have-sat-down-to thither,

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:30 αὐτοὶ καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ κτήνη αὐτῶν· ὅτι ἐσκληρύνθη ἐπ' αὐτοὺς τὰ κακά.

them and the-ones sons of-them and the-ones women of-them and the-ones befoundeednesses of-them; to-which-a-one it-was-stiffened upon to-them the-ones wedge-wedged.

Note: befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

2:30 εσκληρυνθη] επληθυνθη V | αυτους] + επληθυνθη ℵ* + κ επληθ. ℵc.a

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:31 καὶ ἀνηγγέλη τοῖς ἀνδράσιν τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ ταῖς δυνάμεσιν αἳ ἦσαν ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ πόλει Δαυείδ, ὅτι κατέβησαν ἄνδρες, οἵτινες διεσκέδασαν τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ βασιλέως, εἰς τοὺς κρύφους ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ.

And it-had-been-leadeeered-up unto-the-ones unto-men of-the-one of-a-ruler-of and unto-the-ones unto-abilities which they-were in unto-an-Ierousalêm unto-a-city of-a-Daueid, to-which-a-one they-had-stepped-down, men, which-ones they-through-bespersed-to to-the-one to-a-finishing-in of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, into to-the-ones to-hidenments in unto-the-one unto-solituded.

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:32 καὶ ἔδραμον ὀπίσω αὐτῶν πολλοί, καὶ καταλαβόντες αὐτοὺς παρενέβαλον ἐπ' αὐτούς, καὶ συνεστείλαντο πρὸς αὐτοὺς πόλεμον ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων·

And they-had-circuited aback-unto-which of-them, much, and having-had-taken-down to-them they-had-casted-in-beside upon to-them, and they-stood-together toward to-them to-a-war in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness of-the-ones of-sabbaths;

2:32 καταλαβοντες αυτους] κατελαβοντο αυτους και ℵV | παρενεβαλοντο ℵ* παρενβαλλον ℵc.b pr και ℵ | επ] προς ℵ* (επ ℵc.a) | συνεστειλαντο] συνεστησαντο ℵV

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:33 καὶ εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτούς Ἕως τοῦ νῦν· ἐξελθόντες ποιήσατε κατὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ ζήσεσθε.

and they-said toward to-them, Unto-if-which of-the-one now having-had-came-out ye-should-have-done-unto down to-the-one to-a-forthee of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, and ye-shall-life-unto.

2:33 ειπον ℵV | ποιησατε] ποιησωμεν ℵ* (-σαται ℵc.a)

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:34 καὶ εἶπαν Οὐκ ἐξελευσόμεθα, οὐδὲ ποιήσομεν τὸν λόγον τοῦ βασιλέως, βεβηλῶσαι τὴν ἡμέραν τῶν σαββάτων.

And they-said, Not we-shall-come-out, not-then-also we-shall-do-unto to-the-one to-a-forthee of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-have-en-step-stepped-of to-the-one to-a-dayedness of-the-ones of-sabbaths.

Note: to-have-en-step-stepped-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.

2:34 ποιησωμεν A

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:35 καὶ ἐτάχυναν ἐπ' αὐτοὺς πόλεμον.

And they-quickened upon to-them to-a-war.

2:35 εταχυνεν ℵ

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:36 καὶ οὐκ ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτοῖς, οὐδὲ λίθον ἐνετίναξαν αὐτοῖς, οὐδὲ ἐνέφραξαν τοὺς κρυφούς,

And not they-were-separated-off unto-them, not-then-also to-a-stone they-jolted-in unto-them, not-then-also they-hedged-in to-the-ones to-hidenments,

2:36 ουδε I°] ου ℵ | κυφρους ℵ* (κρυφους ℵc.a) κρυφιους V

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:37 λέγοντες Ἀποθάνωμεν οἱ πάντες ἐν τῇ ἁπλότητι ἡμῶν· μαρτυρεῖ ἐφ' ἡμᾶς ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ ὅτι ἀκρίτως ἀπόλλυτε ἡμᾶς.

forthing, We-might-have-had-died-off the-ones all in unto-the-one unto-a-folded-alongness of-us; it-witnesseth-unto upon to-us, the-one a-sky and the-one a-soil, to-which-a-one unto-un-separated ye-destruct-off to-us.

2:37 οι παντες] om οι ℵV | om εφ ημας ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:38 καὶ ἀνέστησαν ἐπ' αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τοῖς σάββασιν· καὶ ἀπέθανον αὐτοὶ καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ κτήνη αὐτῶν, ἕως χιλίων ψυχῶν ἀνθρώπων.

And they-had-stood-up upon to-them in unto-the-one unto-a-war unto-the-ones unto-sabbaths; and they-had-died-off them and the-ones women of-them and the-ones creationees of-them and the-ones befoundeednesses of-them, unto-if-which of-thousand of-breathings of-mankinds.

Note: befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

2:38 επ] προς ℵ | τω πολεμω] om τω ℵ | τοις σαββασιν] om τοις ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | om χιλιων ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:39 Καὶ ἔγνω Ματταθίας καὶ οἱ φίλοι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπένθησαν ἐπ' αὐτοὺς ἕως σφόδρα.

And it-had-acquainted, a-Mattathias and the-ones sons of-it, and they-grieved-unto upon to-them unto-if-which to-vehemented.

2:39 εγνων V* | om επ ℵ | om εως ℵ

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:40 καὶ εἶπεν ἀνὴρ πρὸς τὸν πλησίον αὐτοῦ Ἐὰν πάντες ποιήσωμεν ὡς οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν ἐποίησαν, καὶ μὴ πολεμήσωμεν εἰς τὰ ἔθνη ὑπὲρ τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν καὶ τῶν δικαιωμάτων ἡμῶν, νῦν τάχιον ἡμᾶς ὀλεθρεύσουσιν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς,

And it-had-said a-man toward to-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-it, If-ever all we-might-have-done-unto as the-ones brethrened of-us they-did-unto, and lest we-might-have-warred-unto into to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to over of-the-one of-a-breathing of-us and of-the-ones of-en-course-belongings-to of-us, now to-more-quick to-us they-shall-destruct-of off of-the-one of-a-soil,

2:40 προς τον πλησιον] τω πλ. ℵV | ποιησομεν V* | εις] προς ℵV | διωματων ℵ* (δικαιωματων ℵc.a) | ολοθρευσουσιν ημας ℵV

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:41 καὶ ἐβουλεύσαντο τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, λέγοντες Πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ὃς ἐὰν ἔλθῃ πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰς πόλεμον τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων, πολεμήσωμεν κατέναντι αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνωμεν πάντες καθὼς ἀπέθανον οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν ἐν τοῖς κρυφοῖς.

and they-purposed-of unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-thither, forthing, All a-mankind which if-ever it-might-have-had-came toward to-us into to-a-war unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness of-the-ones of-sabbaths, we-might-have-warred-unto down-in-ever-a-one of-it, and not lest we-might-have-had-died-off all down-as they-had-died-off, the-ones brethrened of-us, in unto-the-ones unto-hidenments.

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:42 τότε συνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς συναγωγὴ Ἁσιδαίων, ἰσχυρᾷ δυνάμει ἀπὸ Ἰσραήλ, πᾶς ὁ ἑκουσιαζόμενος τῷ νόμῳ.

To-the-one-which-also they-were-led-together toward to-them a-leading-together of-Hasida-belonged unto-force-held unto-an-ability off of-an-Israêl, all the-one be-out-belonging-to unto-the-one unto-a-parcelee.

2:42 συναγωγη Ασιδαιων (-δεων A) ισχυρα (-ραι A)] πασα συναγωγη Ιουδαιων ισχυροι ℵ συν. πασα Ιουδ. οχυροι V

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:43 καὶ πάντες οἱ φυγαδεύοντες ἀπὸ τῶν κακῶν προσετέθησαν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐγένοντο αὐτοῖς εἰς στήριγμα.

And all the-ones flee-hithering-of off of-the-ones of-wedge-wedged they-were-placed-toward unto-them, and they-had-became unto-them into to-a-stablishing-to.

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:44 καὶ συνεστήσαντο δύναμιν, καὶ ἐπάταξαν ἁμαρτωλοὺς ἐν ὀργῇ αὐτῶν, καὶ ἄνδρας ἀνόμους ἐν θυμῷ αὐτῶν· καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἔφυγον εἰς τὰ ἔθνη σωθῆναι.

And they-stood-together to-an-ability, and they-smote to-un-adjusted-along in unto-a-stressing of-them, and to-men to-un-parceleed in unto-a-passion of-them; and the-ones remaindered they-had-fled into to-the-one to-placeedness-belongings-to to-have-been-saved-to.

2:44 επαταξαντο ℵ* (-ξαν ℵc.b) + ανδρας V | om και 3° A

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:45 καὶ ἐκύκλωσεν Ματταθίας καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ καθεῖλον τοὺς βωμοὺς αὐτῶν,

And it-en-circled, a-Mattathias and the-ones sons of-it, and they-had-sectioned-down to-the-ones to-steppings-of of-them,

2:45 εκυκλωσεν] εκελευσεν ℵ | υιοι] φιλοι ℵV | om αυτων ℵ

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:46 καὶ περιέτεμον τὰ παιδάρια τὰ ἀπερίτμητα ὅσα εὗρεν ἐν ὁρίοις Ἰσραὴλ ἐν ἰσχύι.

and they-had-cut-about to-the-ones to-childlings to-the-ones to-un-cut-about to-which-a-which it-had-found in unto-boundlets of-an-Israêl in unto-a-force-holding.

2:46 ευρον ℵ | οριοις] υιοις ℵ

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:47 καὶ ἐδίωξαν τοὺς υἱοὺς τῆς ὑπερηφανίας, καὶ κατευοδώθη τὸ ἔργον ἐν χειρὶ αὐτῶν.

And they-pursued to-the-ones to-sons of-the-one of-a-manifesting-over-unto, and it-was-goodly-en-wayed-down the-one a-work in unto-a-hand of-them.

2:47 κατευωδ. Va | αυτων] αυτου ℵ* (-των ℵc.a)

(170-166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:48 καὶ ἀντελάβοντο τοῦ νόμου ἐκ χειρὸς τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς τῶν βασιλέων, καὶ οὐκ ἔδωκαν κέρας τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ.

And they-had-ever-a-one-taken of-the-one of-a-parcelee out of-a-hand of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to and out of-a-hand of-the-ones of-rulers-of, and not they-gave to-a-horn unto-the-one unto-un-adjusted-along.

2:48 om εκ χειρος (2°) ℵ* (hab εκ χιρος ℵc.a) V | βασιλεων] + αυτων ℵc.a

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:49 Καὶ ἤγγισαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ Ματταθίου ἀποθανεῖν, καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ Νῦν ἐστηρίσθη ὑπερηφανία καὶ ἐλεγμὸς καὶ καιρὸς καταστροφῆς καὶ ὀργὴ θυμοῦ.

And they-neared-to, the-ones dayednesses, of-the-one of-a-Mattathias to-have-had-died-off, and it-had-said unto-the-ones unto-sons of-it, Now it-was-stablished-to a-manifesting-over-unto and a-trialing-of and a-time of-a-beturning-down and a-stressing of-a-passion.

2:49 του Ματταθιου] om του ℵ | εστηρισθη ℵ

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:50 καὶ νῦν, τέκνα, ζηλώσατε τῷ νόμῳ, καὶ δότε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ διαθήκης πατέρων ἡμῶν.

And now, Creationees, ye-should-have-en-craved unto-the-one unto-a-parcelee, and ye-should-have-had-given to-the-ones to-breathings of-ye over of-a-placement-through of-fathers of-us.

2:50 om και I° ℵV | ημων] υμων ℵV

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:51 μνήσθητε τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν τὰ ἔργα ἃ ἐποίησαν ταῖς γενεαῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ δέξασθε δόξαν μεγάλην καὶ δόξαν αἰώνιον.

Ye-should-have-been-memoried-unto of-the-ones of-fathers of-us to-the-ones to-works to-which they-did-unto unto-the-ones unto-becomednesses of-them, and ye-should-have-received to-a-reckonedness to-great and to-a-reckonedness to-aged-belonged.

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:52 Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐν πειρασμῷ εὑρέθη πιστός, καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ δικαιοσύνη;

An-Abraam not in unto-an-across-belonging-to-of it-was-found trusted, and it-was-fortheed-to unto-it a-course-belongingedness?

2:52 ουκ] ουχι ℵV | εις δικαιοσυνην ℵV

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:53 Ἰωσὴφ ἐν καιρῷ στενοχωρίας αὐτοῦ ἐφύλαξεν ἐντολήν, καὶ ἐγένετο κύριος Αἰγύπτου.

An-Iôsêf in unto-a-time of-a-narrowed-spacing-unto of-it it-guardered to-a-finishing-in, and it-had-became authority-belonged of-an-Aiguptos.

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:54 Φινεὲς ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ ζηλῶσαι ζῆλον ἔλαβεν διαθήκην ἱερωσύνης αἰωνίας.

A-Finees the-one a-father of-us in unto-the-one to-have-en-craved to-a-crave it-had-taken to-a-placement-through of-an-en-sacredingedness of-age-belonged.

2:54 διαθηκην ιεροσυνης αγιας] κληρον διαθηκης αιωνιας ιερωσυνης ℵ διαθηκην ιερ. αιωνιας V

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:55 Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ πληρῶσαι λόγον ἐγένετο κριτὴς ἐν Ἰσραήλ.

An-Iêsous in unto-the-one to-have-en-filled to-a-forthee it-had-became a-separater in unto-an-Israêl.

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:56 Χαλὲβ ἐν τῷ ἐπιμαρτύρασθαι τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἔλαβεν γῆν κληρονομίαν.

A-Chaleb in unto-the-one to-have-been-witnessed-upon-unto unto-the-one unto-a-calling-out-unto it-had-taken to-a-soil to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto.

2:56 μαρτυρασθαι ℵ | τη εκκλησια] pr εν ℵV τη εκκλησιας V | γην κληρονομιαν] την κλ. ℵ γης κλ. V

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:57 Δαυεὶδ ἐν τῷ ἐλέει αὐτοῦ ἐκληρονόμησεν θρόνον βασιλείας αἰωνίας.

A-Daueid in unto-the-one unto-a-besectionateedness of-it it-lot-parceleed-unto to-a-throne of-a-ruling-of of-aged-belonged.

Note: unto-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

2:57 αιωνιας] εις αιωνας ℵV

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:58 Ἠλίας ἐν τῷ ζηλῶσαι ζῆλον νόμου ἀνελήμφθη ὡς εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν.

An-Êlias in unto-the-one to-have-en-craved to-a-crave of-a-parcelee it-was-taken-up as into to-the-one to-a-sky.

Note: an-Êlias in 01 03 as in Mal_4:5 (Mal_4:4); Sir_48:1; 1Ma_2:58 : an-Êleias in NT; Sir_48:4; Sir_48:12; elsewhere an-Êleiou.

2:58 ζηλον νομου] νομον ζηλους ℵ | ανεληφθη V | om ως ℵ εως V

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:59 Ἁνανίας, Ἀζαρίας, Μισαήλ, πιστεύσαντες ἐσώθησαν ἐκ φλογός.

A-Hananias, an-Azarias, a-Misaêl, having-trusted-of they-were-saved-to out of-a-blaze.

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:60 Δανιὴλ ἐν τῇ ἁπλότητι αὐτοῦ ἐρύσθη ἐκ στόματος λεόντων.

A-Daniêl in unto-the-one unto-a-folded-alongness of-it it-was-found out of-a-becutteeing-to of-lions.

2:60 ερρυσθη ℵ | λεοντος ℵ

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:61 καὶ οὕτως ἐννοήθητε κατὰ γενεάν, ὅτι πάντες οἱ ἐλπίζοντες ἐπ' αὐτὸν οὐκ ἀσθενήσουσιν.

And unto-the-one-this ye-should-have-been-en-mulled-in-unto down to-a-becomedness, to-which-a-one all the-ones drove-sureeing-to upon to-it not they-shall-un-vigor-unto.

2:61 γενεαν] + και γενεαν ℵV

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:62 καὶ ἀπὸ λόγων ἀνδρὸς ἁμαρτωλοῦ μὴ φοβηθῆτε, ὅτι ἡ δόξα αὐτοῦ εἰς κόπρια καὶ εἰς σκώληκας.

And off of-forthees of-a-man of-un-adjusted-along lest ye-might-have-been-feareed-unto, to-which-a-one the-one a-reckonedness of-it into to-en-fellinglets and into to-maggots.

2:62 κοπριαν V

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:63 σήμερον ἐπαρθήσεται, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ, ὅτι ἐπέστρεψεν εἰς τὸν χοῦν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὁ διαλογισμὸς αὐτοῦ ἀπώλετο.

This-day it-shall-be-lifted-upon, and not lest it-might-have-been-found, to-which-a-one it-beturned-upon into to-the-one to-an-en-pouring-of of-it, and the-one a-fortheeing-through-to-of of-it it-had-destructed-off.

2:63 και I°] + αυριον ℵV | οτι] και ℵ | απωλετο] απολειται ℵ (-λιτ.) V

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:64 καὶ ὑμεῖς, τέκνα, ἰσχύσετε καὶ ἀνδρίζεσθε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ δοξασθήσεσθε.

And ye, Creationees, ye-should-force-hold and ye-should-man-to in unto-the-one unto-a-parcelee of-ye, to-which-a-one in unto-it ye-shall-be-reckoned-to.

2:64 om και υμεις ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | ανδριζεσθε και ισχυσατε ℵV | om υμων ℵV

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:65 καὶ ἰδοὺ Συμεὼν ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, οἶδα ὅτι ἀνὴρ βουλῆς ἐστιν· αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας, αὐτὸς ὑμῖν ἔσται εἰς πατέρα.

And thou-should-have-had-seen, a-Sumeôn the-one brethrened of-ye, I-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one a-man of-a-purposing it-be; of-it ye-should-hear to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses, it unto-ye it-shall-be into to-a-father.

2:65 υμιν εσται εις πατερα] εσται υμιν πατηρ ℵ ε. υμων π. V

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:66 καὶ Ἰούδας ὁ Μακκαβαῖος αὐτός, ἰσχυρὸς ἐν δυνάμει αὐτὸς ἐκ νεότητος αὐτοῦ, οὗτος ὑμῖν ἔσται εἰς ἄρχοντα στρατιᾶς· καὶ πολεμήσετε πόλεμον λαῶν.

And an-Ioudas the-one Makkaba-belonged it, force-held in unto-an-ability it out of-a-newness of-it, the-one-this unto-ye it-shall-be into to-firsting of-an-amassing-unto; and ye-shall-war-unto to-a-war of-peoples.

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:67 καὶ ὑμεῖς προσάξετε πρὸς ὑμᾶς πάντας τοὺς ποιητὰς τοῦ νόμου, καὶ ἐκδικήσατε ἐκδίκησιν τοῦ λαοῦ ὑμῶν.

And ye ye-should-lead-toward toward to-ye to-all to-the-ones to-doers of-the-one of-a-parcelee, and ye-should-have-coursed-out-unto to-a-coursing-out of-the-one of-a-people of-ye.

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:68 ἀνταποδίδοτε ἀνταπόδομα τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, καὶ προσέχετε εἰς προστάγματα τοῦ νόμου.

Ye-should-ever-a-one-give-off to-an-ever-a-one-giving-off-to unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to, and ye-should-hold-toward into to-arrangings-toward-to of-the-one of-a-parcelee.

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:69 Καὶ ηὐλόγησεν αὐτούς· καὶ προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας αὐτοῦ.

And it-had-goodly-fortheed-unto to-them; and it-was-placed-toward toward to-the-ones to-fathers of-it.

(166 B.C.)

1Ma 2:70 καὶ ἀπέθανεν ἐν τῷ ἕκτῳ καὶ τεσσαρακοστῷ καὶ ἑκατοστῷ ἔτει· καὶ ἔθαψαν αὐτὸν οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐν τάφοις πατέρων αὐτοῦ ἐν Μωδεείν, καὶ ἐκόψαντο αὐτὸν πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ κοπετὸν μέγαν.

And it-had-died-off in unto-the-one unto-sixth and unto-fortieth and unto-hundredth unto-a-yeareedness; and they-burialed to-it, the-ones sons of-it, in unto-buriages of-fathers of-it in unto-a-Môdeein, and they-felled to-it, all an-Israêl, to-a-fellableness to-great.

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:1 Καὶ ἀνέστη Ἰούδας ὁ καλούμενος Μακκαβαῖος υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἀντ' αὐτοῦ.

And it-had-stood-up, an-Ioudas the-one being-called-unto Makkaba-belonged, a-son of-it ever-a-one of-it.

3:1 αυτου 2°] αρτου ℵ* (αυτ. ℵc.a)

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:2 καὶ ἐβοήθουν αὐτῷ πάντες οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ πάντες ὅσοι ἐκολλήθησαν τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπολέμουν τὸν πόλεμον Ἰσραὴλ μετ' εὐφροσύνης.

And they-were-holler-running-unto unto-it, all the-ones brethrened of-it, and all which-a-which they-were-togetherned-unto unto-the-one unto-a-father of-it, and they-were-warring-unto to-the-one to-a-war of-an-Israêl with of-a-goodly-centeringedness.

3:2 αυτω] αυτον V | οσοι] οι ℵ | επολεμουντο πολεμον ℵ* (επολεμουν τον π. ℵc.a)

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:3 καὶ ἐπλάτυνεν δόξαν τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἐνεδύσατο θώρακα ὡς γίγας, καὶ συνεζώσατο τὰ σκεύη τὰ πολεμικὰ αὐτοῦ· καὶ πολέμους συνεστήσατο, σκεπάζων παρεμβολὴν ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ.

And it-broadened to-a-reckonedness unto-the-one unto-a-people of-it; and it-sunk-in to-a-cuirass as mighty, and it-en-girded-together to-the-ones to-equipeednesses to-the-ones to-war-belonged-of of-it; and to-wars it-stood-together, covering-to to-a-casting-in-beside in unto-a-sabre.

3:3 αυτω] αυτον V | οσοι] οι ℵ | πολεμους συνεστησατο] και συνεστ. πολ. ℵV | παρεμβ. εν ρομφαια] ρομφ. εν πολεμω V

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:4 καὶ ὡμοιώθη λέοντι ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὡς σκύμνος ἐρευγόμενος εἰς θήραν.

And it-was-en-along-belonged unto-a-lion in unto-the-ones unto-works of-it, and as a-cub emanating into to-a-beasting.

3:4 om αυτου ℵ | ορευγομενος ℵ

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:5 καὶ ἐδίωξεν ἀνόμους ἐξερευνῶν, καὶ τοὺς ταράσσοντας τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἐφλόγισεν·

And it-pursued to-un-parceleed out-searching-unto, and to-the-ones to-stirring to-the-one to-a-people of-it it-blazed-to;

3:5 τον λαον αυτ.] om λαον A (hab ℵV)

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:6 καὶ συνεστάλησαν οἱ ἄνομοι ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου αὐτοῦ, καὶ πάντες οἱ ἐργάται τῆς ἀνομίας συνεταράχθησαν, καὶ εὐοδώθη σωτηρία ἐν χειρὶ αὐτοῦ.

and they-had-been-set-together the-ones un-parceleed off of-the-one of-a-fearee of-it, and all the-ones workers of-the-one of-an-un-parceleeing-unto they-were-stirred-together, and it-was goodly-en-wayed a-savioring-unto in unto-a-hand of-it.

3:6 οι ανομοι] om οι ℵV | ευωδ. V | σωτ.] pr η V

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:7 καὶ ἐπίκρανεν βασιλεῖς πολλούς, καὶ ηὔφρανεν τὸν Ἰακὼβ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἕως τοῦ αἰῶνος τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτοῦ εἰς εὐλογίαν.

And it-bittered to-rulers-of to-much, and it-goodly-centered to-the-one to-an-Iakôb in unto-the-ones unto-works of-it, and unto-if-which of-the-one of-an-age the-one a-remebrance of-it into to-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto.

3:7 επικραναν A | ευφρανεν ℵ | εις] pr και ℵ* (improb ℵ?)

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:8 καὶ διῆλθεν ἐν πόλεσιν Ἰούδα, καὶ ἐξωλέθρευσεν ἀσεβεῖς ἐπ' αὐτῆς, καὶ ἀπέστρεψεν ὀργὴν ἀπὸ Ἰσραήλ·

And it-had-came-through in unto-cities of-an-Ioudas, and it-destructed-out-of to-un-reveringed upon of-it, and it-beturned-off to-a-stressing off of-an-Israêl;

3:8 πολεσιν] πολι ℵ | εξωλοθρ. V | επ] εξ ℵV

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:9 καὶ ὠνομάσθη ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς, καὶ συνήγαγεν ἀπολλυμένους.

and it-was-named-to unto-if-which of-most-bordered of-the-one of-a-soil, and it-had-led-together to-destructing-off.

3:9 ονομ. V | της γης] om της ℵ | απολλψμενους] Απολλωνιος Va

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:10 Καὶ συνήγαγεν Ἀπολλώνιος ἔθνη, καὶ ἀπὸ Σαμαρίας δύναμιν μεγάλην τοῦ πολεμῆσαι πρὸς Ἰσραήλ.

And it-had-led-together, an-Apollônios, to-placeedness-belongings-to, and off of-a-Samaria to-an-ability to-great of-the-one to-have-warred-unto toward to-an-Israêl.

3:10 om και συν. Απ. Va | Ισραηλ] pr τον ℵ

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:11 καὶ ἔγνω Ἰούδας, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν εἰς συνάντησιν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἀπέκτεινεν· καὶ ἔπεσον τραυματίαι πολλοί, καὶ οἱ ἐπίλοιποι ἔφυγον.

And it-had-acquainted, an-Ioudas, and it-had-came-out into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-it and it-smote to-it and it-killed-off; and they-had-fallen, wounded-belongers much, and the-ones remaindered-upon they-had-fled.

3:11 αυτω] αυτων V

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:12 καὶ ἔλαβον τὰ σκεύη αὐτῶν, καὶ τὴν μάχαιραν Ἀπολλωνίου ἔλαβεν Ἰούδας, καὶ ἦν πολεμῶν ἐν αὐτῇ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας.

And they-had-taken to-the-ones to-equipeednesses of-them, and to-the-one to-a-battle-section-alongedness of-an-Apollônios it-had-taken, an-Ioudas, and it-was warring-unto in unto-it to-all to-the-ones todayednesses.

3:12 σκευη] σκυλα ℵV

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:13 Καὶ ἤκουσεν Σήρων, ὁ ἄρχων τῆς δυνάμεως Συρίας, ὅτι ἤθροισεν Ἰούδας ἄθροισμα καὶ ἐκκλησίαν πιστῶν μεθ' αὑτοῦ καὶ ἐκπορευομένων εἰς πόλεμον.

And it-heard, a-Sêrôn, the-one firsting of-the-one of-an-ability of-a-Suria, to-which-a-one it-flurried-along-to, an-Ioudas, to-a-flurrying-along-to and to-a-calling-out-unto of-trusted with of-itself and of-traversing-out-of into to-a-war.

3:13 μεθ] μετ ℵV

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:14 καὶ εἶπεν Ποιήσω ἐμαυτῷ ὄνομα, καὶ δοξασθήσομαι ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ πολεμήσω τὸν Ἰούδαν καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ τοὺς ἐξουδενοῦντας τὸν λόγον τοῦ βασιλέως.

And it-had-said, I-shall-do-unto unto-myself to-a-naming-to, and I-shall-be-reckoned-to in unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of, and I-shall-war-unto to-the-one to-an-Ioudas and to-the-ones together unto-it to-the-ones to-not-then-also-oneing-out-unto to-the-one to-a-forthee of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

3:14 ενδοξασθ. ℵ | Ιουδαν] pr υιον ℵ* (improb ℵc.a) | om και 5° ℵV | τους εξουδ.] εξουθ. V

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:15 καὶ προσέθετο καὶ ἀνέβη μετ' αὐτοῦ παρεμβολὴ ἀσεβῶν ἰσχυρὰ βοηθῆσαι αὐτῷ, ποιῆσαι τὴν ἐκδίκησιν ἐν υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ.

And it-had-placed-toward and it-had-stepped-up with of-it, a-casting-in-beside of-un-reveringed force-held, to-have-holler-ran-unto unto-it, to-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-coursing-out in unto-sons of-an-Israêl.

3:15 ισχυρα] + μετ αυτου V | ποιησαι] pr και V

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:16 καὶ ἤγγισεν ἕως ἀναβάσεως Μεθωρών· καὶ ἐξῆλθεν Ἰούδας εἰς συνάντησιν αὐτῷ ὀλιγοστός.

And it-neared-to unto-if-which of-a-stepping-up of-a-Methôrôn; and it-had-came-out, an-Ioudas, into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-it most-little.

3:16 ηγγισαν V | Μεθωρων] Βαιθωρων ℵV | αυτων V

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:17 ὡς δὲ ἴδαν τὴν παρεμβολὴν ἐρχομένην εἰς συνάντησιν αὐτῷ, εἶπαν τῷ Ἰούδᾳ Τί δυνησόμεθα ὀλιγοστοὶ ὄντες πολεμῆσαι πρὸς πλῆθος τοσοῦτο; καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐκλελύμεθα ἀσιτοῦντες σήμερον.

As then-also they-saw to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside to-coming into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-it, they-said unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudas, To-what-one we-shall-able most-little being to-have-warred-unto toward to-a-repleteedness to-the-one-unto-the-one-this? And we we-had-come-to-be-loosed-out un-graining-unto this-day.

3:17 ιδεν ℵ* ειδον ℵc.aV | ερχομενην] pr την ℵc.a | αυτω] αυτων ℵVa | ειπον ℵV1 (ειπον . . . δυν. sup ras V1) | τοσουτο] + ισχυρον ℵV

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:18 καὶ εἶπεν Ἰούδας Εὔκοπόν ἐστιν συνκλεισθῆναι πολλοὺς ἐν χερσὶν ὀλίγων· καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν διαφορὰ ἐναντίον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ σώζειν ἐν πολλοῖς ἢ ἐν ὀλίγοις.

And it-had-said, an-Ioudas, Goodly-felled it-be to-have-been-latch-belonged-together to-much in unto-hands of-little; and not it-be beareed-through to-ever-a-oned-in of-the-one of-a-sky to-save-to in unto-much or in unto-little;

3:18 συγκλ. V | εναντιον] + του θεου ℵV | σωζειν] + η ℵ

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:19 ὅτι οὐκ ἐν πλήθει δυνάμεως νίκη πολέμου ἐστίν, ἀλλ' ἢ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἰσχύς.

to-which-a-one not in unto-a-repleteedness of-an-ability a-mull-belonging-of of-a-war it-be, other or out of-the-one of-a-sky a-force-holding.

3:19 om η ℵV | ισχυς] pr η ℵV

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:20 αὐτοὶ ἔρχονται πρὸς ἡμᾶς πλήθει ὕβρεως καὶ ἀνομίας, τοῦ ἐξᾶραι ἡμᾶς καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας ἡμῶν καὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν, τοῦ σκυλεῦσαι ἡμᾶς.

Them they-cometh toward to-us unto-a-repleteedness of-an-abuse and of-an-un-parceleeing-unto, of-the-one to-have-lifted-out to-us and to-the-ones to-women of-us and to-the-ones to-creationees of-us, of-the-one to-have-flayed-of to-us.

3:20 προς] εφ ℵ | πληθει] pr εν ℵV

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:21 ἡμεῖς δὲ πολεμοῦμεν περὶ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν καὶ τῶν νομίμων ἡμῶν.

We then-also we-war-unto about of-the-ones of-breathings of-us and of-the-ones of-parcelee-belonged-unto of-us.

3:21 om ημων 2° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:22 καὶ αὐτὸς συντρίψει αὐτοὺς πρὸ προσώπου ἡμῶν· ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ φοβηθῆτε ἀπ' αὐτῶν.

And it it-shall-rub-together to-them before of-looked-toward of-us; ye then-also lest ye-might-have-been-feareed-unto off of-them.

3:22 αυτους] αυτου ℵ* (superscr ς ℵ1) | υμεις] ημεις A | φοβηθητε] φοβεισθε (-βισθε ℵ*) ℵV

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:23 ὡς δὲ ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν, ἐνήλατο εἰς αὐτοὺς ἄφνω, καὶ συνετρίβη Σήρων καὶ ἡ παρεμβολὴ αὐτοῦ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ.

As then-also it-ceased speaking-unto, it-jumped-in into to-them unto-un-manifested, and it-had-been-rubbed-together a-Sêrôn and the-one a-casting-in-beside of-it to-in-look-belonged of-it.

3:23 ενειλατο V | επ] εις ℵ | συνετριβησαν V

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:24 καὶ ἐδίωκον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ καταβάσει Βαιθωρὼν ἕως τοῦ πεδίου· καὶ ἔπεσον ἀπ' αὐτῶν εἰς ἄνδρας ὀκτακοσίους· οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ ἔφυγον εἰς γῆν Φυλιστιείμ.

And they-were-pursuing to-them in unto-the-one unto-a-stepping-down of-a-Baithôrôn unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-footinglet; and they-had-fallen off of-them into to-men to-eight-hundred; the-ones then-also remaindered they-had-fled into to-a-soil of-Fulistieim'.

3:24 αυτους] αυτον ℵ | Βεθωρων A | γην] την V

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:25 καὶ ἤρξατο ὁ φόβος Ἰούδα καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἡ πτόη ἔπιπτεν ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη τὰ κύκλῳ αὐτῶν.

And it-firsted, the-one a-fearee of-an-Ioudas and of-the-ones of-brethrened of-it, and the-one a-fluttering it-was-falling upon to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to to-the-ones unto-a-circle of-them.

3:25 Ιουδας ℵ (-δα ℵc.a) | επιπτεν] επεπιπτεν ℵ

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:26 καὶ ἤγγισεν ἕως τοῦ βασιλέως τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν παρατάξεων Ἰούδα ἐξηγεῖτο πᾶν ἔθνος.

And it-neared-to unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, the-one a-naming-to of-it, and over of-the-ones of-arrangings-beside of-an-Ioudas it-was-leading-out-unto, all a-placeedness-belonging-to.

3:26 παν εθνος] τα εθνη ℵ

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:27 Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσεν Ἀντίοχος ὁ βασιλεὺς τοὺς λόγους τούτους, ὠργίσθη θυμῷ· καὶ ἀπέστειλεν καὶ συνήγαγεν τὰς δυνάμεις πάσας τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, παρεμβολὴν ἰσχυρὰν σφόδρα·

As then-also it-heard, an-Antiochos the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these, it-was-stressed-to unto-a-passion; and it-set-off and it-had-led-together to-the-ones to-abilities to-all of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-it, to-a-casting-in-beside to-force-held to-vehemented;

3:27–28 om παρεμβολην . . . γαζοφ. αυτου ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

3:27 ο βασιλευς Αντιοχος ℵ | τας βασ. V (της β. V1)

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:28 καὶ ἤνοιξεν τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔδωκεν ὀψώνια ταῖς δυνάμεσιν αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν ἐνιαυτόν· καὶ ἐνετείλατο αὐτοῖς εἰς ἐνιαυτὸν εἶναι ἑτοίμους εἰς πᾶσαν χρείαν.

and it-opened-up to-the-one to-a-treasure-guarderylet of-it, and it-gave to-provision-purchaselets unto-the-ones unto-abilities of-it into to-the-one to-a-being-in-unto-it; and it-finished-in unto-them into to-a-being-in-unto-it to-be to-readied-of into to-all to-an-affording-of.

3:27–28 om παρεμβολην . . . γαζοφ. αυτου ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

3:28 τοις δυν. (sic) A | om αυτου 2° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) V | τον ενιαυτον] om τον ℵV | om εις ενιαυτον ℵV

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:29 καὶ ἴδεν ὅτι ἐξέλειπεν τὸ ἀργύριον ἀπὸ τῶν θησαυρῶν· καὶ οἱ φόροι τῆς χώρας ὀλίγοι χάριν τῆς διχοστασίας καὶ πληγῆς ἧς κατεσκεύασεν ἐν τῇ γῇ, τοῦ ἆραι τὰ νόμιμα ἃ ἦσαν ἀφ' ἡμερῶν τῶν πρώτων.

And it-had-seen to-which-a-one it-was-remaindering-out, the-one a-silverlet, off of-the-ones of-en-placings; and the-ones bearees of-the-one of-a-spacedness little to-a-granting of-the-one of-a-split-standing-unto and of-a-smiting of-which it-down-equipped-to in unto-the-one unto-a-soil, of-the-one to-have-lifted to-the-ones to-parcelee-belonged-unto to-which they-were off of-dayednesses of-the-ones of-most-before.

3:29 ειδεν ℵV | εξελιπεν ℵ | απο] εκ ℵV

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:30 καὶ εὐλαβήθη μὴ οὐκ ἔχει ὡς ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς εἰς τὰς δαπάνας καὶ τὰ δόματα ἃ ἐδίδου ἔμπροσθεν δαψιλῇ χειρί,

And it-was-goodly-taken-unto lest not it-holdeth as to-once and to-twice into to-the-ones to-spentings and to-the-ones to-givings-to to-which it-was-giving in-toward-from unto-abundancinged unto-a-hand,

Note: it-was-goodly-taken-unto : the Passive form is used to infer being affected into holding a goodly-taking mindset, i.e. into willingly giving attention to, as having been persuaded by the gravity of the Object.

3:30 εχη ℵ | δοματα] δικαιωματα V | ενπροσθεν A | δαψιλει Va | χειρι] + και επερισσευσεν υπερ τους βασιλεις τους εμπροσθεν (+ δαψιλει [-λει Va] χειρι V) ℵV

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:31 καὶ ἠπορεῖτο τῇ ψυχῇ αὐτοῦ σφόδρα· καὶ ἐβουλεύσατο τοῦ πορευθῆναι εἰς τὴν Περσίδα, καὶ λαβεῖν τοὺς φόρους τῶν χωρῶν, καὶ συναγαγεῖν ἀργύριον πολύ.

and it-was-un-traversing-unto unto-the-one unto-a-breathing of-it to-vehemented; and it-purposed-of of-the-one to-have-been-traversed-of into to-the-one to-a-Persis, and to-have-had-taken to-the-ones to-bearees of-the-ones of-spacednesses, and to-have-had-led-toward to-a-silverlet to-much.

3:31 εβουλευσαντο A | πολυν A

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:32 καὶ κατέλειπεν Λυσίαν ἄνθρωπον ἔνδοξον καὶ ἀπὸ γένους τῆς βασιλείας ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων τοῦ βασιλέως, ἀπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ Εὐφράτου ἕως τῶν ὁρίων Αἰγύπτου,

And it-was-remaindering-down to-a-Lusias to-a-mankind to-reckoned-in and off of-a-becomeedness of-the-one of-a-ruling-of upon of-the-ones of-practicings-to of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, off of-the-one of-a-drinkationing-of of-a-Eufratês unto-if-which of-the-ones of-boundlets of-an-Aiguptos.

3:32 κατελειπεν] απελυσεν ℵ* κατελιπεν ℵc.aV* | εως] pr και ℵV | των οριων] om των ℵV

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:33 καὶ τρέφειν Ἀντίοχον τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἕως τοῦ ἐπιστρέψαι αὐτόν.

and to-nourish to-an-Antiochos to-the-one to-a-son of-it unto-if-which of-the-one to-have-beturned-upon to-it.

3:33 επιστρεψε A (seq ras I lit)

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:34 καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτῷ τὰς ἡμίσεις τῶν δυνάμεων καὶ τοὺς ἐλέφαντας, καὶ ἐνετείλατο αὐτῷ περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐβούλετο, καὶ περὶ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ Ἰερουσαλήμ,

And it-gave-beside unto-it to-the-ones to-half of-the-ones of-abilities and to-the-ones to-elephants, and it-finished-in unto-it about of-all of-which it-was-purposing, and about of-all of-the-ones of-housing-down-unto to-the-one to-an-Ioudaia and to-an-Ierousalêm,

3:34 ηβουλετο ℵ εβουλευσατο V | om παντων 2° ℵV

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:35 ἀποστεῖλαι ἐπ' αὐτοὺς δύναμιν, τοῦ ἐκτρίψαι καὶ ἐξᾶραι τὴν ἰσχὺν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ τὸ κατάλιμμα Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ ἆραι τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ τόπου,

to-have-set-off upon to-them to-an-ability, of-the-one to-have-rubbed-out and to-have-lifted-out to-the-one to-a-force-holding of-an-Israêl and to-the-one to-a-remaindering-down-to of-an-Ierousalêm, and to-have-lifted to-the-one to-a-remembrance of-it off of-the-one of-an-occasion,

3:35 του εκριψαι] και του εκτριψαι ℵ om του V | αυτου] αυτων ℵV

(166-165 B.C.)

1Ma 3:36 καὶ κατοικῆσαι υἱοὺς ἀλλοτρίους ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ὁρίοις αὐτῶν, καὶ κατακληρονομῆσαι τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν.

and to-have-housed-down-unto to-sons to-other-belonged in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-boundlets of-them, and to-have-lot-parceleed-down-unto to-the-one to-a-soil of-them.

3:36 υιους αλλοτριους] απ αυτων αλλογενεις ℵ* υιους αλλογενων ℵc.a, c.b υιους αλλογενης V* (-νεις Va) | πασιν ℵV | κατακληρονομησαι ℵV

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:37 καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς παρέλαβεν τὰς ἡμίσεις τῶν δυνάμεων τὰς καταλειφθείσας· καὶ ἀπῆρεν ἀπὸ Ἀντιοχίας, ἀπὸ πόλεως βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, ἔτους ἑβδόμου καὶ τεσσαρακοστοῦ καὶ ἑκατοστοῦ· καὶ διεπέρασεν τὸν Εὐφράτην ποταμόν, καὶ διεπορεύετο τὰς ἐπάνω χώρας.

And the-one a-ruler-of it-had-taken-beside to-the-ones to-half of-the-ones of-abilities to-the-ones to-having-been-remaindered-down; and it-lifted-off off of-an-Antiochia, off of-a-city of-a-ruling-of of-it, of-a-yeareedness of-seventh and of-fortieth and of-hundredth; and it-through-acrossed-unto to-the-one to-a-Eufratês to-a-drinkationing-of, and it-traversed-through-of to-the-ones upon-up-unto-which to-spacednesses.

Note: of-an-Antiochia in 01 02 : of-an-Antiocheia is correct as in NT; primitive assimilation.

3:37 Αντιοχειας V | εβδομου κ. τεσσερακ. κ. εκατ.] _ και _ και _ ℵ | διεπορευετο] διεπερασεν ℵ*vid (διεπορευετο ℵ1)

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:38 Καὶ ἐπέλεξεν Λυσίας Πτολεμαῖον τὸν Δορυμένους, Νικάνορα καὶ Γοργίαν, ἄνδρας δυνατοὺς τῶν φίλων τοῦ βασιλέως.

And it-forthed-upon, a-Lusias, to-a-Ptolemaios to-the-one of-a-Dorumenês, to-a-Nikanôr and to-a-Gorgias, to-men to-able of-the-ones of-cared of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

3:38 Πτολεμεον A om V | Νικανορα] pr και ℵV | Γοργειαν A

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:39 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν μετ' αὐτῶν τεσσεράκοντα χιλιάδας ἀνδρῶν καὶ ἑπτακισχίλιον ἵππον, τοῦ ἐλθεῖν εἰς γῆν Ἰούδα καὶ καταφθεῖραι αὐτὴν κατὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ βασιλέως.

And it-set-off with of-them to-forty to-thousands of-men and to-seven-oft-thousand to-a-horse, of-the-one to-have-had-came into to-a-soil of-an-Ioudas and to-have-degraded-down to-it down to-the-one to-a-forthee of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

3:39 τεσσερ.] πεντηκοντα V | επτακισχιλιαν ℵV | om εις ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | om αυτην ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:40 καὶ ἀπῆραν σὺν πάσῃ τῇ δυνάμει αὐτῶν καὶ ἦλθον· καὶ παρενέβαλον πλησίον Ἀμμαοὺν ἐν τῇ γῇ τῇ πεδινῇ.

And they-lifted-off together unto-all unto-the-one unto-an-ability of-them, and they-had-came and they-had-casted-in-beside to-nigh-belonged of-an-Ammaoun in unto-the-one unto-a-soil unto-the-one unto-footinged-belonged-to.

3:40 απηρεν ℵ | παρενεβαλον ℵ | Αμμαου ℵ Αμμαυ V

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:41 καὶ ἤκουσαν οἱ ἔμποροι τῆς χώρας τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔλαβον ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον πολὺ σφόδρα καὶ παῖδας· καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν τοῦ λαβεῖν τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ εἰς παῖδας· καὶ προσεγενήθησαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς δύναμεις Συρίας καὶ γῆς ἀλλοφύλων.

And they-heard, the-ones traversed-in of-the-one of-a-spacedness, to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-them, and they-had-taken to-a-silverlet and to-a-goldlet to-much to-vehemented and to-children; and they-had-came into to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside of-the-one to-have-had-taken to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Israêl into to-children; and they-were-became-beside toward to-them abilities of-a-Suria and of-a-soil of-other-tribed.

3:41 πολυν A | ηλθεν ℵ* (-θον ℵc.a) | προσεγενηθησαν] προσετεθησαν ℵVa (προστεθ. V*) | δυναμεις (-μις ℵV)] pr και ℵ

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:42 Καὶ ἴδεν Ἰούδας καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι ἐπληθύνθη τὰ κακά, καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις παρεμβαλοῦσιν ἐν τοῖς ὁρίοις αὐτῶν· καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν τοὺς λόγους τῆς βασιλείας οὓς ἐνετείλατο ποιῆσαι τῷ λαῷ εἰς ἀπώλειαν καὶ συντέλειαν.

And it-had-seen, an-Ioudas and the-ones brethrened of-it, to-which-a-one it-was-repletened the-ones wedge-wedged, and the-ones abilities they-shall-cast-in-beside in unto-the-ones unto-boundlets of-them; and they-had-acquainted-upon to-the-ones to-forthees of-the-one of-a-ruling-of to-which it-finished-in to-have-done-unto unto-the-one unto-a-people into to-a-destructing-off-of and to-a-finishing-together-of.

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:43 καὶ εἶπαν ἕκαστος πρὸς τὸν πλησίον αὐτοῦ Ἀναστήσωμεν τὴν καθαίρεσιν τοῦ λαοῦ ἡμῶν καὶ τῶν ἁγίων.

And they-said each toward to-the-one to-nigh-belonged of-it, We-might-have-ever-a-one-stood to-the-one to-a-sectioning-along-down of-the-one of-a-people of-us and of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged.

3:43 αναστησον ℵ* (-στησομεν ℵc.aV) | των αγιων] πολεμησομεν περι (sed περι ℵ1 (mg)) του λαου ημων και των λαων (pro λαων corr αγιων ℵ1 (vid)) ℵ*

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:44 καὶ ἠθροίσθησαν ἡ συναγωγὴ τοῦ εἶναι ἑτοίμους εἰς πόλεμον, καὶ τοῦ προσεύξασθαι καὶ αἰτῆσαι ἔλεον καὶ οἰκτειρμούς.

And they-were-flurried-along-to the-one a-leading-together of-the-one to-be to-readied-of into to-a-war, and of-the-one to-have-goodly-held-toward and to-have-appealed-unto to-a-besectionation and to-pitierings-of.

Note: to-a-besectionation : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc., as having been applied.

3:44 ηθροισθη ℵV | η συναγ.] pr πασα V | ελεος ℵV | οικτιρμους ℵVa

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:45 καὶ Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἦν ἀοίκητος ὡς ἔρημος· οὐκ ἦν ὁ εἰσπορευόμενος καὶ ἐκπορευόμενος ἐκ τῶν γενημάτων αὐτῆς· καὶ τὸ ἁγίασμα καταπατούμενον, καὶ υἱοὶ ἀλλογενῶν ἐν τῇ ἄκρᾳ, κατάλυμα τοῖς ἔθνεσιν· καὶ ἐξήρθη τέρψις ἐξ Ἰακώβ, καὶ ἐξέλειπεν αὐλὸς καὶ κινύρα.

And an-Ierousalêm it-was un-housed as solituded; not it-was the-one traversing-into-of and traversing-out-of out of-the-ones of-becomings-to of-it; and the-one a-hallow-belonging-to being-treaded-down-unto, and sons of-other-becominged in unto-the-one unto-extremitied, a-loosing-down-to unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to; and it-was-lifted-out a-delight out of-an-Iakôb, and it-was-remaindering-out a-channel and a-guitar.

Note: a-channel : used to refer to an air channel as in wind instruments.

3:45 ανοικητος ℵ* (αοικ. ℵc.a) | om και εκπορευομενος ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) V | om εν 2° ℵ | εξελιπεν ℵ

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:46 καὶ συνήχθησαν καὶ ἤλθοσαν εἰς Μασσηφὰ κατέναντι Ἰερουσαλήμ, ὅτι τόπος προσευχῆς εἰς Μασσηφὰ τὸ πρότερον τῷ Ἰσραήλ.

And they-were-led-together and they-hath-had-came into to-a-Massêfa down-in-ever-a-one of-an-Ierousalêm, to-which-a-one an-occasion of-a-goodly-holding-toward into to-a-Massêfa to-the-one to-more-before unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl.

3:46 ηλθον V | εις 2°] ην εν ℵV

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:47 καὶ ἐνήστευσαν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, καὶ περιεβάλλοντο σάκκους καὶ σποδὸν ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ διέρρηξαν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν.

And they-non-ate-of unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-thither, and they-were-casting-about to-burlaps and to-an-ash upon to-the-ones to-heads of-them, and they-en-bursted-through to-the-ones to-apparelets of-them.

3:47 περιεβαλοντο ℵ | την κεφαλην ℵV

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:48 καὶ ἐξεπέτασαν τὸ βιβλίον τοῦ νόμου, περὶ ὧν ἐξηρεύνων τὰ ἔθνη τὰ ὁμοιώματα τῶν εἰδώλων αὐτῶν.

And they-out-spreaded-to to-the-one to-a-paperlet of-the-one of-a-parcelee, about of-which they-were-out-searching-unto, the-ones placeedness-belongings-to, to-the-ones to-en-along-belongings-to of-the-ones of-images of-them.

3:48 εξεπετασεν ℵ

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:49 καὶ ἤνεγκαν τὰ ἱμάτια τῆς ἱερωσύνης καὶ τὰ πρωτογενήματα καὶ τὰς δεκάτας· καὶ ἤγειραν τοὺς Ναζιραίους, οἳ ἐπλήρωσαν τὰς ἡμέρας·

And they-beared to-the-ones to-apparelets of-the-one of-an-en-sacredingedness and to-the-ones to-most-before-becomings-to and to-the-ones to-tenth; and they-roused to-the-ones to-Nazira-belonged, which they-en-filled to-the-ones to-dayednesses;

Note: to-Nazira-belonged in 02 03 : to-Nazeira-belonged in 01; to-Nazôra-belonged is correct as in NT; Hebrew assimilation.

3:49 om και 2° ℵ | Ναζειραιους ℵ Ναζαραιους V

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:50 καὶ ἐβόησαν φωνῇ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν λέγοντες Τί ποιήσωμεν τούτοις, καὶ ποῦ αὐτοὺς ἀπαγάγωμεν;

and they-hollered-unto unto-a-sound into to-the-one to-a-sky forthing, To-what-one we-might-have-done-unto unto-the-ones-these, and of-whither to-them we-might-have-had-led-off?

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:51 καὶ τὰ ἅγιά σου καταπεπάτηνται καὶ βεβήλωνται, καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς σου ἐν πένθει καὶ ταπεινώσει.

And the-ones hallow-belonged of-thee they-had-come-to-be-treaded-down-unto and they-had-come-to-be-en-step-stepped-of, and the-ones sacreders of-thee in unto-a-grieveedness and unto-an-en-lowed-belonging-to.

Note: they-had-come-to-be-en-step-stepped-of : used to refer to commonly allowable to be trodden or of a person overstepping what is allowable.

3:51 καταπεεπατηνται ℵV | βεβηλωνται ℵ εβεβηλωται V* | om και 3° V | ιερις ℵ

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:52 καὶ ἰδοὺ τὰ ἔθνη συνῆκται ἐφ' ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἐξᾶραι ἡμᾶς· σὺ οἶδας ἃ λογίζονται ἐφ' ἡμᾶς.

And thou-should-have-had-seen, the-ones placeedness-belongings-to it-had-come-to-be-led-together upon to-us of-the-one to-have-lifted-out to-us; thou thou-had-come-to-see to-which they-forthee-to upon to-us.

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:53 πῶς δυνησόμεθα ὑποστῆναι κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν, ἐὰν μὴ σὺ βοηθήσῃς ἡμῖν;

Unto-whither we-shall-able to-have-had-stood-under down to-looked-toward of-them, if-ever lest thou thou-might-have-holler-ran-unto unto-us?

3:53 συ μη V

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:54 καὶ ἐσάλπισαν ταῖς σάλπιγξιν, καὶ ἐβόησαν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ.

And they-trumpeted-to unto-the-ones unto-trumpets, and they-hollered-unto unto-a-sound unto-great.

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:55 Καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο κατέστησεν Ἰούδας ἡγουμένους τοῦ λαοῦ, χιλιάρχους καὶ ἑκατοντάρχους καὶ πεντηκοντάρχους καὶ δεκαδάρχους.

And with to-the-one-this it-stood-down, an-Ioudas, to-leading-unto of-the-one of-a-people, to-firsts-of-thousand and to-firsts-of-hundred and to-firsts-of-fifty and to-firsts-of-ten.

3:55 om και πεντηκονταρχους ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | δεκαταρχους ℵ* (δεκαδ. ℵc.a) δεκαρχ. V

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:56 καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς οἰκοδομοῦσιν οἰκίαν καὶ μνηστευομένοις γυναῖκας καὶ φυτεύουσιν ἀμπελῶνας καὶ δειλοῖς, ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὸν νόμον.

And it-had-said unto-the-ones unto-house-building-unto to-a-housing-unto and unto-remembrancing-of to-women and unto-planting-of to-vinings and unto-dired, to-beturn-off to-each into to-the-one to-a-house of-it down to-the-one to-a-parcelee.

3:56 οικιας ℵV

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:57 καὶ ἀπῆρεν ἡ παρεμβολή, καὶ παρενεβάλοσαν κατὰ νότον Ἀμμαούμ.

And it-lifted-off, the-one a-casting-in-beside, and they-hath-had-casted-in-beside down to-a-tropic of-an-Ammaoum.

3:57 παρενεβαλον ℵV | νοτον ℵ | Αμμαους ℵ Εμμαους V

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:58 καὶ εἶπεν Ἰούδας Περιζώσασθε, καὶ γενέσθε εἰς υἱοὺς δυνατούς· καὶ γίνεσθε ἕτοιμοι εἰς τὸ πρωὶ τοῦ πολεμῆσαι ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν τούτοις τοῖς ἐπισυνηγμένοις ἐφ' ἡμᾶς ἐξᾶραι ἡμᾶς καὶ τὰ ἅγια ἡμῶν.

And it-had-said, an-Ioudas, Ye-should-have-en-girded-about, and ye-should-have-had-became into to-sons to-able; and ye-should-become readied-of into to-the-one unto-before-belonged of-the-one to-have-warred-unto in unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to unto-the-ones-these unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-be-led-together-upon upon to-us to-have-lifted-out to-us and to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged of-us;

3:58 om και 2° ℵ | γενεσθε] γεινεσθε ℵV* (-θαι) | δυνατος] δυναμεως ℵ | τω πρωι] om το ℵ* (hab ℵc.b (vid)) V

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:59 ὅτι κρεῖσσον ἡμᾶς ἀποθανεῖν ἐν πολέμῳ, ἢ ἐφιδεῖν ἐπὶ τὰ κακὰ τοῦ ἔθνους ἡμῶν καὶ τῶν ἁγίων.

to-which-a-one more-securinged-of to-us to-have-had-died-off in unto-a-war or to-have-had-seen-upon upon to-the-ones to-wedge-wedged of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-us and of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged.

3:59 πολεμω] pr τω ℵV

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 3:60 ὡς δ' ἂν ᾖ θέλημα ἐν οὐρανῷ, οὕτως ποιήσει.

As then-also ever it-might-be a-determining-to in unto-a-sky, unto-the-one-this it-shall-do-unto.

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:1 Καὶ παρέλαβεν Γοργίας πεντακισχιλίους ἄνδρας καὶ χιλίαν ἵππον ἐκλεκτήν, καὶ ἀπῆρεν ἡ παρεμβολὴ νυκτός,

And it-had-taken-beside, a-Gorgias, to-five-oft-thousand to-men and to-thousand to-a-horse to-forthed-out, and it-lifted-off, the-one a-casting-in-beside, of-a-night,

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:2 ὥστε ἐπιβαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν παρεμβολὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ πατάξαι αὐτοὺς ἄφνω· καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς ἄκρας ἦσαν αὐτῷ ὁδηγοί.

as-also to-have-had-casted-upon upon to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged and to-have-smote to-them unto-un-manifested; and the-ones sons of-the-one of-extremitied they-were unto-it way-leaders.

4:2 ωστ ℵ* (ωστε ℵ1 (fort) c.b) | οι υιοι] om οι ℵV

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:3 καὶ ἤκουσεν Ἰούδας, καὶ ἀπῆρεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ δυνατοὶ πατάξαι τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ βασιλέως τὴν ἐν Ἐμμαούμ,

And it-heard, an-Ioudas, and it-lifted-off, it and the-ones able, to-have-smote to-the-one to-an-ability of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-the-one in unto-an-Emmaoum,

4:3 Εμμαουμ] Ναμμαουν ℵ* (Εμμ. ℵc.a, c.b) Αμμ. V

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:4 ἕως ἔτι αἱ δυνάμεις ἐσκορπισμέναι ἦσαν ἀπὸ τῆς παρεμβολῆς.

unto-if-which if-to-a-one the-ones abilities having-had-come-to-be-scattered-to they-were off of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside.

4:4 εως] ως ℵ | εσκορπισμεναι ησαν αι δυναμεις ℵ (-μις ℵ* -μεις ℵc.b) V

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:5 καὶ ἦλθεν Γοργίας εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν Ἰούδα νυκτός, καὶ οὐδένα εὗρεν· καὶ ἐζήτει αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, ὅτι εἶπεν Φεύγουσιν οὗτοι ἀφ' ἡμῶν.

And it-had-came, a-Gorgias, into to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside of-an-Ioudas of-a-night, and to-not-then-also-one it-had-found; and it-was-seeking-unto to-them in unto-the-ones unto-jutteednesses, to-which-a-one it-had-said, They-flee, the-ones-these, off of-us.

4:5 Γοργιας] Κοργιας A

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:6 καὶ ἅμα ἡμέρᾳ ὤφθη Ἰούδας ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ἐν τρισχιλίοις ἀνδράσιν· πλὴν καλύμματα καὶ μάχαιραν οὐκ εἶχον καθὼς ἠβούλοντο.

And along unto-a-dayedness it-was-beheld an-Ioudas in unto-the-one unto-a-footinglet in unto-three-thousand unto-men; to-beyond to-shroudings-to and to-a-battle-section-alongedness not they-were-holding down-as they-were-purposing.

Note: to-beyond ... : other editions translate this to mean they had neither armor nor sword, but that is not congruent with 1Ma 4:15 which says the nations fled to the sword; the meaning here is they had nothing more than veils and battle-section-alongednesses; the veils were for concealment or perhaps to instill fear or both.

4:6 τρισχιλιους V* | μαχαιρας ℵV | καθως] ως ℵV

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:7 καὶ ἴδον παρεμβολὴν ἐθνῶν ἰσχυρὰν τεθωρακισμένην, καὶ ἵππον κυκλοῦσαν αὐτήν, καὶ οὗτοι διδακτοὶ πολέμου.

And they-had-seen to-a-casting-in-beside of-placeedness-belongings-to to-force-held to-having-had-come-to-be-curiassed-to, and to-a-horse to-en-circling to-it, and the-ones-these veer-veerated of-a-war.

4:7 ειδον ℵV | τεθωρακισμενην (-κειμ. ℵ* -κεισμ. ℵc)] pr και ℵ | διδακτοι] διακτοι A

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:8 καὶ εἶπεν Ἰούδας τοῖς ἀνδράσιν τοῖς μετ' αὐτοῦ Μὴ φοβεῖσθε τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν, καὶ τὸ ὅρμημα αὐτῶν μὴ δειλωθῆτε.

And it-had-said, an-Ioudas, unto-the-ones unto-men unto-the-ones with of-it, Lest ye-should-fearee-unto to-the-one to-a-repleteedness of-them, and to-the-one to-a-cording-to of-them lest ye-might-have-been-en-dired.

Note: to-a-cording-to : used to refer to movement as though down a cord, physically of directed or impulsed rushes, i.e. as men into war or as a stone falling, mentally of an incitement or impulse.

4:8 φοβησθε Va | δειλωθητε (διωθηται A)] εδεσθητε ℵ

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:9 μνήσθητε ὡς ἐσώθησαν οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν ἐν θαλάσσῃ ἐρυθρᾷ, ὅτε ἐδίωκεν αὐτοὺς Φαραὼ ἐν δυνάμει.

Ye-should-have-been-memoried-unto as they-were-saved-to the-ones fathers of-us in unto-sea unto-red, which-also it-pursued to-them, a-Faraô, in unto-an-ability.

4:9 εδιωξεν] εδιωκεν ℵ εδιωξαν A

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:10 καὶ νῦν βοήσωμεν εἰς οὐρανόν, εἰ θελήσει ἡμᾶς, καὶ μνησθήσεται διαθήκης πατέρων, καὶ συντρίψει τὴν παρεμβολὴν ταύτην κατὰ πρόσωπον ἡμῶν σήμερον.

And now we-might-have-hollered-unto into to-a-sky if it-shall-determine to-us and it-shall-be-memoried-unto of-a-placement-through of-fathers and it-shall-rub-together to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside to-the-one-this down to-looked-toward of-us this-day;

4:10 βοησομεν ℵ

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:11 καὶ γνώσονται πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ὅτι ἔστιν ὁ λυτρούμενος καὶ σώζων τὸν Ἰσραήλ.

and they-shall-acquaint, all the-ones placeedness-belongings-to, to-which-a-one it-be the-one en-loosing and saving-to to-the-one to-an-Israêl.

4:11 om και σωζων ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:12 καὶ ἦραν οἱ ἀλλόφυλοι τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἴδαν αὐτοὺς ἐρχομένους ἐξ ἐναντίας,

And they-lifted, the-ones other-tribed, to-the-ones to-eyes of-them, and they-saw to-them to-coming out of-ever-a-oned-in,

4:12 ιδαν] ειδον ℵV | εχομενους] ερχομενους ℵ

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:13 καὶ ἐξῆλθαν ἐκ τῆς παρεμβολῆς εἰς πόλεμον, καὶ ἐσάλπισαν οἱ παρὰ Ἰούδου.

and they-came-out out of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside into to-a-war, and they-trumpeted-to, the-ones beside of-an-Ioudas.

4:13 εξηλθον ℵV | Ιουδου (-λου A)] Ιουδαν ℵ (incep τ ℵ* improb τ et ν ℵ?) Ιουδα V

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:14 καὶ συνῆψαν, καὶ συνετρίβησαν τὰ ἔθνη καὶ ἔφυγον εἰς τὸ πεδίον.

And they-fastened-together, and they-rubbed-together to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to and they-had-fled into to-the-one to-a-footinglet.

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:15 οἱ δὲ ἔσχατοι πάντες ἔπεσαν ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ, καὶ ἐδίωξαν αὐτοὺς ἕως Γασήρων καὶ ἕως τῶν πεδίων τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Ἀζώτου καὶ Ἰαννείας, καὶ ἔπεσαν ἐξ αὐτῶν εἰς ἄνδρας τρισχιλίους.

The-ones then-also most-bordered all they-falled in unto-a-sabre, and they-pursued to-them unto-if-which of-a-Gasêrôn and unto-if-which of-the-ones of-footinglets of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia and of-an-Azôtos and of-an-Ianneia, and they-falled out of-them into to-men to-three-thousand.

Note: they-falled : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.

4:15 επεσον (I°) V | Γαζηρων ℵV | Ιουδαιας] Ιδουμαιας ℵ | Ιαννειας] Ιαμινειας ℵ* Ιαμνειας ℵ? Ιαμνιας V | εξ αυτων sup ras Aa (om εξ A*vid)

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:16 Καὶ ἐπέστρεψεν Ἰούδας καὶ ἡ δύναμις ἀπὸ τοῦ διώκειν ὄπισθεν αὐτῶν,

And it-beturned-upon, an-Ioudas and the-one an-ability, off of-the-one to-pursue aback-from of-them,

4:16 απεστρεψεν ℵV

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:17 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν λαόν Μὴ ἐπιθυμήσητε τῶν σκύλων, ὅτι πόλεμος ἐξ ἐναντίας ἡμῶν,

and it-had-said toward to-the-one to-a-people, Lest ye-might-have-passioned-upon-unto of-the-ones of-flayed, to-which-a-one a-war out of-ever-a-oned-in of-us,

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:18 καὶ Γοργίας καὶ ἡ δύναμις ἐν τῷ ὄρει ἐγγὺς ἡμῶν· ἀλλὰ στῆτε νῦν ἐναντίον τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν καὶ πολεμήσατε αὐτούς, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα λάβετε σκῦλα καὶ μετὰ παρρησίας.

and a-Gorgias and the-one an-ability in unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness neared of-us; other ye-should-have-had-stood now to-ever-a-oned-in of-the-ones of-en-enmitied of-us and ye-should-have-warred-unto to-them, and with to-the-ones-these ye-should-have-had-taken to-flayed and with of-an-all-uttering-unto.

4:18 αυτους] incep ε ℵ* (improb ℵ1) | σκυλα] pr τα ℵ | om και 5° ℵV

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:19 ἔτι πληροῦντος Ἰούδου ταῦτα, ὤφθη μέρος τι ἐκκύπτον ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους.

If-to-a-one of-en-filling of-an-Ioudas to-the-ones-these, it-was-beheld a-portioneedness a-one leaning-out out of-the-one of-a-jutteedness.

4:19 Ιουδου (-λου A)] Ιουδα ℵV | ωφθη . . . εκκυπτον] μερος τι ωφθη εκκυπτω̅| ℵ* (-πτο̅| ℵc.b vidV) V

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:20 καὶ ἴδεν ὅτι τετρόπωται, καὶ ἐμπυρίζουσιν τὴν παρεμβολήν· ὁ γὰρ καπνὸς ὁ θεωρούμενος ἐνεφάνιζε τὸ γεγονός.

And it-had-seen to-which-a-one it-had-come-to-be-en-turneed, and they-fire-in-to to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside; the-one too-thus a-smoke the-one being-surveiled-unto it-was-manifesting-in-to to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-become.

4:20 ειδεν ℵ ειδον V | τετροπωνται ℵV | εμπυριζουσι V | ενεφανιζεν ℵV*

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:21 οἱ δὲ ταῦτα συνειδότες ἐδειλώθησαν σφόδρα· συνιδόντες δὲ καὶ τὴν Ἰούδα παρεμβολὴν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ ἑτοίμην εἰς παράταξιν,

The-ones then-also to-the-ones-these having-had-come-to-see they-were-en-dired to-vehemented; having-had-seen-together then-also and to-the-one of-an-Ioudas to-a-casting-in-beside in unto-the-one unto-a-footinglet to-readied-of into to-an-arranging-beside,

4:21 συνειδοτες] συνειδοντες ℵV*vid | om και ℵ

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:22 ἔφυγον πάντες εἰς γῆν ἀλλοφύλων.

they-had-fled, all, into to-a-soil of-other-tribed.

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:23 καὶ Ἰούδας ἀνέστρεψεν ἐπὶ τὴν σκυλίαν τῆς παρεμβολῆς· καὶ ἔλαβον χρυσίον καὶ ἀργύριον πολὺ καὶ ὑάκινθον καὶ πορφύραν καὶ θαλασσίαν καὶ πλοῦτον μέγαν.

And an-Ioudas it-beturned-up upon to-the-one to-a-flaying-unto of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside; and they-had-taken to-a-goldlet and to-a-silverlet to-much and to-a-hyacinth and to-a-flushedness and to-flourisheredness-belonged and to-a-wealth to-great.

Note: to-a-flushedness : used to refer to a kind of mussel from the blueish-red dye it yields because of its flush of color visual affect, and to the dye itself; also used of clothing and adornments as assigned to the flushed color category, i.e. bright red to blueish-red.

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:24 καὶ ἐπιστραφέντες ὕμνουν καὶ ηὐλόγουν εἰς οὐρανόν Ὅτι καλὸν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ.

And having-had-been-beturned-upon they-were-hymning-unto and they-were-goodly-fortheeing-unto into to-a-sky to-which-a-one seemly into to-the-one to-an-age the-one a-besectionateedness of-it.

Note: a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

4:24 επιστραφεντες ℵV | ευλογουν ℵV | εις 2°] pr οτι ℵV

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:25 καὶ ἐγενήθη σωτηρία μεγάλη τῷ Ἰσραὴλ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ.

And it-was-became a-savioring-unto great unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-thither.

4:25 τω Ισραηλ] pr εν ℵ

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:26 Ὅσοι δὲ τῶν ἀλλοφύλων διεσώθησαν, παραγενηθέντες ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Λυσίᾳ πάντα τὰ συμβεβηκότα.

Which-a-which then-also of-the-ones of-other-tribed they-were-saved-through-to, having-been-became-beside they-leadeeered-off unto-the-one unto-a-Lusias to-all to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-step-together.

4:26 συμβεβηβοτα (sic) A

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:27 ὁ δὲ ἀκούσας συνεχύθη καὶ ἠθύμει, ὅτι οὐχ οἷα ἤθελεν τοιαῦτα γέγονεν τῷ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ οὐχ οἷα ἐνετείλατο αὐτῷ ὁ βασιλεύς ἐξέβη.

The-one then-also having-heard it-was-poured-together and it-was-un-passioning-unto, to-which-a-one not to-which-belonged it-was-determining to-the-ones-unto-the-ones-these it-hath-had-come-to-become unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl, and not to-which-belonged it-finished-in unto-it, the-one a-ruler-of, it-had-stepped-out.

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:28 Καὶ ἐν τῷ ἐρχομένῳ ἐνιαυτῷ συνελόχησεν ἀνδρῶν ἐπιλέκτων ἑξήκοντα χιλιάδας καὶ πεντακισχιλίαν ἵππον, ὥστε ἐκπολεμῆσαι αὐτούς.

And in unto-the-one unto-coming unto-a-being-in-unto-it it-together-gestated-of of-men of-forthed-upon to-sixty to-thousands and to-five-oft-thousand to-a-horse, as-also to-have-warred-out-unto to-them.

312-148=164 B.C.; next yeareedness - 1Ma_3:37.

4:28 συνελοχησεν] συνευδοκησεν ℵ* (συνελοχ. ℵc.a) | χιλιαδαϛ A* (-daçß sic Αα?) | πολεμησαι ℵ

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:29 καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὴν Ἰδουμαίαν, καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν Βεθσούροις, καὶ συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν.

And they-had-came into to-the-one to-an-Idoumaia, and they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-Bethsoura', and it-together-ever-a-oned-unto unto-them, an-Ioudas, in unto-ten unto-thousands of-men.

4:29 ηλθεν ℵ | Ιδουμαιαν] Ιουδαιαν ℵ | παρενεβαλλον ℵ* (-βαλον ℵc.a, c.b (vid)) | εν δεκα χιλιασιν] δεκα χειλιαδας εχων ℵ

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:30 καὶ ἴδεν τὴν παρεμβολὴν ἰσχυράν, καὶ προσηύξατο καὶ εἶπεν Εὐλογητὸς εἶ ὁ σωτὴρ Ἰσραήλ, ὁ συντρίψας τὸ ὅρμημα τοῦ δυνατοῦ ἐν χειρὶ τοῦ δούλου σου Δαυείδ, καὶ παρέδωκας τὴν παρεμβολὴν τῶν ἀλλοφύλων εἰς χεῖρας Ἰωνάθου υἱοῦ Σαοὺλ καὶ τοῦ αἴροντος τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ.

And it-had-seen to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside to-force-held, and it-goodly-held-toward and it-had-said, Goodly-fortheeable thou-be the-one a-savior of-an-Israêl, the-one having-rubbed-together to-the-one to-a-cording-to of-the-one of-able in unto-a-hand of-the-one of-a-bondee of-thee of-a-Daueid, and thou-gave-beside to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside of-the-ones of-other-tribed into to-hands of-an-Iônathês of-a-son of-a-Saoul and of-the-one of-lifting to-the-ones to-equipeednesses of-it.

4:30 ειδον ℵV* ειδε Va | προσηυξαντο και ειπον ℵ | ει] + κε̅ V | του δουλου] om του V* | Ιωναθαν Va

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:31 σύνκλεισον τὴν παρεμβολὴν ταύτην εἰς χεῖρας λαοῦ σου Ἰσραήλ, καὶ αἰσχυνθήτωσαν ἐπὶ τῇ δυνάμει καὶ τῇ ἵππῳ αὐτῶν.

thou-should-have-latch-belonged-together to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside to-the-one-this into to-hands of-a-people of-thee of-an-Israêl, and they-should-have-been-shamened upon unto-the-one unto-an-ability and unto-the-one unto-a-horse of-them.

4:31 συγκλ. Va | εις χειρας] εν χειρι ℵ (χιρ.) V

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:32 δὸς αὐτοῖς δειλίαν, καὶ τῆξον θράσος ἰσχύος αὐτῶν, καὶ σαλευθήτωσαν τῇ συντριβῇ αὐτῶν.

Thou-should-have-had-given unto-them to-a-diring-unto, and thou-should-have-melted to-a-boldeedness of-a-force-holding of-them, and they-should-have-been-undulated-of unto-the-one unto-a-rubbing-together of-them.

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:33 κατάβαλε αὐτοὺς ῥομφαίᾳ ἀγαπώντων σε, καὶ αἰνεσάτωσάν σε πάντες οἱ ἰδόντες τὸ ὄνομά σου ἐν ὕμνοις.

Thou-should-have-had-casted-down to-them unto-a-sabre of-excessing-off-unto to-thee, and they-should-have-lauded-unto to-thee, all the-ones having-had-seen to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-thee, in unto-hymns.

4:33 om σε 2° V | ειδοτες ℵV

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:34 καὶ συνέβαλλον ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ἔπεσον ἐκ τῆς παρεμβολῆς Λυσίου εἰς πεντακισχιλίους ἄνδρας, καὶ ἔπεσαν ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτῶν.

And they-were-casting-together unto-other-to-other, and they-had-fallen out of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside of-a-Lusias into to-five-oft-thousand to-men, and they-falled out of-ever-a-oned-in of-them.

Note: they-falled : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.

4:34 συνεβαλον V | επεσαν] επεσον ℵV

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:35 ἰδὼν δὲ Λυσίας τὴν γενομένην τροπὴν τῆς αὐτοῦ συντάξεως, τῆς δὲ Ἰούδα τὸ γεγενημένον θάρσος, καὶ ὡς ἕτοιμοί εἰσιν ἢ ζῇν ἢ τεθνηκέναι γενναίως, ἀπῆρεν εἰς Ἀντιοχίαν· καὶ ἐξενολόγει, καὶ πλεοναστὸν πάλιν γενηθέντα παραγενέσθαι εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν.

Having-had-seen then-also, a-Lusias, to-the-one to-having-had-became to-a-turning of-the-one of-it of-an-arranging-together, of-the-one then-also of-an-Ioudas to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-became to-a-braveedness, and as readied-of they-be or to-life-unto or to-have-had-come-to-die unto-generated-belonged, it-lifted-off into to-an-Antiochia and it-guest-fortheed-unto and to-most-beyond unto-furthered to-having-been-became to-have-had-became-beside into to-the-one to-an-Ioudaia.

Note: to-an-Antiochia in 01 02 : to-an-Antiocheia is correct as in NT; primitive assimilation.

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:36 Εἶπεν δὲ Ἰούδας καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ Ἰδοὺ συνετρίβησαν οἱ ἐχθροὶ ἡμῶν· ἀναβῶμεν καθαρίσαι τὰ ἅγια καὶ ἐνκαινίσαι.

It-had-said then-also, an-Ioudas and the-ones brethrened of-it, Thou-should-have-had-seen, they-had-been-rubbed-together the-ones en-enmitied of-us; we-might-have-had-stepped-up to-have-cleansed-to to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged and to-have-freshened-in-to.

4:36 αναβωμεν καθαρισαι] αναβαται καθαρισαται ℵ* αναβωμεν κ καθαρισωμεν ℵc.a | ενκαινισαι (εγκ. V)] ενκαινισωμον ℵc.a

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:37 καὶ συνήχθη ἡ παρεμβολὴ πᾶσα, καὶ ἀνέβησαν εἰς ὄρος Σιών.

And it-was-led-together the-one a-casting-in-beside all, and they-had-stepped-up into to-a-jutteedness of-a-Siôn.

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:38 καὶ ἴδον τὸ ἁγίασμα ἡμῶν ἠρημωμένον, καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον βεβηλωμένον, καὶ τὰς πύλας κατακεκαυμένας, καὶ ἐν ταῖς αὐλαῖς φυτὰ πεφυκότα ὡς ἐν δρυμῷ ἢ ὡς ἐν ἑνὶ τῶν ὀρέων, καὶ τὰ παστοφόρια καθῃρημένα.

And they-had-seen to-the-one to-a-hallow-belonging-to of-us to-having-had-come-to-be-en-solituded, and to-the-one to-a-surgerlet to-having-had-come-to-be-en-step-stepped-of, and to-the-ones to-gates to-having-had-come-to-be-burn-belonged-down, and in unto-the-ones unto-channelings-unto to-plants to-having-had-come-to-spawn as in unto-an-treeing-of or as in unto-one of-the-ones of-jutteednesses, and to-the-ones to-chamber-beareelets to-having-had-come-to-be-sectioned-along-down-unto.

Note: of-us in 02 : omit in 01.

Note: to-having-had-come-to-be-en-step-stepped-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.

4:38 ειδον ℵVa | om ημων ℵV | πυλας] θυρας ℵ | om εν 3° ℵV

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:39 καὶ διέρρηξαν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκόψαντο κοπετὸν μέγαν, καὶ ἐπέθεντο σποδὸν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν.

And they-en-bursted-through to-the-ones to-apparelets of-them, and they-felled to-a-fellableness to-great, and they-had-placed-upon to-an-ash upon to-the-one to-a-head of-them.

4:39 διερρηξαν] ερρηξαν ℵ | om επι την κεφαλην αυτων ℵ

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:40 καὶ ἔπεσον ἐπὶ πρόσωπον ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἐσάλπισαν ταῖς σάλπιγξιν τῶν σημασιῶν, καὶ ἐβόησαν εἰς οὐρανόν.

And they-had-fallen upon to-looked-toward upon to-the-one to-a-soil, and they-trumpted-to unto-the-ones unto-trumpets of-the-ones of-signifyings-unto, and they-hollered-unto into to-a-sky.

4:40 επεσαν ℵV | σημασιων] σημιων ℵ | ουρανον] pr τον V

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:41 τότε ἐπέταξεν Ἰούδας ἀνδράσιν πολεμεῖν τοὺς ἐν τῇ ἄκρᾳ, ἕως καθαρίσῃ τὰ ἅγια.

To-the-one-which-also it-arranged-upon, an-Ioudas, unto-men to-war-unto to-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-extremitied, unto-if-which it-might-have-cleansed-to to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged.

4:41 καθαρισει Va

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:42 Καὶ ἐπέλεξεν ἱερεῖς ἀμώμους θελητὰς νόμου·

And it-forthed-upon to-sacreders-of to-un-blemished to-determiners of-a-parcelee;

4:42 επελεξεν] επελεξατο ℵV | ιερις ℵ

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:43 καὶ ἐκαθάρισαν τὰ ἅγια, καὶ ἦραν τοὺς λίθους τοῦ μιασμοῦ εἰς τόπον ἀκάθαρτον.

and they-cleansed-to to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged, and they-lifted to-the-ones to-stones of-the-one of-a-stain-belonging-to-of into to-an-occasion to-un-cleansabled.

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:44 καὶ ἐβουλεύσαντο περὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τῆς ὁλοκαυτώσεως τοῦ βεβηλωμένου, τί αὐτῷ ποιήσωσιν.

And they-purposed-of about of-the-one of-a-surgerlet of-the-one of-a-whole-en-burning of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-be-en-step-stepped-of, to-what-one unto-it they-might-have-done-unto.

Note: of-having-had-come-to-be-en-step-stepped-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.

4:44 αυτω] αυτο ℵ | ποιησουσιν V

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:45 καὶ ἔπεσεν αὐτοῖς βουλὴ ἀγαθή, καθελεῖν αὐτό, μή ποτε γένηται αὐτοῖς εἰς ὄνειδος, ὅτι ἐμίαναν τὰ ἔθνη αὐτό· καὶ καθεῖλον τὸ θυσιαστήριον.

And it-had-fallen unto-them, a-purposing excess-placed, to-have-had-sectioned-down to-it, lest whither-also it-might-have-had-became unto-them into to-a-name-sighteedness, to-which-a-one they-stain-belonged, the-ones placeedness-belongings-to, to-it; and they-had-sectioned-down to-the-one to-a-surgerlet.

4:45 αυτοις I°] αυτος ℵ* (-τοις ℵc) | ονειδισμον V

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:46 καὶ ἀπέθεντο τοὺς λίθους ἐν τῷ ὄρει τοῦ οἴκου ἐν τόπῳ ἐπιτηδείῳ, μέχρι τοῦ παραγενηθῆναι προφήτην τοῦ ἀποκριθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν.

And they-had-placed-off to-the-ones to-stones in unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness of-the-one of-a-house in unto-an-occasion unto-avail-belonged-upon, unto-lest-whilst of-the-one to-have-been-became-beside to-a-declarer-before of-the-one to-have-been-separated-off about of-them.

4:46 επεθεντο V

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:47 καὶ ἔλαβον λίθους ὁλοκλήρους κατὰ τὸν νόμον, καὶ ᾠκοδόμησαν θυσιαστήριον καινὸν κατὰ τὸ πρότερον.

And they-had-taken to-stones to-whole-lotted down to-the-one to-a-parcelee, and they-house-built-unto to-a-surgerlet to-fresh down to-the-one to-more-before.

4:47 ελαβον ℵ] ελαβον ASV | ωκοδομησαν ℵc.a] ωκοδομησεν ℵ*AV

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:48 καὶ ᾠκοδόμησαν τὰ ἅγια καὶ τὰ ἐντὸς τοῦ οἴκου, καὶ τὰς αὐλὰς ἡγίασεν.

And they-house-built-unto to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged and to-the-ones in-unto-the-one-which of-the-one of-a-house, and to-the-ones to-channelings it-hallow-belonged-to.

4:48 ηγιασαν ℵ

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:49 καὶ ἐποίησαν τὰ σκεύη ἅγια καινά, καὶ εἰσήνεγκαν τὴν λυχνίαν καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τῶν ὁλοκαυτωμάτων καὶ θυμιαμάτων καὶ τὴν τράπεζαν εἰς τὸν ναόν.

And they-did-unto to-the-ones to-equipeednesses to-fresh, and they-beared-into to-the-one to-a-luminating-of-unto and to-the-one to-a-surgerlet of-the-ones of-whole-en-burnings-to and of-incensings-to and to-the-one to-a-four-footedness into to-the-one to-a-temple.

4:49 τα σκευη τα αγια] σκευη αγ. ℵV

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:50 καὶ ἐθυμίασαν ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, καὶ ἐξῆψαν τοὺς λύχνους τοὺς ἐπὶ τῆς λυχνίας· καὶ ἐφαίνοσαν ἐν τῷ ναῷ.

And they-incense-belonged-to upon to-the-one to-a-surgerlet, and they-fastened-out to-the-ones to-luminatings-of to-the-ones upon of-the-one of-a-luminating-of-unto; and they-had-been-manifesting in unto-the-one unto-a-temple.

4:50 εφαινον ℵV

(165-164 B.C.)

1Ma 4:51 καὶ ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν ἄρτους, καὶ ἐξεπέτασαν τὰ καταπετάσματα· καὶ ἐτέλεσαν πάντα τὰ ἔργα ἃ ἐποίησαν.

And they-placed-upon upon to-the-one to-a-four-footedness to-adjustations, and they-out-spreaded-to to-the-ones to-spreadings-down-to; and they-finished-unto to-all to-the-ones to-works to-which they-did-unto.

Note: to-adjustations : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 4:52 Καὶ ὤρθρισαν τὸ πρωὶ τῇ πέμπτῃ καὶ εἰκάδι τοῦ μηνὸς τοῦ ἐνάτου· οὗτος ὁ μὴν Χασελεὺ τοῦ ὀγδόου καὶ τεσσαρακοστοῦ καὶ ἑκατοστοῦ ἔτους.

And they-ruddy-jutted-to to-the-one unto-before-belonged unto-the-one unto-fifth and unto-a-twentieth of-the-one of-a-month of-the-one of-ninth; the-one-this the-one a-month a-Chaseleu of-the-one of-eighth and of-fortieth and of-hundredth of-a-yeareedness.

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 4:53 καὶ ἀνήνεγκαν θυσίαν κατὰ τὸν νόμον ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τῶν ὁλοκαυτωμάτων τὸ καινὸν ὃ ἐποίησαν·

And they-beared-up to-a-surging-unto down to-the-one to-a-parcelee upon to-the-one to-a-surgerlet of-the-ones of-whole-en-burnings-to to-the-one to-fresh to-which they-did-unto;

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 4:54 κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν ἐν ᾗ ἐβεβήλωσαν αὐτὸ τὰ ἔθνη, ἐν ἐκείνῃ ἐνεκαινίσθη ἐν ᾠδαῖς καὶ κιθάραις καὶ κινύραις καὶ ἐν κυμβάλοις.

down to-the-one to-a-time down to-the-one to-a-dayedness in unto-which they-en-step-stepped-of to-it, the-ones placeedness-belongings-to, in unto-the-one-thither it-was-freshened-in-to in unto-songs and unto-harps and unto-guitars and in unto-swelled-casts.

Note: they-en-step-stepped-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.

Note: unto-swelled-casts : used to refer to the action of casting convex cymbals together.

4:54 κατα 2°] pr και ℵV | εκεινη] + τη ημερα ℵV | om εν 4° ℵV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 4:55 καὶ ἔπεσον πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἐπὶ πρόσωπον, καὶ προσεκύνησαν καὶ ηὐλόγησαν εἰς οὐρανὸν τὸν εὐοδώσαντα αὐτούς.

and they-had-fallen, all the-one a-people, upon to-looked-toward, and they-kissed-toward-unto and they-had-goodly-fortheed-unto into to-a-sky to-the-one to-goodly-en-waying to-them.

4:55 επεσεν ℵV | ευλογησαν ℵV | αυτους] αυτοις ℵ

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 4:56 καὶ ἐποίησαν τὸν ἐγκαινισμὸν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου ἡμέρας ὀκτώ, καὶ προσήνεγκαν ὁλοκαυτώματα μετ' εὐφροσύνης, καὶ ἔθυσαν θυσίαν σωτηρίου καὶ αἰνέσεως.

And they-did-unto to-the-one to-a-freshing-in-to-of of-the-one of-a-surgerlet to-dayednesses to-eight, and they-beared-toward to-whole-en-burnings-to with of-a-goodly-centeringedness, and they-surged to-a-surging-unto of-saviored-belonged and of-a-lauding.

4:56 ενκαινισμον ℵV | ημερας οκτω . . . σωτηριου bis scr A | μετ] μετα ℵ

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 4:57 καὶ κατεκόσμησαν τὸ κατὰ πρόσωπον τοῦ ναοῦ στεφάνοις χρυσοῖς καὶ ἀσπιδίσκαις, καὶ ἐνεκαίνισαν τὰς πύλας καὶ τὰ παστοφόρια, καὶ ἐθύρωσαν αὐτά.

And they-orderationed-down-unto to-the-one down to-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-temple unto-wreaths unto-golden and unto-spar-alonglets, and they-freshened-in-to to-the-ones to-gates and to-the-ones to-chamber-beareelets, and they-en-portaled to-them.

4:57 om χρυσοις ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | ασπιδισκας A | ενεκαινισαν ℵV | παστοφορια] παστορια A | εθυρωσαν] εθυσαν ℵ* (εθυρ. ℵc.a)

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 4:58 καὶ ἐγενήθη εὐφροσύνη μεγάλη ἐν τῷ λαῷ σφόδρα, καὶ ἀπεστράφη ὄνειδος ἐθνῶν.

And it-was-became a-goodly-centeringedness great in unto-the-one unto-a-people to-vehemented, and it-had-been-beturned-off a-name-sighteedness of-placeedness-belongings-to.

4:58 μεγαλη ευφροσυνη ℵV | ονειδος] ονειδισμος ℵ (ονιδ.) V

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 4:59 καὶ ἔστησεν Ἰούδας καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ πᾶσα ἐκκλησία Ἰσραήλ, ἵνα ἄγωνται ἡμέραι τοῦ ἐγκαινισμοῦ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς αὐτῶν ἐνιαυτὸν κατ' ἐνιαυτὸν ἡμέρας ὀκτώ, ἀπὸ τῆς πέμπτης καὶ εἰκάδος τοῦ μηνὸς Χασελεύ, μετ' εὐφροσύνης καὶ χαρᾶς.

And it-stood, an-Ioudas and the-ones brethrened of-it and all a-calling-out-unto of-an-Israêl, so they-might-be-led dayednesses of-the-one of-a-freshening-in-to-of of-the-one of-a-surgerlet in unto-the-ones unto-times of-them to-a-being-in-unto-it down to-a-being-in-unto-it to-dayednesses to-eight, off of-the-one of-fifth and of-a-twentieth of-the-one of-a-month of-a-Chaseleu, with of-a-goodly-centeringedness and of-a-joyedness.

4:59 εκκλησια] pr η ℵV | ημεραι εγκαινισμου] αι ημ. του ε̅|καινισμου ℵ ημ. του εγκ. V | ενιαυτον I°] ενιαυτου ℵ* (-τον ℵc.a)

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 4:60 καὶ ᾠκοδόμησαν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ τὸ ὄρος Σιών, κυκλόθεν τείχη ὑψηλὰ καὶ πύργους ἰσχυροὺς, μή ποτε παραγενηθέντα τὰ ἔθνη καταπατήσωσιν αὐτά, ὡς ἐποίησαν τὸ πρότερον.

And they-house-built-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-thither to-the-one to-a-jutteedness of-a-Siôn circled-from to-lineationeednesses to-lofteed-of and to-towers to-force-held, lest whither-also having-been-became-beside the-ones placeedness-belongings-to they-might-have-treaded-down-unto to-them, as they-did-unto to-the-one to-more-before.

4:60 ισχυρους] υψηλους ℵ* οχυρους ℵc.aV | μη] pr και ℵ | καταπατησουσιν ℵV | αυτα] αυτο ℵc.a

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 4:61 καὶ ἀπέταξαν ἐκεῖ δύναμιν τηρεῖν αὐτό, καὶ ὠχύρωσαν αὐτὸ τηρεῖν τὴν Βεθσουρά, τοῦ ἔχειν τὸν λαὸν ὀχύρωμα κατὰ πρόσωπον τῆς Ἰδουμαίας.

And they-arranged-off thither to-an-ability to-keep-unto to-it, and they-en-holdationed to-it to-keep-unto to-the-one to-a-Bethsoura, of-the-one to-hold to-the-one to-a-people to-an-en-holdationing-to down to-looked-toward of-the-one of-an-Idoumaia.

4:61 απεταξεν ℵV | αυτο I°] αυτα ℵ* (-το ℵc.a) V | ωχυρωσεν ℵVa οχ. V* | αυτο 2°] αυτου ℵ* (-το ℵc.a, c.b) | Βαθσουρα ℵ Βαιθσ. V

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:1 Καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἤκουσαν τὰ ἔθνη κυκλόθεν ὅτι ᾠκοδομήθη τὸ θυσιαστήριον καὶ ἐνεκαινίσθη τὸ ἁγίασμα ὡς τὸ πρότερον, καὶ ὠργίσθη σφόδρα.

And it-had-became which-also they-heard, the-ones placeedness-belongings-to circled-from, to-which-a-one it-was-house-built-unto the-one a-surgerlet and it-was-freshened-in-to the-one a-hallow-belonging-to as to-the-one to-more-before, and it-was-stressed-to to-vehemented.

5:1 και εγενετο οτε] το οτε ℵ* (κ εγεν. οτε ℵc.a) | οικοδομητο ℵ* οικοδομηθη ℵc.aV* ωκ. Va | το θυσιαστηριον] om το ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | ωργισθησαν ℵV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:2 καὶ ἐβουλεύσαντο τοῦ ἆραι τὸ γένος Ἰακὼβ τοὺς ὄντας ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν, καὶ ἤρξαντο τοῦ θανατοῦν ἐν τῷ λαῷ καὶ ἐξαίρειν.

And they-purposed-of of-the-one to-have-lifted to-the-one to-a-becomeedness of-an-Iakôb to-the-ones to-being in unto-middle of-them, and they-firsted of-the-one to-en-death in unto-the-one unto-a-people and to-lift-out.

5:2 εβουλευσαντο] ωργισθησαν ℵ* (εβου. ℵc.a) εβουλευοντο V | εν μεσω αυτων] αυτω εν μεσω ℵ* αυτων εν μ. ℵc.a

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:3 καὶ ἐπολέμει Ἰούδας πρὸς τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἠσαὺ ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ τὴν Ἀκραβαττήνην, ὅτι περιεκάθηντο τὸν Ἰσραήλ· καὶ ἐπάταξεν αὐτοὺς πληγὴν μεγάλην, καὶ συνέστειλεν αὐτούς, καὶ ἔλαβεν τὰ σκῦλα αὐτῶν.

And it-was-warring-unto, an-Ioudas, toward to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Êsau in unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia to-the-one to-an-Akrabattênê, to-which-a-one they-were-sitting-down-about to-the-one to-an-Israêl; and it-smote to-them to-a-smiting to-great, and it-set-together to-them, and it-had-taken to-the-ones to-flayed of-them.

5:3 Ιουδαια] Ιδουμαια ℵV | Ακραβαττανην ℵc.aV | Ισραη] Αμαληκ ℵ* Ισ̅λ̅ ℵ1 (Αμ. uncis incl ℵ1 improb ℵc.a, c.b) | επαταξαν ℵ | σκυλα ℵV] αγκυλα A

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:4 καὶ ἐμνήσθη τῆς κακίας υἱῶν Βαιάν, οἳ ἦσαν τῷ λαῷ εἰς παγίδα καὶ σκάνδαλον ἐν τῷ ἐνεδρεύειν αὐτοὺς ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς.

And it-was-memoried-unto of-the-one of-a-wedge-wedging-unto of-sons of-a-Baian, which they-were unto-the-one unto-a-people into to-a-snare and to-a-cumbrance in unto-the-one to-seat-in-of to-them in unto-the-ones unto-ways.

5:4 υιων] υμων V* (υι. V1) | om εις 2° ℵV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:5 καὶ διεκλείσθησαν ὑπ' αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς πύργους, καὶ παρέβαλεν ἐπ' αὐτούς, καὶ ἀνεθεμάτισεν αὐτούς, καὶ ἐνεπύρισεν τοὺς πύργους αὐτῆς ἐν πυρὶ σὺν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐνοῦσιν.

And they-were-latch-belonged-through under of-it into to-the-ones to-towers, and it-had-casted-beside upon to-them, and it-placed-up-to to-them, and it-fired-in-to to-the-ones to-towers of-it in unto-a-fire together unto-all unto-the-ones unto-being-in.

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:6 καὶ διεπέρασεν ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἀμμών, καὶ εὗρεν χεῖρα κραταιὰν καὶ λαὸν πολύν, καὶ Τιμόθεον ἡγούμενον αὐτῶν.

And it-through-acrossed-unto upon to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Ammôn, and it-had-found to-a-hand to-secure-belonged and to-a-people to-much, and to-a-Timotheos to-leading-unto of-them.

5:6 πολυν] + και χειρα ισχυρα̅| ℵV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:7 καὶ συνῆψεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς πολέμους πολλούς, καὶ συνετρίβησαν πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπάταξεν αὐτούς.

And it-fastened-together toward to-them to-wars to-much, and they-had-been-rubbed-together before of-looked-toward of-it, and it-smote to-them.

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:8 καὶ προκατέλαβε τὴν Ἰάζην καὶ τὰς θυγατέρας αὐτῆς, καὶ ἀνέστρεψεν εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν.

It-had-taken-down-before to-the-one to-an-Iazêr and to-the-ones to-daughters of-it, and it-beturned-up into to-the-one to-an-Ioudaia.

5:8 προκατελαβετο ℵV | Ιαζην] Ιαζηρ ℵV | ανεστρεψαν ℵ | Ιουδαιαν] Ιδουμαιαν V

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:9 Καὶ ἐπισυνήχθησαν τὰ ἔθνη τὰ ἐν τῇ Γαλααδίτιδι ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοὺς ὄντας ἐπὶ τοῖς ὁρίοις αὐτῶν τοῦ ἐξᾶραι αὐτούς· καὶ ἔφυγον εἰς Δάθεμα τὸ ὀχύρωμα.

And they-were-led-together-upon the-ones placeedness-belongings-to the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-Galaaditis upon to-the-one to-an-Israêl to-the-ones to-being upon unto-the-ones unto-boundlets of-them of-the-one to-have-lifted-out to-them; and they-had-fled into to-a-Dathema to-the-one to-an-en-holdationing-to.

5:9 τα εθνη] pr εις ℵ | Γαλααδιτι A Γαλααδ ℵV | επι 2°] εν V | Δαθαιμα ℵ Δαμεθα V

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:10 καὶ ἀπέστειλαν γράμματα πρὸς Ἰούδαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες Ἐπισυνηγμένα ἐστὶν ἐφ' ἡμᾶς τὰ ἔθνη τὰ κύκλῳ ἡμῶν τοῦ ἐξᾶραι ἡμᾶς,

And they-set-off to-scribings-to toward to-an-Ioudas and to-the-ones to-brethrened of-it, forthing, Having-had-come-to-be-led-together-upon it-be upon to-us the-ones placeedness-belongings-to the-ones unto-a-circle of-us of-the-one to-have-lifted-out to-us,

5:10 εστιν] εισιν V | om εφ ημας ℵ | τα κυκλω] om τα ℵV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:11 καὶ ἑτοιμάζοντες ἐλθεῖν καὶ προκαταλαβέσθαι τὸ ὀχύρωμα εἰς ὃ κατεφύγομεν· καὶ Τιμόθεος ἡγεῖται τῆς παρεμβολῆς αὐτῶν.

and readying-to to-have-had-came and to-have-had-taken-down-before to-the-one to-an-en-holdationing-to into to-which we-had-fled-down; and a-Timotheos it-leadeth-unto of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside of-them.

5:11 ετοιμαζονται ℵA? (-τε) | κατεφυγον ℵ* (κατεφυγομεν ℵc.a) | ηγειτο V | παρεμβολης] δυναμεως ℵV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:12 νῦν οὖν ἐλθὼν ἐξελοῦ ἡμᾶς ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτῶν, ὅτι πέπτωκεν ἐξ ἡμῶν πλῆθος.

Now accordingly having-had-came thou-should-have-had-sectioned-out to-us out of-a-hand of-them, to-which-a-one it-had-come-to-fall out of-us a-repleteedness.

5:12 εξελθων V

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:13 καὶ πάντες οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν οἱ ὄντες ἐν τοῖς Τουβίου τεθανάτωνται, καὶ αἰχμαλωτίκασι τὰς γυναῖκας αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν ἀποσκευήν, καὶ ἀπώλεσαν ἐκεῖ ὡς μίαν χιλιάδα ἀνδρῶν.

And all the-ones brethrened of-us the-ones being in unto-the-ones of-a-Toubias they-had-come-to-be-en-deathed, and they-had-come-to-spear-capture-to to-the-ones to-women of-them and to-the-ones to-creationees of-them and to-the-one to-an-equipping-off, and they-destructed-off thither as to-one to-a-thousand of-men.

5:13 om οντες ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | ηχμαλωτικασιν ℵ*V -τευκασιν ℵc.a (superscr ευ postea ras ℵ?) | om αυτων bis ℵ : 2°, V | ως] ωσει ℵ (-σι ℵ* -σει ℵc.a) | χιλιαδα (-αδαν (sic) sup ras Αα)] χιλιαρχιαν ℵV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:14 Ἔτι αἱ ἐπιστολαὶ ἀνεγιγνώσκοντο, καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄγγελοι ἕτεροι παρεγένοντο ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας διερρηχότες τὰ ἱμάτια, ἀπαγγέλλοντες κατὰ τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα,

If-to-a-one the-ones seteeings-upon they-were-being-acquainted-up, and thou-should-have-had-seen, leadeeers different they-had-became-beside out of-the-one of-a-Galilaia having-had-come-to-en-burst-through to-the-ones to-apparelets, leadeeering-off down to-the-ones to-utterings-to to-the-ones-these,

5:14 αι επιστολαι] om αι ℵ | ανεγιγνωσκοντο ℵ | διερρηχοντες (sic) V

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:15 λέγοντες Ἐπισυνήχθη ἐπ' αὐτοὺς ἐκ Πτολεμαίδος καὶ Τύρου καὶ Σιδῶνος καὶ πᾶσα Γαλιλαία ἀλλοφύλων, τοῦ ἐξαναλῶσαι ἡμᾶς.

forthing, It-was-led-together-upon upon to-them out of-a-Ptolemais and of-a-Turos and of-a-Sidôn and all a-Galilaia of-other-tribed, of-the-one to-have-other-alonged-up-out to-us.

5:15 επισυνηχθαι ℵV | Σειδωνος ℵ | πασαν Γαλιλαιαν AV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:16 Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσεν Ἰούδας καὶ ὁ λαὸς τοὺς λόγους τούτους, ἐπισυνήχθη ἐκκλησία μεγάλη βουλεύσασθαι τί ποιήσωσιν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτῶν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν θλίψει καὶ πολεμουμένοις ὑπ' αὐτοῦ.

As then-also it-heard, an-Ioudas and the-one a-people, to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these, it-was-led-together-upon a-calling-out-unto great to-have-purposed-of to-what-one they-might-have-do-unto unto-the-ones unto-brethrened of-them unto-the-ones unto-being in unto-a-pressing and unto-being-warred-unto under of-it.

5:16 om βουλευεσθαι ℵ* (hab ℵc.b (vid)) βουλευσασθαι V | ποιησουσιν V | τοις αδ.] τοι αδ. A* (ς superscr A1) | πολεμουμενους V | αυτου] αυτων ℵV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:17 καὶ εἶπεν Ἰούδας Σίμωνι τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ Ἐπίλεξον σεαυτῷ ἄνδρας, καὶ πορεύου καὶ ῥῦσαι τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου τοὺς ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ· ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ Ἰωναθὰν ὁ ἀδελφός μου πορευσόμεθα εἰς τὴν Γαλααδῖτιν.

And it-had-said, an-Ioudas, unto-a-Simôn unto-the-one unto-brethrened of-it, Thou-should-have-forthed-upon unto-thyself to-men, and thou-should-traverse-of and thou-should-have-tracted to-the-ones to-brethrened of-thee to-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-Galilaia; I then-also and an-Iônathan the-one brethrened of-me we-shall-traverse-of into to-the-one to-a-Galaaditis.

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:18 καὶ κατέλειπεν Ἰώσηφον τὸν τοῦ Ζαχαρίου καὶ Ἀζαρίαν ἡγούμενον τοῦ λαοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἐπιλοίπων τῆς δυνάμεως ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ εἰς τήρησιν·

And it-was-remaindering-down to-an-Iôsêfos to-the-one of-the-one of-a-Zacharias and to-an-Azarias to-leading-unto of-the-one of-a-people with of-the-ones of-remaindered-upon of-the-one of-an-ability in unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia into to-a-keeping;

5:18 κατελιπεν ℵ | Ιωσηπον ℵ -σιππ. V* -σηππ. Va

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:19 καὶ ἐνετείλατο αὐτοῖς λέγων Πρόστητε τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ μὴ συνάψητε πόλεμον πρὸς τὰ ἔθνη ἕως τοῦ ἐπιστρέψαι ἡμᾶς.

and it-finished-in unto-them forthing, Ye-should-have-had-stood-before of-the-one of-a-people of-the-one-this, and lest ye-might-have-fastened-together to-a-war toward to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to unto-if-which of-the-one to-have-beturned-upon to-us.

5:19 αυτοις] τω λαω V

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:20 καὶ ἐμερίσθησαν Σίμωνι ἄνδρες τρισχίλιοι τοῦ πορευθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, Ἰούδᾳ δὲ ἄνδρες ὀκτακισχίλιοι εἰς τὴν Γαλααδῖτιν.

And they-were-portioned-to unto-a-Simôn men three-thousand of-the-one to-have-been-traversed-of into to-the-one to-a-Galilaia, unto-an-Ioudas then-also men eight-oft-thousand into to-the-one to-a-Galaaditis.

5:20 Σιμων ℵ | οκτακισχιλιοι] ⲏ̅ϥ̅ ⲏ̅ϧ̅ ℵ* 'η' ℵc.a, c.b | Γαλααδειτιν ℵ Γαλαδιτιν V* -δητιν Va

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:21 Καὶ ἐπορεύθη Σίμων εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, καὶ συνῆψεν πολέμους πολλοὺς πρὸς τὰ ἔθνη· καὶ συνετρίβη τὰ ἔθνη ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ.

And it-was-traversed-of a-Simôn into to-the-one to-a-Galilaia, and it-fastened-together to-wars to-much toward to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to; and it-had-been-rubbed-together the-ones placeedness-belongings-to off of-looked-toward of-it.

5:21 om πολλους V | προς] εις V

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:22 καὶ ἐδίωξεν αὐτοὺς ἕως τῆς πόλεων Πτολεμαίδος· καὶ ἔπεσον ἐκ τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰς τρισχιλίους ἄνδρας, καὶ ἔλαβεν τὰ σκῦλα αὐτῶν.

And it-pursued to-them unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-city of-a-Ptolemais; and they-had-fallen out of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to into to-three-thousand to-men, and it-had-taken to-the-ones to-flayed of-them, and it-had-taken to-the-ones to-flayed of-them.

5:22 των πολεων] της πυλης ℵV | ελαβεν ℵV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:23 καὶ παρέλαβεν αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας καὶ ἐν Ἀρβάκτοις σὺν ταῖς γυναιξὶν καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις, καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἦν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἤγαγον εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν μετ' εὐφροσύνης μεγάλης.

And it-had-taken-beside to-them out of-the-one of-a-Galilaia and in unto-Arbakta' together unto-the-ones unto-women and unto-the-ones unto-creationees, and to-all to-which-a-which it-was unto-them, and they-had-led into to-the-one to-an-Ioudaia with of-a-goodly-centeringedness of-great.

5:23 παρελαβον ℵV | αυτους] τους ℵV | Αρβανοις ℵ* (Αρβακτοις ℵc.a) Αρβατνοις V* -βαταν. Va | ηγαγεν ℵ

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:24 Καὶ Ἰούδας ὁ Μακκαβαῖος καὶ Ἰωναθὰν ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ διέβησαν τὸν Ἰορδάνην, καὶ ἐπορεύθησαν ὁδὸν τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ.

And an-Ioudas the-one Makkaba-belonged and an-Iônathan the-one brethrened of-it they-had-stepped-through to-the-one to-an-Iordanês, and they-were-traversed-of to-a-way of-three of-dayednesses in unto-the-one unto-solituded.

5:24 ο αδελφος] om ο ℵ* (superscr ℵ1)

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:25 καὶ συνήντησαν τοῖς Ναβαταίοις, καὶ ἀπήντησαν αὐτοῖς εἰρηνικῶς, καὶ διηγήσαντο αὐτοῖς ἅπαντα τὰ συμβεβηκότα τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ Γαλααδίτιδι·

And they-together-ever-a-oned-unto unto-the-ones unto-Nabat-belonged, and they-off-ever-a-oned-unto unto-them unto-joinify-belonged, and they-led-through-unto unto-them to-along-all to-the-ones to-have-had-come-to-step-together unto-the-ones unto-brethrened of-them in unto-the-one unto-a-Galaditis;

5:25 Ναβαταιοις] αναβαταις οι ℵ Αναβατταιοις V | ιρηνικοις ℵ* (-ικως ℵc.a) | απαντα] παντα ℵ | συνβαντα ℵ | Γαλααδειτι ℵ -διτι V

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:26 καὶ ὅτι πολλοὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν συνειλημμένοι εἰσὶν εἰς Βοσσορὰ καὶ Βοσσόρ, ἐν Ἀλάμοις, Κασφώρ, Μακέβ, καὶ Καρνέιν· πᾶσαι αἱ πόλεις αὗται ὀχυραὶ καὶ μεγάλαι.

and to-which-a-one much out of-them having-had-come-to-be-taken-together they-be into to-a-Bossora and to-a-Bossor, in unto-Alamos', unto-a-Kasfôr, unto-a-Makeb, and unto-a-Karnein; all the-ones cities the-ones-these holdationed and great.

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:27 καὶ ἐν ταῖς λοιπαῖς πόλεσιν τῆς Γαλααδίτιδος εἰσὶν συνειλημμένοι· εἰς αὔριον τάσσονται παρεμβαλεῖν ἐπὶ τὰ ὀχυρώματα, καὶ καταλαβέσθαι καὶ ἐξᾶραι πάντας αὐτοὺς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ.

and in unto-the-ones unto-remaindered unto-cities of-the-one of-a-Galaaditis they-be having-had-come-to-be-taken-together; into to-morrow they-be-arranged to-have-had-casted-in-beside upon to-the-ones to-en-holdationings-to, and to-have-had-taken-down and to-have-lifted-out to-all to-them in unto-a-dayedness unto-one.

5:27 λοιπαις] αλλαις ℵ | Γαλααδειτ. ℵ | συνειληγμ. ℵc.a | παρεμβαλλειν ℵ | αυτους] τουτους ℵV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:28 καὶ ἀπέστρεψεν Ἰούδας καὶ ἡ παρεμβολὴ αὐτοῦ ὁδὸν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον εἰς Βοσὸρ ἄφνω· καὶ κατελάβετο τὴν πόλιν, καὶ ἀπέκτεινεν πᾶν ἀρσενικὸν ἐν στόματι ῥομφαίας, καὶ ἔλαβεν πάντα τὰ σκῦλα αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐνέπρησεν αὐτὴν πυρί.

And it-beturned-off, an-Ioudas and the-one a-casting-in-beside of-it, to-a-way into to-the-one to-solituded into to-a-Bosor unto-un-manifested; and it-had-taken-down to-the-one to-a-city, and it-killed-off to-all to-male-belonged-of in unto-a-becutteeing-to of-a-sabre, and it-had-taken to-all to-the-ones to-flayed of-them, and it-kindled-in to-it unto-a-fire.

5:28 εις Βοσορ αφνω] Βοσορα αφ ων ℵ* Βοσορα᾿ αφνω ℵc.b Βοσορ᾿ ρααφων V* Βοσωρ᾿ ρ. Va | απεκτινε ℵ -κτεινε Va | ενεπρησαν ℵ

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:29 καὶ ἀπῆρεν ἐκεῖθεν νυκτός, καὶ ἐπορεύετο ἕως ἐπὶ τὸ ὀχύρωμα.

And it-lifted-off thither-from of-a-night, and it-was-traversing-of unto-if-which upon to-the-one to-an-en-holdationing-to.

5:29 επορευοντο ℵ | εως] ως V

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:30 καὶ ἐγένετο ἑωθινή, καὶ ἦραν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν καὶ ἰδοὺ λαὸς πολὺς οὗ οὐκ ἦν ἀριθμός, αἴροντες κλίμακας καὶ μηχανὰς καταλαβέσθαι τὸ ὀχύρωμα· καὶ ἐπολέμουν αὐτούς.

And it-had-became dawn-belonged-to, and they-lifted to-the-ones to-eyes of-them and thou-should-have-had-seen, a-people much of-which not it-was a-number, lifting to-clinerings-to and to-machinatings to-have-had-taken-down to-the-one to-an-en-holdationing-to; and they-were-warring-unto to-them.

5:30 εωθινη] pr τη ℵc.a | om και 2° ℵ | om ου ουκ ην αριθμος ℵ* (hab ℵc.b) | ου] ος A

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:31 καὶ ἴδεν Ἰούδας ὅτι ἦρκται ὁ πόλεμος, καὶ ἡ κραυγὴ τῆς πόλεως ἀνέβη ἕως οὐρανοῦ σάλπιγξιν καὶ κραυγῇ μεγάλῃ·

And it-had-seen, an-Ioudas, to-which-a-one it-had-come-to-first, the-one a-war, and the-one a-clamoring of-the-one of-a-city it-had-stepped-up unto-if-which of-a-sky unto-trumpets and unto-a-clamoring unto-great;

5:31 ειδεν ℵVa | εως ουρανου] ε in mg, ου 2° sup ras, τ post εως superscr Aa | σαλπιγξιν] η σαλπιγξ ℵ* και σαλπιγξ ℵc.a

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:32 καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν τῆς δυνάμεως Πολεμήσατε σήμερον ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν.

and it-had-said unto-the-ones unto-men of-the-one of-an-ability, Ye-should-have-warred-unto this-day over of-the-ones of-brethrened of-us.

5:32 ημων] υμων ℵ* (ημ. ℵc.b)

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:33 καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐν τρισὶν ἀρχαῖς ἐξόπισθεν αὐτῶν· καὶ ἐσάλπισαν ταῖς σάλπιγξιν, καὶ ἐβόησαν ἐν προσευχῇ.

And it-had-came-out in unto-three unto-firstings out-aback-from of-them; and they-trumpted-to unto-the-ones unto-trumpets, and they-hollered-unto in unto-a-goodly-holding-toward.

5:33 εσαλπισαν ℵV | ταις σαλπ.] pr εν V | και εβοησαν] pr και εβοησαν ταις σαλπιγξιν ℵ* (improb ℵc.a)

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:34 καὶ ἐπέγνω ἡ παρεμβολὴ Τιμοθέου ὅτι ὁ Μακκαβαῖός ἐστιν, καὶ ἔφυγον ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπάταξεν αὐτοὺς πληγῇ μεγάλῃ· καὶ ἔπεσον ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ εἰς ὀκτακισχιλίους ἄνδρας.

And it-had-acquainted-upon, the-one a-casting-in-beside of-a-Timotheos, to-which-a-one the-one Makkaba-belonged it-be, and they-had-fled off of-looked-toward of-it, and it-smote to-them unto-a-smiting unto-great, and they-had-fallen out of-them in unto-the-one-thither unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness into to-eight-oft-thousand to-men.

5:34 ο Μακκαβαιος] om ο ℵV | πληγην μεγαλην ℵV | οκτακισχιλιους] τρισχιλιους δεκα ℵ* (οκτακισχ. ℵc.b)

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:35 καὶ ἀπέκλινεν εἰς Μααφὰ καὶ ἐπολέμησεν αὐτήν, καὶ κατελάβετο αὐτὴν καὶ ἀπέκτεινεν πᾶν ἀρσενικὸν αὐτῆς, καὶ ἔλαβεν τὰ σκῦλα αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐνέπρησεν αὐτὴν ἐν πυρί.

And it-clined-off into to-a-Maafa and it-warred-unto to-it, and it-had-taken-down to-it and it-killed-off to-all to-male-belonged-of of-it, and it-had-taken to-the-ones to-flayed of-it, and it-kindled-in to-it in unto-a-fire.

5:35 Μαφα ℵ

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:36 ἐκεῖθεν ἀπῆρεν καὶ προκατελάβετο τὴν Χασφώθ, Μακέδ, Βοσόρ, καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς πόλεις τῆς Γαλααδίτιδος.

Thither-from it-lifted-off and it-had-taken-down-before to-the-one to-a-Chasfôth, to-a-Maked, to-a-Bosor, and to-the-ones to-remaindered to-cities of-the-one of-a-Galaaditis.

5:36 κατελαβετο V | Χασφων ℵ Κασφων V | Βοσορ (-σωρ Va)] pr και ℵV | πολις A | Γαλααδειτιδος ℵ

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:37 Μετὰ δὲ τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα συνήγαγεν Τιμόθεος παρεμβολὴν ἄλλην, καὶ παρενέβαλεν κατὰ πρόσωπον Ῥαφὼν ἐκ πέραν τοῦ χειμάρρου.

With then-also to-the-ones to-utterings-to to-the-ones-these it-had-led-together, a-Timotheos, to-a-casting-in-beside to-other, and it-had-casted-in-beside down to-looked-toward of-a-Rafôn out to-across of-the-one of-pour-flowed.

5:37 ρημα V* (-ματα V1) | Ραφελ Vfort | περαν] προσωπου ℵ

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:38 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Ἰούδας κατασκοπῆσαι τὴν παρεμβολήν· καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν αὐτῷ λέγοντες Ἐπισυνηγμένοι εἰσὶν πρὸς αὐτοὺς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὰ κύκλῳ ὑμῶν, δύναμις πολλὴ σφόδρα.

And it-set-off, an-Ioudas, to-have-scouted-down-unto to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside; and they-leadeeered-off unto-it forthing, Having-had-come-to-be-led-together-upon they-be toward to-them all the-ones placeedness-belongings-to the-ones unto-a-circle of-ye, an-ability much to-vehemented.

5:38 κατασκοπευσαι ℵV | επισυνηγμενα ℵV | αυτους] αυτον ℵ | υμων] ημων ℵV | δυναμιν πολλιν V* (-λλην Va)

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:39 καὶ Ἄραβες μεμίσθωνται εἰς βοήθειαν αὐτοῖς, καὶ παρεμβάλλουσιν πέραν τοῦ χειμάρρου, ἕτοιμοι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ σὲ εἰς πόλεμον. καὶ ἐπορεύθη Ἰούδας εἰς συνάντησιν αὐτῶν.

And Arabians they-had-come-to-be-en-payed into to-a-holler-running-of unto-them, and they-casteth-in-beside to-across of-the-one of-pour-flowed, readied-of of-the-one to-have-had-came upon to-thee into to-a-war. And it-was-traversed-of an-Ioudas into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together of-them.

5:39 Αραβας ℵV | παρενβαλουσιν ℵ* (παρενβαλλ. ℵc.a) παρεμβαλουσι Va

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:40 καὶ εἶπεν Τιμόθεος τοῖς ἄρχουσιν τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ ἐγγίζειν Ἰούδαν καὶ τὴν παρεμβολὴν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸν χειμάρρουν τοῦ ὕδατος Ἐὰν διαβῇ πρὸς ἡμᾶς πρότερος, οὐ δυνησόμεθα ὑποστῆναι αὐτόν, ὅτι δυνάμενος δυνήσεται πρὸς ἡμᾶς.

And it-had-said, a-Timotheos, unto-the-ones unto-firsting of-the-one of-an-ability of-it in unto-the-one to-near-to to-an-Ioudas and to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside of-it upon to-the-one to-pour-flowed of-the-one of-a-water, If-ever it-might-have-had-stepped-through toward to-us more-before, not we-shall-able to-have-had-stood-under to-it, to-which-a-one abling it-shall-able toward to-us.

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:41 ἐὰν δὲ δειλωθῇ καὶ παρεμβάλῃ πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ, διαπεράσομεν πρὸς αὐτόν.

If-ever then-also it-might-have-been-en-dired and it-might-have-had-casted-in-beside to-across of-the-one of-a-drinkationing-of, we-shall-through-across-unto toward to-it.

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:42 ὡς δὲ ἤγγισεν Ἰούδας ἐπὶ τὸν χειμάρρουν τοῦ ὕδατος, ἔστησεν τοὺς γραμματεῖς τοῦ λαοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ χειμάρρου, καὶ ἐνετείλατο αὐτοῖς, λέγων Μὴ ἀφῆτε ἄνθρωπον παρεμβαλεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἐρχέσθωσαν πάντες εἰς τὸν πόλεμον.

As then-also it-neared-to, an-Ioudas, upon to-the-one to-pour-flowed of-the-one of-a-water, it-stood to-the-ones to-scribing-toers-of of-the-one of-a-people upon of-the-one of-pour-flowed, and it-finished-in unto-them forthing, Lest ye-might-have-had-sent-off to-a-mankind to-have-had-casted-in-beside, other they-should-come, all, into to-the-one to-a-war.

5:42 του υδ.] pr κ ενετειλα V* (improb Va (vid)) | ανθρωπον] pr παντα ℵ | παρεμβαλλειν ℵ

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:43 καὶ διεπέρασεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς πρότερον, καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς αὐτοῦ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ· καὶ συνετρίβησαν πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, καὶ ἔριψαν πάντα τὰ ὅπλα αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔφυγον εἰς τὸ τέμενος Καρνάιν.

And it-through-acrossed-unto toward to-them to-more-before, and all the-one a-people of-it in-toward-from of-it; and they-had-been-rubbed-together before of-looked-toward of-it all the-ones placeedness-belongings-to, and they-flung to-all to-the-ones to-flayed of-them and they-had-fled into to-the-one to-a-sanctuary in unto-a-Karnain.

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:44 καὶ προκατελάβοντο τὴν πόλιν, καὶ τὸ τέμενος ἐνεπύρισαν ἐν πυρὶ σὺν πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν αὐτῷ· καὶ ἐτροπώθη ἡ Καρνάιν, καὶ οὐκ ἐδύνατο ἔτι ὑποστῆναι κατὰ πρόσωπον Ἰούδα.

And they-had-taken-down-before to-the-one to-a-city, and to-the-one to-a-sanctuary they-fired-in-to in unto-a-fire together unto-all unto-the-ones unto-being in unto-it; and it-was-en-turneed the-one a-Karnain, and not it-was-abling if-to-a-one to-have-had-stood-under down to-looked-toward of-an-Ioudas.

5:44 om εν I° V | om ουσιν ℵV | om η ℵV | ηδυναντο ℵV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:45 Καὶ συνήγαγεν Ἰούδας πάντα Ἰσραὴλ τοὺς ἐν τῇ Γαλααδίτιδι ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν ἀποσκευήν, παρεμβολὴν μεγάλην σφόδρα, ἐλθεῖν εἰς γῆν Ἰούδα.

And it-had-led-together, an-Ioudas, to-all to-an-Israêl to-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-Galaaditis off of-small unto-if-which of-great, and to-the-ones to-women of-them and to-the-ones to-creationees of-them and to-the-one to-an-equipping-off, to-a-casting-in-beside to-great to-vehemented, to-have-had-came into to-a-soil of-an-Ioudas.

5:45 τω Γαλααδειτιδι ℵ* (τη Γ. ℵc.a)

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:46 καὶ ἦλθον ἕως Ἐφρών, καὶ αὕτη ἡ πόλις μεγάλη ἡ τῆς εἰσόδου, ἰσχυρὰ σφόδρα· οὐκ ἦν ἐκκλῖναι ἀπ' αὐτῆς δεξιὰν ἢ ἀριστεράν, ἀλλ' ἢ διὰ μέσου αὐτῆς πορεύεσθαι.

And they-had-came unto-if-which of-an-Efrôn, and the-one-this the-one a-city great the-one of-the-one of-a-way-into, force-held to-vehemented; not it-was to-have-clined-out off of-it to-right-belonged or to-more-un-bounded, other or through of-middle of-it to-traverse-of.

Note: to-more-un-boundered : used to refer to the left hand or side as liberated to do tasks not assigned to the right.

5:46 αυτπολις V* αυτη π. V1 | η της εισοδου] επι της οδου ℵV | ισχυρα] οχυρας (οχυρα ℵc.aV) ℵ | δεξια V | αριστερα Va

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:47 καὶ ἀπέκλεισαν αὐτοὺς οἱ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἐνέφραξαν τὰς πύλας λίθοις.

And they-latch-belonged-off to-them, the-ones out of-the-one of-a-city, and they-hedged-in to-the-ones to-gates unto-stones.

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:48 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς Ἰούδας λόγοις εἰρηνικοῖς λέγων Διελεύσομαι εἰς τῆν γῆν σου, τοῦ ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἡμῶν· καὶ οὐδεὶς κακοποιήσει ὑμᾶς, πλὴν τοῖς ποσὶν παρελευσόμεθα. καὶ οὐκ ἠβούλοντο ἀνοῖξαι αὐτῷ.

And it-set-off toward to-them, an-Ioudas, unto-forthees unto-joinify-belonged-of forthing, I-shall-come-through into to-the-one to-a-soil of-thee, of-the-one to-have-had-came-off into to-the-one to-a-soil of-us; and not-then-also-one it-shall-wedge-wedge-do-unto to-ye, to-beyond, unto-the-ones unto-feet we-shall-come-beside. And not they-were-purposing to-have-opened-up unto-it.

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:49 καὶ ἐπέταξεν Ἰούδας κηρῦξαι ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ τοῦ παρεμβαλεῖν ἕκαστον ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν τόπῳ.

And it-arranged-upon, an-Ioudas, to-have-heraldered in unto-the-one unto-a-casting-in-beside of-the-one to-have-had-casted-in-beside to-each in unto-which it-be unto-an-occasion.

5:49 επαταξεν ℵ* (επετ. ℵ1, c.b) | κηρυξαι] pr του ℵ | παρεμβαλειν] τα sup ras Aa | εκαστος V | τροπω ℵ* (τοπ. ℵc.b)

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:50 καὶ παρενέβαλον οἱ ἄνδρες τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ἐπολέμησαν τὴν πόλιν ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην καὶ ὅλην τὴν νύκτα, καὶ παρεδόθη ἡ πόλις ἐν χερσὶν αὐτοῦ,

And they-had-casted-in-beside, the-ones men of-the-one of-a-city, and they-warred-unto to-the-one to-a-city to-whole to-the-one to-a-dayedness to-the-one-thither and to-whole to-the-one to-a-night, and it-was-given-beside the-one a-city in unto-hands of-it,

Note: of-a-city in 02 : of-an-ability in 01.

Note: they-warred-unto in 02 : it-warred-unto in 01.

5:50 πολεως] δυναμεως ℵV | επολεμησεν ℵ | χερσιν] χιρι ℵ | αυτων V

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:51 καὶ ἀπώλεσεν πᾶν ἀρσενικὸν ἐν στόματι ῥομφαίας, καὶ ἐξερίζωσεν αὐτήν, καὶ ἔλαβεν τὰ σκῦλα τῆς πόλεως, καὶ διῆλθεν διὰ τῆς πόλεως ἐπάνω τῶν ἀπεκταμμένων.

and it-destructed-off to-all to-male-belonged-of in unto-a-becutteeing-to of-a-sabre, and it-en-rooted-out to-it, and it-had-taken to-the-ones to-flayed of-the-one of-a-city, and it-had-came-through through of-the-one of-a-city upon-up-unto-which of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-killed-off.

5:51 κυλα V* (σκ. V1) | της πολεως (I°)] αυτης ℵV | απεκτανμενων ℵ -κταμ. V* (-κταμμ. Va)

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:52 καὶ διέβησαν τὸν Ἰορδάνην εἰς τὸ πεδίον τὸ μέγα κατὰ πρόσωπον Βαιθσάν.

And they-had-stepped-through to-the-one to-an-Iorandês into to-the-one to-a-footinglet to-the-one to-great down to-looked-toward of-a-Baithsan.

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:53 καὶ ἦν Ἰούδας ἐπισυνάγων τοὺς ἐσχατίζοντας καὶ παρακαλῶν τὸν λαὸν κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδόν, ἕως ἦλθεν εἰς γῆν Ἰούδα.

And it-was an-Ioudas leading-together-upon to-the-ones to-most-bordering-to and calling-beside-unto to-the-one to-a-people down to-all to-the-one to-a-way, unto-if-which it-had-came into to-a-soil of-an-Ioudas.

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:54 καὶ ἀνέβησαν εἰς ὄρος Σιὼν ἐν εὐφροσύνῃ καὶ χαρᾷ· καὶ προσήγαγον ὁλοκαυτώματα, ὅτι οὐκ ἔπεσεν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐθεὶς ἕως τοῦ ἐπιστρέψαι ἐν εἰρήνῃ.

And they-had-stepped-up into to-a-jutteedness of-a-Siôn in unto-a-goodly-centeringedness and unto-a-joyedness; and they-had-led-toward to-whole-en-burnings-to, to-which-a-one not it-had-fallen out of-them, not-then-also-one, unto-if-which of-the-one to-have-beturned-upon in unto-a-joinifying.

5:54 το ορος] om το ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) V

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:55 Καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αἷς ἦν Ἰούδας καὶ Ἰωναθὰν ἐν γῇ Γαλαάδ, καὶ Σίμων ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ κατὰ πρόσωπον Πτολεμαίδος,

And in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses unto-which it-was an-Ioudas and an-Iônathan in unto-a-soil of-a-Galaad, and a-Simôn the-one brethrened of-it in unto-a-soil of-a-Galilaia down to-looked-toward of-a-Ptolemais,

5:55 αις] pr εν ℵ | τη I°] γη ℵV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:56 ἤκουσεν Ἰωσὴφ ὁ τοῦ Ζαχαρία καὶ Ζαχαρίας ἄρχοντες τῶν δυνάμεων τῶν ἀνδραγαθέσεων καὶ τοῦ πολέμου οἷα ἐποίησαν·

it-heard, an-Iôsêf the-one of-the-one of-a-Zacharias and a-Zacharias firsting of-the-ones of-abilities, of-the-ones of-excess-placed-mannings and of-the-one of-a-war to-which-a-which they-did-unto;

5:56 Ζαχαριου ℵV | Ζαχαριας] Αζαριας V | της δυναμεως ℵ της δυναμεως μετ αυτων V | ανδραγαθιων ℵV1(vid)

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:57 καὶ εἶπαν Ποιήσομεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἑαυτοῖς ὄνομα, καὶ πορευθῶμεν πολεμῆσαι πρὸς τὰ ἔθνη τὰ κύκλῳ ἡμῶν.

and they-said, We-shall-do-unto and them unto-selves to-a-naming-to, and we-might-have-been-traversed-of to-have-warred-unto toward to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to to-the-ones unto-a-circle of-us.

5:57 ειπον ℵV | ποιησωμεν ℵV | εαυτους A* (ι sup ras Aa) | om και 3° ℵ | om πολεμησαι V

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:58 καὶ παρήγγειλαν τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς δυνάμεως τῆς μετ' αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπορεύθησαν ἐπὶ Ἰαμνίαν.

And they-leadeeered-beside unto-the-ones off of-the-one of-an-ability of-the-one with of-them, and they-were-traversed-of upon to-an-Iamnia.

5:58 παρηγγειλεν ℵ (-γιλ.) V | Αμνειαν ℵ* Ιαμνειαν ℵc.a | om του λαου V | του 2°] om ℵ σου A

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:59 καὶ ἐξῆλθεν Γοργίας ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ οἱ ἄνδρες αὐτοῦ εἰς συνάντησιν αὐτοῖς εἰς πόλεμον.

And it-had-came-out, a-Gorgias, out of-the-one of-a-city, and the-ones men of-it, into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-them into to-a-war.

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:60 καὶ ἐτροπώθη Ἰώσηφος καὶ Ἀζαρίας, καὶ ἐδιώχθησαν ἕως τῶν ὁρίων τῆς Ἰουδαίας· καὶ ἔπεσον ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ εἰς δισχιλίους ἄνδρας·

And it-was-en-turneed an-Iôsêfos and an-Azarias, and they-were-pursued unto-if-which of-the-ones of-boundlets of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia; and they-had-fallen in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-thither out of-the-one of-a-people of-the-one of-an-Israêl into to-two-thousand to-men;

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:61 καὶ ἐγενήθη τροπὴ μεγάλη ἐν τῷ λαῷ, ὅτι οὐκ ἤκουσαν Ἰούδου καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτοῦ, οἰόμενοι ἀνδραγαθῆσαι αὐτόν.

and it-was-became a-turning great in unto-the-one unto-a-people, to-which-a-one not they-heard of-an-Ioudas and of-the-ones of-brethrened of-it, which-belonging to-have-excess-placed-manned-unto to-it.

Note: to-it in 02 : omit in 01.

5:61 λαω] Ιη̅λ ℵc.a | Ιουδα ℵV | οιομενοις Va | om αυτον ℵV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:62 αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐκ ἦσαν ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων, οἷς ἐδόθη σωτηρία Ἰσραὴλ διὰ χειρὸς αὐτῶν.

Them then-also not they-were out of-the-one of-a-whorling-to of-the-ones of-men of-the-ones-thither, unto-which it-was-given a-savioring-unto unto-an-Israêl through of-a-hand of-them.

5:62 αυτοι] ουτοι V | αυτοι δε ουκ ησαν| εκ sup ras et in mg Aa

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:63 καὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ Ἰούδας καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐδοξάσθησαν σφόδρα ἐναντίον παντὸς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν πάντων, οὗ ἠκούετο τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῶν·

And the-one a-man an-Ioudas and the-ones brethrened of-it they-were-reckoned-to to-vehemented to-ever-a-oned-in of-all of-an-Israêl and of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to of-all, of-which it-was-being-heard the-one a-naming-to of-them;

5:63 εναντι ℵ | om αυτων ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:64 καὶ ἐπισυνήγοντο πρὸς αὐτοὺς εὐφημοῦντες.

and they-were-being-led-together-upon toward to-them goodly-declaring-unto.

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:65 Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν Ἰούδας καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπολέμουν τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἠσαὺ ἐν τῇ γῇ τῇ πρὸς νότον, καὶ ἐπάταξεν τὴν Χεβρών καὶ τὰς θυγατέρας αὐτῆς· καὶ καθεῖλεν τὸ ὀχύρωμα αὐτῆς, καὶ τοὺς πύργους αὐτῆς ἐνεπύρισεν κυκλόθεν.

And it-had-came-out, an-Ioudas and the-ones brethrened of-it, and they-were-warring-unto to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Êsau in unto-the-one unto-a-soil unto-the-one toward to-a-tropic, and it-smote to-the-one to-a-Chebrôn and to-the-ones to-daughters of-it; and it-had-sectioned-down to-the-one to-an-en-holdationing-to of-it, and to-the-ones to-towers of-it it-fired-in-to circled-from.

5:65 om αυτου ℵ* (hab ℵc.b (vid)) | τη προς] om τη ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) V | τα οχυρωματα ℵV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:66 καὶ ἀπῆρεν τοῦ πορευθῆναι εἰς γῆν ἀλλοφύλων, καὶ διεπορεύετο τὴν Σαμαρίαν.

And it-lifted-off of-the-one to-have-been-traversed-of into to-a-soil of-other-tribed, and it-was-traversing-through-of to-the-one to-a-Samaria.

5:66 Σαμαρειαν V

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:67 ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ ἔπεσαν ἱερεῖς πολέμῳ βουλομένου αὐτοῦ ἀνδραγαθῆσαι, ἐν τῷ αὐτὸν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἀβουλεύτως.

In unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-thither they-falled, sacreders-of, unto-a-war of-purposing of-it to-have-excess-placed-manned-unto, in unto-the-one to-it to-have-had-came-out into to-the-one to-a-war unto-un-purposed-of.

Note: they-falled : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.

5:67 επεσον ℵV | πολεμω] pr εν ℵ | βουλομενοι ℵ* (-νου ℵc.a) | αυτου] του V | τον πολεμον] om τον ℵ

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 5:68 καὶ ἐξέκλινεν Ἰούδας εἰς Ἄζωτον γῆν ἀλλοφύλων, καὶ καθεῖλεν τοὺς βωμοὺς αὐτῶν, καὶ τὰ γλυπτὰ τῶν θεῶν αὐτῶν κατέκαυσεν, καὶ ἐσκύλευσεν τὰ σκῦλα τῶν πόλεων, καὶ ἐπέστρεψεν εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν.

And it-clined-out, an-Ioudas, into to-an-Azôtos to-a-soil of-other-tribed, and it-had-sectioned-down to-the-ones to-mounds of-them, and to-the-ones to-carved of-the-ones of-deities of-them it-burn-belonged-down, and it-flayed-of to-the-ones to-flayed of-the-ones of-cities, and it-beturned-upon into to-the-one to-an-Ioudaia.

5:68 om και 2° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | κατεκαυσεν] και κατεκ. πυρι ℵ | την Ιουδαιαν] γην Ιουδα ℵV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 6:1 Καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀντίοχος διεπορεύετο τὰς ἐπάνω χώρας, καὶ ἤκουσεν ὅτι ἐστὶν ἐν Ἐλύμαις ἐν τῇ Περσίδι πόλις ἔνδοξος πλούτῳ, ἀργυρίῳ, καὶ χρυσίῳ·

And the-one a-ruler-of an-Antiochos it-was-traversing-through-of to-the-ones upon-up-unto-which to-spacednesses, and it-heard to-which-a-one it-be in unto-an-Elumais in unto-the-one unto-a-Persis a-city reckoned-in unto-a-wealth, unto-a-silverlet, and unto-a-goldlet;

6:1 Ελυμαις (-μες A)] Λυμαις ℵV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 6:2 καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ πλούσιον σφόδρα, καὶ ἐκεῖ καλύμματα χρυσᾶ, καὶ θώρακες καὶ ὅπλα, ἃ κατέλειπεν ἐκεῖ Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ τοῦ Φιλίππου ὁ βασιλεὺς ὁ Μακεδών, ὃς ἐβασίλευσεν τοῖς Ἕλλησι πρῶτος.

and the-one sacred the-one in unto-it wealth-belonged to-vehemented, and thither spreadings-down-to golden and curiasses and implements to-which it-was-remaindering-down thither, an-Alexandros the-one of-the-one of-a-Fillipos the-one a-ruler-of the-one a-Makedian, which it-rulered-of unto-the-ones unto-Hellên' most-before.

6:2 εκει I°] εχει ℵ | κατελιπεν ℵ | Μακεδων ος] Μακαιδονων ℵ* (-νων ος ℵ1) Μακαιδωνος· A Μακεδονων ος V | βασιλευσεν ℵ* (εβ. ℵ1) | τοις Ελλησι πρωτος] πρωτος εν αυτοις ℵ πρ. εν τοις Ελλ. V

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 6:3 καὶ ἦλθεν καὶ ἐζήτει καταλαβεῖν τὴν πόλιν καὶ προνομεῦσαι αὐτήν, καὶ οὐκ ἠδυνάσθη, ὅτι ἐγνώσθη ὁ λόγος τοῖς ἐκ τῆς πόλεως,

And it-had-came and it-sought-unto to-have-had-taken-down to-the-one to-a-city and to-have-parceleed-before-of to-it, and not it-was-abled-to, to-which-a-one it-was-acquainted the-one a-forthee unto-the-ones out of-the-one of-a-city,

6:3 καταλαβεσθαι ℵV | ηδυνηθη V | εγνωσθη] pr ουκ ℵ* (improb ℵc.a)

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 6:4 καὶ ἀνέστησαν αὐτῷ εἰς πόλεμον, καὶ ἔφυγεν καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν μετὰ λύπης μεγάλης ἀποστρέψαι εἰς Βαβυλῶνα.

and they-had-stood-up unto-it into to-a-war, and it-had-fled and it-had-came-off thither-from with of-a-throe of-great to-have-beturned-off into to-a-Babulôn.

6:4 ανεστησαν] αντεστησαν ℵ | απηλθεν] απηρεν ℵV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 6:5 καὶ ἦλθεν ἀπαγγέλλων τις αὐτῷ εἰς τὴν Περσίδα, ὅτι τετρόπωνται αἱ παρεμβολαὶ αἱ πορευθεῖσαι εἰς γῆν Ἰούδα·

And it-had-came leadeeering-off, a-one, unto-it into to-the-one to-a-Persis, to-which-a-one they-had-come-to-be-en-turneed the-ones castings-in-beside the-ones having-been-traversed-of into to-a-soil of-an-Ioudas;

6:5 τις απαγγελλων ℵ τις απαγγελων V | om αυτω ℵ | γην] την ℵ

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 6:6 καὶ ἐπορεύθη Λυσίας δυνάμει ἰσχυρᾷ ἐν πρώτοις καὶ ἀνετράπη ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπίσχυσαν ὅπλοις οἷς ἔλαβον ἀπὸ τῶν παρεμβολῶν ὧν ἐξέκοψαν·

and it-was-traversed-of a-Lusias unto-an-ability unto-force-held in unto-most-before and it-had-been-turned-in off of-looked-toward of-them, and they-force-held-upon unto-implements unto-which they-had-taken off of-the-ones of-castings-in-beside of-which they-felled-out;

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 6:7 καὶ καθεῖλον τὸ βδέλυγμα ὃ ᾠκοδόμησεν ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ τὸ ἁγίασμα καθὼς τὸ πρότερον ἐκύκλωσαν τείχεσιν ὑψηλοῖς, καὶ τὴν Βεθσουρὰ πόλιν αὐτοῦ.

and they-had-sectioned-down to-the-one to-an-abhorreing-to to-which it-house-built-unto upon to-the-one to-a-surgerlet to-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm, and to-the-one to-a-hallow-belonging-to down as to-the-one to-more-before they-en-circled unto-lineationeednesses unto-lofteed-of, and to-the-one to-a-Bethsoura to-a-city of-it.

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 6:8 καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τοὺς λόγους τούτους, ἐθαμβήθη καὶ ἐσαλεύθη σφόδρα· καὶ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὴν κοίτην, καὶ ἐνέπεσεν εἰς ἀρρωστίαν ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης, ὅτι οὐκ ἐγένετο αὐτῷ καθὼς ἐνεθυμεῖτο.

And it-had-became as it-heard, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these, it-was-stupored-unto and it-was-undulated-of to-vehemented; and it-had-fallen upon to-the-one to-a-situating, and it-had-fallen-in into to-an-un-strengthing-unto off of-the-one of-a-throe, to-which-a-one not it-had-became unto-it down-as it-was-being-passioned-in-unto.

6:8 κοιτην] + αυτου V | επεπεσεν] επεσεν ℵ

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 6:9 καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἡμέρας πλείους, ὅτι ἀνεκαινίσθη ἐπ' αὐτὸν λύπη μεγάλη, καὶ ἐλογίσατο ὅτι ἀποθνήσκει.

And it-was thither to-dayednesses to-beyond, to-which-a-one it-was-freshened-up-to upon to-it a-throe great, and it-fortheed-to to-which-a-one it-dieth-off.

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 6:10 καὶ ἐκάλεσεν πάντας τοὺς φίλους αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς Ἀφίσταται ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν μου ὁ ὕπνος, καὶ συνπέπτωκα τῇ καρδίᾳ ἀπὸ τῆς μερίμνης.

And it-called-unto to-all to-the-ones to-cared of-it, and it-had-said toward to-them, It-be-stood-off off of-the-ones of-eyes of-me the-one sleep, and I-had-come-to-fall-together unto-the-one unto-a-heart off of-the-one of-a-portion-memoriedness.

6:10 ο υπνος απο των οφθαλμων μου ℵV | απο της μεριμνης τη καρδια ℵ om τη καρδ. V

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 6:11 καὶ εἶπα τῇ καρδίᾳ Ἕως τίνος θλίψεως ἦλθον καὶ κλύδωνος μεγάλου, ἐν ᾧ νῦν εἰμι; ὅτι χρηστὸς καὶ ἀγαπώμενος ἤμην ἐν τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ μου.

And I-said unto-the-one unto-a-heart, Unto-if-which of-what-one of-a-pressing I-had-came and of-a-billowing of-great in unto-which now I-be? To-which-a-one afforded and being-excessed-off-unto I-was in unto-the-one unto-a-being-out-unto of-me.

6:11 ηλθα ℵ

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 6:12 νῦν δὲ μιμνήσκομαι τῶν κακῶν ὧν ἐποίησα ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ· καὶ ἔλαβον πάντα τὰ σκεύη τὰ ἀργυρᾶ καὶ τὰ χρυσᾶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ ἐξαπέστειλα τοῦ ἐξᾶραι τοὺς κατοικοῦντας Ἰούδα διὰ κενῆς.

Now then-also I-memory of-the-ones of-disrupted of-which I-did-unto in unto-an-Ierousalêm; and I-had-taken to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses to-the-ones to-silvern and to-the-ones to-golden to-the-ones in unto-it, and I-set-off-out of-the-one to-have-lifted-out to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto to-an-Ioudas through of-empty.

6:12 μιμνησκομαι V | ων εποιησα κακων ℵ | om τα I° V | om του ℵV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 6:13 ἔγνων ὅτι χάριν τούτων εὗρόν με τὰ κακὰ ταῦτα· καὶ ἰδοὺ ἀπόλλυμαι λύπῃ μεγάλῃ ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ.

I-had-acquainted to-which-a-one to-a-granting of-the-ones-these they-had-found to-me, the-ones wedge-wedged the-ones-these; and thou-should-have-had-seen, I-destruct-off unto-a-throe unto-great in unto-a-soil unto-other-belonged.

6:13 εγνων] + ουν ℵc.a | ευρεν ℵV

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 6:14 καὶ ἐκάλεσεν Φίλιππον ἕνα τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ, καὶ κατέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ πάσης τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ.

And it-called-unto to-a-Filippos to-one of-the-ones of-cared of-it, and it-stood-down to-it upon of-all of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-it.

6:14 φιλων] δουλων V

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 6:15 καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ τὸ διάδημα καὶ τὴν στολὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸν δακτύλιον, τοῦ ἀγαγεῖν Ἀντίοχον τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκθρέψαι αὐτὸν τοῦ βασιλεύειν.

And it-gave unto-it to-the-one to-a-binding-through-to and to-the-one to-a-seteeing of-it and to-the-one to-digit-belonged, of-the-one to-have-had-led to-an-Antiochos to-the-one to-a-son of-it and to-have-nourished-out to-it of-the-one to-ruler-of.

Note: to-a-binding-through-to : used to refer to head bands.

Note: to-a-seteeing : used to refer to an outfit.

6:15 βασιλευειν] pr μη A

(164-163 B.C.)

1Ma 6:16 καὶ ἀπέθανεν ἐκεῖ Ἀντίοχος ὁ βασιλεύς, ἔτους ἐνάτου καὶ τεσσαρακοστοῦ καὶ ἑκατοστοῦ.

And it-had-died-off thither, an-Antiochos the-one a-ruler-of, of-a-yeareedness of-ninth and of-fortieth and of-hundredth.

Note: due to calendar overlap, 163 Hellenistic; 164 Gregorian; see 2Ma 10-11.

6:16 ενατου . . . εκατοστου] ΘÆ και _ και _ ℵ

(163-162 B.C.)

1Ma 6:17 καὶ ἐπέγνω Λυσίας ὅτι τέθνηκεν ὁ βασιλεύς, καὶ κατέστησεν βασιλεύειν Ἀντίοχον τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἀντ' αὐτοῦ ὃν ἐξέθρεψεν νεώτερον, καὶ ἐκάλεσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, Εὐπάτωρ.

And it-had-acquainted-upon, a-Lusias, to-which-a-one it-had-come-to-die-off, the-one a-ruler-of, and it-stood-down to-ruler-of to-an-Antiochos to-the-one to-a-son of-it ever-a-one of-it to-which it-nourished-out to-more-new, and it-called-unto to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it to-an-Eupatôr.

6:17 om και I° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | om αντ αυτου ℵ

(163-162 B.C.)

1Ma 6:18 Καὶ οἱ ἐκ τῆς ἄκρας ἦσαν συγκλείοντες τὸν Ἰσραὴλ κύκλῳ τῶν ἁγίων, καὶ ζητοῦντες κακὰ δι' ὅλου καὶ στήριγμα τοῖς ἔθνεσιν.

And the-ones out of-the-one of-extremetied they-were latch-belonging-together to-the-one to-an-Israêl unto-a-circle of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged, and seeking-unto to-wedge-wedged through of-whole and to-a-stablishing-to unto-the-ones unto-placeedness-belongings-to.

6:18 συνκλιοντες ℵ | στηριγμα ℵV

(163-162 B.C.)

1Ma 6:19 καὶ ἐλογίσατο Ἰούδας ἐξᾶραι αὐτούς· καὶ ἐξεκκλησίασεν πάντα τὸν λαὸν τοῦ περικαθίσαι ἐπ' αὐτοὺς

And it-fortheed-to, an-Ioudas, to-have-lifted-out to-them; and it-out-callinged-out-to to-all to-the-one to-a-people of-the-one to-have-sat-down-about-to upon to-them,

6:19 εξεκκλησιασε ℵ | του περικαθισαι] om του V

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:20 ἔτους πεντηκοστοῦ καὶ ἑκατοστοῦ· καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐπ' αὐτοὺς βελοστασίας καὶ μηχανάς.

of-a-yeareedness of-fiftieth and of-hundredth; and it-did-unto upon to-them to-casted-standings-unto and to-machinatings.

Note: to-casted-standings-unto : used to refer to a catapult.

312-150=162 B.C.

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:21 καὶ ἐξῆλθον ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἐκ τοῦ συνκλεισμοῦ, καὶ ἐκολλήθησαν αὐτοῖς τινὲς τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἐξ Ἰσραήλ.

And they-had-came-out out of-it out of-the-one of-a-latching-together-to-of, and they-were-togetherned-unto unto-them ones of-the-ones of-un-reveringed out of-an-Israêl.

6:21 αυτου] αυτων ℵV | Ισραηλ] Ιη̅λ̅μ̅ ℵ

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:22 καὶ ἐπορεύθησαν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα καὶ εἶπαν Ἕως πότε οὐ ποιήσεις κρίσιν, καὶ ἐκδικήσεις τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἡμῶν;

And they-were-traversed-of toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of and they-said, Unto-if-which whither-also not thou-shall-do-unto to-a-separating, and thou-shall-course-out-unto to-the-ones to-brethrened of-us?

6:22 ειπον V | ποιηση ℵ* (-σεις ℵc.a, c.b)

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:23 ἡμεῖς εὐδοκοῦμεν δουλεύειν τῷ πατρί σου, καὶ πορεύεσθαι τοῖς ὑπ' αὐτοῦ λεγομένοις, καὶ κατακολουθεῖν τοῖς προστάγμασιν αὐτοῦ·

We we-goodly-think-unto to-bondee-of unto-the-one unto-a-father of-thee, and to-traverse-of unto-the-ones under of-it unto-being-forthed, and to-path-along-down-unto unto-the-ones unto-arrangings-toward-to of-it;

6:23 τοις προστ.] pr εν V

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:24 ὅτι οἱ τοῦ λαοῦ ἡμῶν χάριν τούτου καὶ ἠλλοτριοῦντο ἀφ' ἡμῶν· πλὴν ὅσοι εὑρίσκοντο ἀφ' ἡμῶν ἐθανατοῦντο, καὶ αἱ κληρονομίαι ἡμῶν διηρπάζοντο.

to-which-a-one the-ones of-the-one of-a-people of-us to-a-granting of-the-one-this they-were-being-en-other-belonged off of-us; to-beyond which-a-which they-were-being-found off of-us they-were-being-en-deathed, and the-ones lot-parceleeings-unto of-us they-were-being-through-snatched-to.

6:24 οτι οι (ου A)] και περιεκαθη̅|το επ αυτον (αυτην ℵc.b V) οι υιοι ℵV | ηλλοτριουντο (-τριωνται ℵc.a) | om διηρπαζοντο ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:25 καὶ οὐκ ἐφ' ἡμᾶς μόνον ἐξέτειναν χεῖρα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ ὅρια αὐτῶν.

And not upon to-us to-stayeed they-stretched-out to-a-hand, other and upon to-all to-the-ones to-boundlets of-them.

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:26 καὶ ἰδοὺ παρεμβεβλήκασι σήμερον ἐπὶ τὴν ἄκραν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ, τοῦ καταλαβέσθαι αὐτὴν καὶ τὸ ἁγίασμα, καὶ τὴν Βεθσούραν ὀχύρωσαν.

And thou-should-have-had-seen, they-had-come-cast-in-beside this-day upon to-the-one to-extremitied in unto-an-Ierousalêm, of-the-one to-have-had-taken-down to-it and to-the-one to-a-hallow-belonging-to, and to-the-one to-a-Bethsoura they-en-holdationed.

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:27 καὶ ἐὰν μὴ προκαταλάβῃ αὐτοὺς διὰ τάχους, μείζονα τούτων ποιήσουσιν, καὶ οὐ δυνήσει τοῦ κατασχεῖν αὐτῶν.

And if-ever lest thou-might-have-had-taken-down-before to-them through of-a-quickeedness, to-greateninged-of of-the-ones-these they-shall-do-unto, and not thou-shall-able-unto of-the-one to-have-had-held-down of-them.

Note: thou-shall-able-unto (DUNHSEI) : from an un-documented DUNEW.

6:27 αν ℵ | προκαταλαβητε ℵV (προκαλ.) | αυτη̅| ℵ* (αυτους ℵc.a) | δυνηση ℵ

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:28 Καὶ ὠργίσθη ὁ βασιλεύς, ὅτε ἤκουσεν· καὶ συνήγαγεν πάντας τοὺς φίλους αὐτοῦ, ἄρχοντας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν ἡνιῶν·

And it-was-stressed-to the-one a-ruler-of which-also it-heard, and it-had-led-together to-all to-the-ones to-cared of-it, to-firsting of-an-ability of-it, and to-the-ones upon of-the-ones of-reinings-unto;

6:28 οτι ℵV | om αυτου I° V | αρχοντας] pr και V | αυτου 2°] αυτους A* (ras ς A?) | ημιων] μηνιων A

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:29 καὶ ἀπὸ βασιλέων ἑτέρων καὶ ἀπὸ νήσων θαλασσῶν ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτὸν δυνάμεις μισθωταί.

and off of-rulers-of of-different and off of-isles of-flourisherednesses they-had-came toward to-it abilities en-payable.

6:29 βασιλειω̅| ℵ | δυναμι ℵ* -μις ℵc.a

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:30 καὶ ἦν ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν δυνάμεων αὐτοῦ ἑκατὸν χιλιάδες πεζῶν, καὶ εἴκοσι χιλιάδες τῶν ἵππων, καὶ ἐλέφαντες δύο καὶ τριάκοντα εἰδότες πόλεμον.

And it-was the-one a-number of-the-ones of-abilities of-it a-hundred thousands of-afoot, and twenty thousands of-the-ones of-horses, and elephants two and thirty having-had-come-to-see to-a-war.

6:30 των ιππων] ιππεων ℵV

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:31 καὶ ἦλθοσαν διὰ τῆς Ἰδουμαίας, καὶ παρενέβαλοσαν ἐπὶ Βεθσουρά, καὶ ἐπολέμησαν ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πολλάς, καὶ ἐποίησαν μηχανάς· καὶ ἐξῆλθον καὶ ἐνεπύρισαν αὐτοὺς ἐν πυρί, καὶ ἐπολέμησαν ἀνδρωδῶς.

And they-hath-had-came through of-the-one of-an-Idoumaia, and they-hath-had-casted-in-beside upon to-a-Bethsoura, and they-warred-unto upon to-dayednesses to-much, and they-did-unto to-machinatings; and they-had-came-out and they-fired-in-to to-them in unto-a-fire, and they-warred-unto unto-man-seen.

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:32 καὶ ἀπῆρεν Ἰούδας ἀπὸ τῆς ἄκρας, καὶ παρενέβαλεν εἰς Βεθζαχαριά, ἀπέναντι τῆς παρεμβολῆς τοῦ βασιλέως.

And it-lifted-off, an-Ioudas, off of-the-one of-extremitied, and it-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Bethzacharia, off-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

6:32 Βαιθζαχαρια ℵV : item 33

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:33 καὶ ὤρθρισεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸ πρωί, καὶ ἀπῆρεν τὴν παρεμβολὴν ἐν ὁρμήματι αὐτῆς κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν Βεθζαχαρία, καὶ διεσκευάσθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις εἰς τὸν πόλεμον, καὶ ἐσάλπισαν ταῖς σάλπιγξιν.

And it-ruddy-jutted-to, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-one unto-before-belonged, and it-lifted-off to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside in unto-a-cording-to of-it down to-the-one to-a-way of-a-Bethzacharia, and they-were-through-equipped-to the-ones abilities into to-the-one to-a-war, and they-trumpeted-to unto-the-ones unto-trumpets.

Note: unto-a-cording-to : used to refer to movement as though down a cord, physically of directed or impulsed rushes, i.e. as men into war or as a stone falling, mentally of an incitement or impulse.

6:33 οδον] + αυτης ℵ | δυναμις ℵ* (-μεις ℵc.b) | εσαλπισεν ℵV

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:34 καὶ τοῖς ἐλέφανσιν ἔδειξαν αἷμα σταφυλῆς καὶ μόρων, τοῦ παραστῆσαι αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν πόλεμον.

And unto-the-ones unto-elephants they-en-showed to-a-rushering-to of-a-grape and of-mulberries, of-the-one to-have-stood-beside to-them into to-the-one to-a-war.

6:34 ελεφασιν ℵV | εδειξεν ℵ

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:35 καὶ διεῖλον τὰ θηρία εἰς τὰς φάλαγγας, καὶ παρέστησαν ἐφ' ἑκάστῳ ἐλέφαντι χιλίους ἄνδρας τεθωρακισμένους ἐν ἁλυσιδωτοῖς, καὶ περικεφαλαῖαι χαλκαῖ ἐπὶ τῶν κεφαλῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ πεντακοσία ἵππος διατεταγμένη ἑκάστῳ θηρίῳ ἐκλελεγμένη.

And they-had-sectioned-through to-the-ones to-beastlets into to-the-ones to-phalanxes, and they-stood-beside upon unto-each unto-an-elephant to-thousand to-men to-having-had-come-to-be-curiassed-to in unto-un-loosed-along-seen, and headings-about-unto coppern upon of-the-ones of-heads of-them, and five-hundred a-horse having-had-come-to-be-arranged-through unto-each unto-a-beastlet having-had-come-to-be-forthed-out.

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:36 οὗτοι πρὸ καιροῦ, οὗ ἂν ᾖ τὸ θηρίον, ἦσαν· καὶ οὗ ἂν ἐπορεύετο, ἐπορεύοντο ἅμα, οὐκ ἀφίσταντο ἐπ' αὐτοῦ.

The-ones-these before of-a-time, of-which ever it-might-be the-one a-beastlet, they-were; and of-which ever it-was-traversing-of, they-were-traversing-of along, not they-were-standing-off upon of-it.

6:36–37 επ αυτου και πυργοι] αλγοι (sic) ℵ* απ αυτ. κ πυργοι ℵc.a

6:36 αν 2°] εαν ℵV | αλα ℵ* (αμα ℵc.a) | ουκ] pr και V | επ] απ V

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:37 καὶ πύργοι ξύλινοι ἐπ' αὐτοὺς ὀχυροὶ σκεπαζόμενοι, ἐφ' ἑκάστου θηρίου, ἐζωσμένοι ἐπ' αὐτοὺς μηχαναῖς· καὶ ἐφ' ἑκάστου ἄνδρες δύο καὶ τριάκοντα οἱ πολεμοῦντες ἐπ' αὐτούς, καὶ ὁ Ἰνδὸς αὐτοῦ.

And towers wooded-belonged-to upon to-them holdationed being-covered-to upon of-each of-a-beastlet having-had-come-to-be-en-girded upon to-them unto-machinatings; and upon of-each men two and thirty the-ones warring-unto upon to-them, and the-one Indian of-it.

6:36–37 επ αυτου και πυργοι] αλγοι (sic) ℵ* απ αυτ. κ πυργοι ℵc.a

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:38 καὶ τὴν ἐπίλοιπον ἵππον ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν ἔστησεν ἐπὶ τὰ δύο μέρη τῆς παρεμβολῆς, κατασείοντες καὶ καταφρασσόμενοι ἐν ταῖς φάλαγξιν.

And to-the-one to-remaindered-upon to-a-horse in-from and in-from it-stood upon to-the-ones to-two to-portioneednesses of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside, shake-belonging-down and hedging-down in unto-the-ones unto-phalanxes.

6:38 εστησεν (-σαν V* -σεν V1)] pr και ℵ | φαραγξιν V

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:39 ὡς δὲ ἔστιλβεν ὁ ἥλιος ἐπὶ τὰς χρυσᾶς ἀσπίδας, ἔστιλβεν τὰ ὄρη ἀπ' αὐτῶν, καὶ κατηύγαζεν ὡς λαμπάδες πυρός.

As then-also it-glimmered, the-one a-sun, upon to-the-ones to-golden to-spar-alongs, it-glimmered, the-ones jutteednesses, off of-them, and it-was-raying-down-to as lamps of-a-fire.

Note: to-spar-alongs : used of shields and asps.

6:39–40 om πυρος και εξεταθη μερος τι της ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

6:39 χρυσας] + χαλκας και ℵ* + κ χαλκας ℵc.aV | απ] υπ ℵ* (απ ℵc.a)

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:40 καὶ ἐξετάθη μέρος τι τῆς παρεμβολῆς τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπὶ τὰ ὑψηλὰ ὄρη, καί τινες ἐπὶ τὰ ταπεινά· καὶ ἤρχοντο ἀσφαλῶς καὶ τεταγμένως.

And it-was-stretched-out a-portioneedness a-one of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, upon to-the-ones to-lofteed-of to-jutteednesses, and ones upon to-the-ones to-lowed-belonged-to; and they-were-coming unto-un-befailinged and unto-having-had-come-to-be-arranged.

6:39–40 om πυρος και εξεταθη μερος τι της ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

6:40 om υψηλα ℵ* (hab ℵc.a, c.b)

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:41 καὶ ἐσαλεύοντο πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες φωνῆς πλήθους αὐτῶν καὶ ὁδοιπορίας τοῦ πλήθους καὶ συνκρουσμοὺς τῶν ὅπλων· ἦν γὰρ ἡ παρεμβολὴ μεγάλη σφόδρα καὶ ἰσχυρά.

And they-were-being-undulated-of all the-ones hearing of-a-sound of-a-repleteedness of-them and of-a-way-traversing-unto of-the-one of-a-repleteedness and to-struckings-together-to-of of-the-ones of-implements; it-was too-thus the-one a-casting-in-beside great to-vehemented and force-held.

6:41 φωνης] pr της ℵ | και συνκρουσμους] συνκρουσμου ℵ*V (συγκρ.) και συνκρουσμου ℵc.a | om σφοδρα V

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:42 καὶ ἤγγισεν Ἰούδας καὶ ἡ παρεμβολὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς παράταξιν, καὶ ἔπεσαν ἀπὸ τῆς παρεμβολῆς τοῦ βασιλέως ἑξακόσιοι ἄνδρες.

And it-neared-to, an-Ioudas and the-one a-casting-in-beside of-it, into to-an-arranging-beside, and they-falled off of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, six-hundred men.

Note: they-falled : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.

6:42 επεσον ℵ

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:43 καὶ εἶδεν Ἐλεαζὰρ ὁ Σαυαρὰν ἓν τῶν θηρίων τεθωρακισμένον θώραξιν βασιλικοῖς, καὶ ἦν ὑπεράγον πάντα τὰ θηρία, καὶ ὤφθη ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐστιν ὁ βασιλεύς.

And it-had-seen, an-Eleazar the-one of-a-Sauaran, to-one of-the-ones of-beastlets to-having-had-come-to-be-curiassed-to unto-cuirasses unto-ruler-belonged-of, and it-was leading-over to-all to-the-ones to-beastlets, and it-was-beheld to-which-a-one in unto-it it-be the-one a-ruler-of.

6:43 Ελεαζαρος ο Αυραν (Αυαραν V) ℵV | υπεραγων ℵV | ωφθη] ωηθη ℵ

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:44 καὶ ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν τοῦ σῶσαι τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ περιποιῆσαι αὑτῷ ὄνομα αἰώνιον.

And it-gave to-self of-the-one to-have-saved-to to-the-one to-a-people of-it, and to-have-done-about-unto unto-itself to-a-naming-to to-aged-belonged.

6:44 αυτω] εαυτω ℵV

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:45 καὶ ἐπέδραμεν αὐτῷ θράσει εἰς μέσον τῆς φάλαγγος, καὶ ἐθανάτου δεξιὰ καὶ εὐώνυμα, καὶ ἐσχίζοντο ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα.

And it-had-circuited-upon unto-it unto-a-boldeedness into to-middle of-the-one of-a-Phalanx, and it-was-en-deathing to-right-belonged and to-goodly-named, and they-were-being-severed-to off of-it in-from-which and in-from-which.

Note: to-goodly-named : used to refer to the left side.

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:46 καὶ εἰσέδυ ὑπὸ τὸν ἐλέφαντα, καὶ ὑπέθηκεν αὐτῷ καὶ ἀνεῖλεν αὐτόν· καὶ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀπέθανεν ἐκεῖ.

And it-was-sinking-into under to-the-one to-an-elephant, and it-placed-under unto-it and it-had-sectioned-up to-it; and it-had-fallen upon to-the-one to-a-soil upon-up-unto-which of-it, and it-had-died-off thither.

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:47 καὶ εἶδον τὴν ἰσχὺν τῆς βασιλείας καὶ τὰ ὁρμήματα τῶν δυνάμεων, καὶ ἐξέκλιναν ἀπ' αὐτῶν.

And they-had-seen to-the-one to-a-force-holding of-the-one of-a-ruling-of and to-the-ones to-cordings-to of-the-ones of-abilities, and they-clined-out off of-them.

Note: to-cordings-to : used to refer to movement as though down a cord, physically of directed or impulsed rushes, i.e. as men into war or as a stone falling, mentally of an incitement or impulse.

6:47 ειδον] ιδοντες ℵ* (ιδεν correcturus erat ℵc.a) | των δυναμεων το ορμημα ℵ το ορμ. τ. δ. V | om και 3° ℵ | εξεκλινεν ℵ* (-ναν ℵc.a)

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:48 Καὶ ἐκ τῆς παρεμβολῆς τοῦ βασιλέως ἀνέβεννον εἰς συνάντησιν αὐτῶν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ παρενέβαλεν ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ εἰς τὸ ὄρος Σιών.

And out of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside of-the-one of-a-ruler-of they-were-stepping-up into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together of-them into to-an-Ierousalêm, and it-had-casted-in-beside, the-one a-ruler-of, into to-the-one to-an-Ioudaia and into to-the-one to-a-jutteedness of-a-Siôn.

Note: they-were-stepping-up (ANEBENNON) in 03 : ANEBAINON in 01 is probably correct; same meaning; ANEBENNON is an undocumented form and probably a copy error.

6:48 και I°] οι δε ℵV | ανεβαινον ℵVa (αναιβ. V*)

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:49 καὶ ἐποίησεν μετὰ τῶν ἐκ Βεθσούρων· καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, ὅτι οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς ἐκεῖ διατροφὴ τοῦ συνκεκλεῖσθαι ἐν αὐτῇ, ὅτι σάββατον ἦν τῇ γῇ.

And it-did-unto with of-the-ones out of-Bethsoura'; and it-had-came-out out of-the-one of-a-city, to-which-a-one not it-was unto-them thither a-nourishing-through of-the-one to-have-had-come-to-be-latch-belonged-together in unto-it, to-which-a-one a-sabbath it-was unto-the-one unto-a-soil.

6:49 εποιησεν] + ειρηνην ℵV | Βαιθσουρων V | συνκεκλ.] εγκεκλ. V

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:50 καὶ κατελάβετο ὁ βασιλεὺς τὴν Βεθσούραν, καὶ ἐπέταξεν ἐκεῖ φρουρὰν τηρεῖν αὐτήν.

And it-had-taken-down, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-one to-a-Bethsoura, and it-arranged-upon thither to-a-wardedness-before to-keep-unto to-it.

6:50 Βαιθσουραν ℵV | επαταξεν A

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:51 καὶ παρενέβαλεν ἐπὶ τὸ ἁγίασμα ἡμέρας πολλάς, καὶ ἔστησεν ἐκεῖ βελοστάσεις καὶ μηχανὰς καὶ πυροβόλα καὶ λιθοβόλα καὶ σκορπίδια εἰς τὸ βάλλεσθαι βέλη καὶ σφενδόνας.

And it-had-casted-in-beside upon to-the-one to-a-hallow-belonging-to to-dayednesses to-much, and it-stood thither to-casted-standings and to-machinatings and to-fire-casted and to-stone-casted and to-scatterlets into to-the-one to-be-casted to-casteednesses and to-slings.

Note: to-casted-standings : used to refer to a catapult.

6:51 Βελοστασιας ℵ | om και λιθοβολα V | βαλεσθαι V

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:52 καὶ ἐποίησαν καὶ αὐτοὶ μηχανὰς πρὸς τὰς μηχανὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπολέμησαν ἡμέρας πολλάς.

And they-did-unto and them to-machinatings toward to-the-ones to-machinatings of-them, and they-warred-unto to-dayednesses to-much.

6:52 om πολλας ℵV

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:53 βρώματα δὲ οὐκ ἦν ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις, διὰ τὸ ἕβδομον ἔτος εἶναι, καὶ οἱ ἀνασωζόμενοι εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν κατέφαγον τὸ ὑπόλιμμα τῆς παραθέσεως·

Feedeeings-to then-also not it-was in unto-the-ones unto-hallow-belonged, through to-the-one to-seventh to-a-yeareedness to-be, and the-ones being-saved-up-to into to-the-one to-an-Ioudaia off of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to they-had-devoured-down to-the-one to-a-remaindering-under of-the-one of-a-placing-beside;

6:53 αγιοις] αγειοις V* αγγ. V1

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:54 καὶ ὑπελείφθησαν ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις ἄνδρες ὀλίγοι, ὅτι κατεκράτησεν αὐτῶν ὁ λιμός· καὶ ἐσκορπίσθησαν ἕκαστος εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτοῦ.

And they-were-remaindered-under in unto-the-ones unto-hallow-belonged men little, to-which-a-one it-secured-down-unto of-them, the-one a-famine; and they-were-scattered-to each into to-the-one to-an-occasion of-it.

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:55 Καὶ ἤκουσεν Λυσίας ὅτι Φίλιππος, ὃν κατέστησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀντίοχος ἔτι ζῶντος αὐτοῦ ἐκθρέψαι Ἀντίοχον τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ βασιλεῦσαι αὐτόν,

And it-heard, a-Lusias, to-which-a-one a-Fillipos, to-which it-stood-down, the-one a-ruler-of an-Antiochos, if-to-a-one of-lifing-unto of-it to-have-nourished-out to-an-Antiochos to-the-one to-a-son of-it into to-the-one to-have-rulered-of to-it,

6:55 υιον] incep β ℵ* (improb ℵ1)

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:56 ἀπέστρεψεν ἀπὸ τῆς Περσίδος καὶ Μηδίας, καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ πορευθεῖσαι τοῦ βασιλέως μετ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὅτι ζητεῖ παραλαβεῖν τὰ τῶν πραγμάτων.

it-beturned-off off of-the-one of-a-Persis and of-a-Mêdia, and the-ones abilities the-ones having-been-traversed-of of-the-one of-a-ruler-of with of-it, and to-which-a-one it-seeketh-unto to-have-had-taken-beside to-the-ones of-the-ones of-practicings-to.

6:56 Μηδειας ℵVa | αι δυναμεις] δυναμις ℵ | του βασ.] pr μετα ℵV | πραγματων] προσταγματων ℵ* (πραγμ. ℵc)

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:57 καὶ κατέσπευδον καὶ ἐπενύσσοντο τοῦ ἀπελθεῖν· καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τοὺς ἡγεμόνας τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας Ἐκλείπομεν καθ' ἡμέραν, καὶ ἡ τροφὴ ἡμῖν ὀλίγη, καὶ ὁ τόπος, οὗ παρεμβάλλομεν, ἐστὶν ὀχυρός, καὶ ἐπίκειται ἡμῖν τὰ τῆς βασιλείας.

And they-were-hastening-down and they-were-being-dintered-down of-the-one to-have-had-came-off; and it-had-said toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of and to-the-ones to-leaders of-the-one of-an-ability and to-the-ones to-men, We-remaindereth-out down to-a-dayedness, and the-one a-nourshing unto-us little, and the-one an-occasion of-which we-casteth-in-beside it-be holdationed, and it-be-situated-upon unto-us the-ones of-the-one of-a-ruling-of.

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:58 νῦν οὖν δῶμεν δεξιὰν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις, καὶ ποιήσωμεν μετ' αὐτῶν εἰρήνην, καὶ μετὰ παντὸς ἔθνους αὐτῶν·

Now accordingly we-might-have-had-given to-right-belonged unto-the-ones unto-mankinds unto-the-ones-these, and we-might-have-done-unto with of-them to-a-joinifying, and with of-all of-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-them;

6:58 om μετ αυτων ℵ | εθνους] pr του V | αυτων 2°] αυτον A

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:59 καὶ στήσωμεν αὐτοῖς τοῦ πορεύεσθαι τοῖς νομίμοις αὐτῶν, ὡς τὸ πρότερον· χάριν γὰρ τῶν νομίμων αὐτῶν, ὧν διεσκεδάσαμεν, ὠργίσθησαν καὶ ἐποίησαν ταῦτα πάντα.

and we-might-have-stood unto-them of-the-one to-traverse-of unto-the-ones unto-parcelee-belonged-unto of-them, as to-the-one to-more-before; to-a-granting too-thus of-the-ones of-parcelee-belonged-unto of-them, of-which we-through-bespersed-to, they-were-stressed-to and they-did-unto to-the-ones-these to-all.

6:59 στησομεν ℵ | αυτοις] αυτους ℵ | ως] ων ℵ* (ς superscr ℵ1) | om αυτων 2° V | παντα ταυτα V

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:60 καὶ ἤρεσεν ὁ λόγος ἐναντίον τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τῶν ἀρχόντων, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἰρηνεῦσαι, καὶ ἐπεδέξαντο.

And it-pleased, the-one a-forthee, to-ever-a-oned-in of-the-one of-a-ruler-of and of-the-ones of-firsting, and it-set-off toward to-them to-have-joinified-of, and they-received-upon.

6:60 απεστειλαν V | επεδεξατο A

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:61 καὶ ὤμοσεν αὐτοῖς ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες ἐπὶ τούτοις· ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τοῦ ὀχυρώματος,

And it-en-oathed unto-them, the-one a-ruler-of and the-ones firsting; upon unto-the-ones-these it-had-came-out out of-the-one of-an-en-holdationing-to,

6:61 ωμολογησεν ℵ* (ωμοσεν ℵc) | εξηλθον ℵV

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:62 καὶ εἰσῆλθεν ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς τὸ ὄρος Σιών, καὶ ἴδεν τὸ ὀχύρωμα τοῦ τόπου· καὶ ἠθέτησεν τὸν ὁρκισμὸν ὃν ὤμοσεν, καὶ ἐνετείλατο καὶ καθεῖλεν τὸ τεῖχος κυκλόθεν.

and it-had-came-into, the-one a-ruler-of, into to-the-one to-a-jutteedness of-a-Siôn, and it-had-seen to-the-one to-an-en-holdationing-to of-the-one of-an-occasion; and it-un-placed-unto to-the-one to-a-fenceeing-to-of to-which it-en-oathed, and it-finished-in and it-had-sectioned-down to-the-one to-a-lineationeedness circled-from.

6:62 εισηλθον ℵ* (-λθεν ℵc) | το ορος] om το ℵV | ειδεν ℵ -δε Va | ορισμον ℵ* (ορκ. ℵc.a) και καθειλεν] καθελειν ℵV

(162-161 B.C.)

1Ma 6:63 καὶ ἀπῆραν κατὰ σπουδὴν καὶ ἀπέστρεψεν εἰς Ἀντιοχίαν, καὶ εὗρεν Φίλιππον κυριεύοντα τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ἐπολέμησεν πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ κατελάβετο τὴν πόλιν βίᾳ.

And they-lifted-off down to-a-hasteneeing and it-beturned-off into to-an-Antiochia, and it-had-found to-a-Filippos to-authority-belonging-of of-the-one of-a-city, and it-warred-unto toward to-it, and it-had-taken-down to-the-one to-a-city unto-a-dureeatedness.

Note: to-an-Antiochia in 01 02 : to-an-Antiocheia is correct as in NT; primitive assimilation.

6:63 απηρεν ℵ επηρεν V | Αντιογειαν Va

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:1 Ἔτους ἑνὸς καὶ πεντηκοστοῦ ἐξῆλθεν Δημήτριος ὁ τοῦ Σελεύκου ἐκ Ῥώμης, καὶ ἀνέβη σὺν ἀνδράσιν ὀλίγοις εἰς πόλιν παραθαλασσίαν, καὶ ἐβασίλευσεν ἐκεῖ.

Of-a-yeareedness of-one and of-fiftieth it-had-came-out, a-Dêmêtrios the-one of-the-one of-a-Seleukos, out of-a-Rômê, and it-had-stepped-up together unto-men unto-little into to-a-city to-beside-flourisheredness-belonged, and it-rulered-of thither.

7:1 ενος και πεντηκοστου] αÆ και _ και _ ℵ πρωτου κ. πεντ. κ| εκατοστου V | εξηλθεν] pr και ℵV | ο του Σελ.] om ο ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | συν ανδ. ολ. εις π. παραθ.] εν ανδρ. εν ολογ. παρα θαλασσαν ℵ* συν ανδρ. ολιγ. παρα θ. ℵc.a (παραθαλασσιαν ℵ1? c.b?)

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:2 καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς εἰσεπορεύετο εἰς οἶκον βασιλείας πατέρων αὐτοῦ, συνέλαβον αἱ δυνάμεις τὸν Ἀντίοχον καὶ τὸν Λυσίαν ἀγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς αὐτῷ.

And it-had-became as it-was-traversing-into-of into to-a-house of-a-ruling-of of-fathers of-it, they-had-taken-together, the-one abilities, to-the-one to-an-Antiochos and to-the-one to-a-Lusias to-have-had-led to-them unto-it.

7:2 εγενετο] επονειτο ℵ* (εγεν. ℵc.a) | συνελαβοντο ℵ* (-βον ℵc.a, c.b) | τον Αντ.] pr εις V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:3 καὶ ἐγνώσθη αὐτῷ τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ εἶπεν Μή μοι δείξητε τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν.

And it-was-acquainted unto-it the-one a-practicing-to and it-had-said, Lest unto-me ye-might-have-en-showed to-the-ones to-looked-toward of-them.

7:3 om αυτω V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:4 καὶ ἀπέκτειναν αὐτοὺς αἱ δυνάμεις, καὶ ἐκάθισεν Δημήτριος ἐπὶ θρόνου βασιλείας αὐτοῦ.

And they-killed-off to-them, the-ones abilities, and it-sat-down-to, a-Dêmêtrios, upon of-a-throne of-a-ruling-of of-it.

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:5 καὶ ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτὸν πάντες ἄνδρες ἄνομοι καὶ ἀσεβεῖς ἐξ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ Ἄλκιμος ἡγεῖται αὐτῶν βουλόμενος ἱερατεύειν.

And they-had-came toward to-it, all men un-parceleed and un-reveringed out of-an-Israêl, and an-Alkimos it-leadeth-unto of-them purposing to-sacreder-of.

7:5 Αλκισμος ℵ | ηγειται] ηγειτο ℵV | αυτων] + ηγουμενος ℵ

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:6 καὶ κατηγόρησαν τοῦ λαοῦ πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, λέγοντες Ἀπώλεσεν Ἰούδας καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ πάντας τοὺς φίλους σου, καὶ ἡμᾶς ἐσκόρπισεν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡμῶν.

And they-lead-alongednessed-down-unto of-the-one of-a-people toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of, forthing, It-destructed-off, an-Ioudas and the-ones brethrened of-it, to-all to-the-ones to-cared of-thee, and to-us it-scattered-to off of-the-one of-a-soil of-us.

7:6 κατηγορησαι ℵ* (-σαν ℵc) | εσκορπισαν ℵc.a

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:7 νῦν οὖν ἀπόστειλον ἄνδρα ᾧ πιστεύεις, καὶ πορευθεὶς ἰδέτω τὴν ἐξολέθρευσιν ἅπασαν ἣν ἐποίησεν ἡμῖν καὶ τῇ χώρᾳ τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ ἐκολάσατο αὐτοὺς καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἐπιβοηθοῦντας αὐτοῖς.

Now accordingly thou-should-have-set-off to-a-man unto-which thou-trust-of, and having-been-traversed-of it-should-have-had-seen to-the-one to-a-destructing-out-of to-along-all to-which it-did-unto unto-us and unto-the-one unto-a-spacedness of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, and it-strictured-to to-them and to-all to-the-ones to-holler-running-upon-unto unto-them.

7:7 πιστευσεις ℵ* (-εις ℵc.a) | πασαν την εξ. ℵ τ. εξολοθρ. πασαν V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:8 Καὶ ἐπέλεξεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸν Βακχίδην τῶν φίλων τοῦ βασιλέως κυριεύοντα ἐν τῷ πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ μέγαν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ καὶ πιστὸν τῷ βασιλεῖ·

And it-forthed-upon, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-one to-a-Bakchidês of-the-ones of-cared of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-authority-belonging-of in unto-the-one to-across of-the-one of-a-drinkationing-of and to-great in unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of and to-trusted unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of;

7:8 επελεξεν] επεταξεν V | Βαρακχιδην A Βαχχιδην ℵ | τ. φυλων A τον φιλον V | αυτου βασιλεως ℵ* (του βασ. ℵ1)

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:9 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν καὶ Ἄλκιμον τὸν ἀσεβῆ, καὶ ἔστησαν αὐτῷ τὴν ἱερωσύνην, καὶ ἐνετείλατο αὐτῷ ποιῆσαι τὴν ἐκδίκησιν ἐν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ.

and it-set-off to-it and to-an-Alkimos to-the-one to-un-reveringed, and they-stood unto-it to-the-one to-an-en-sacredingedness, and it-finished-in unto-it to-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-coursing-out in unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl.

7:9 Αλικμον (-κειμ. A)] pr τον ℵ | om και 3° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | εστησεν ℵ* (-σαν ℵc.a) V | αρχιερωσυνην V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:10 καὶ ἀπῆλθεν καὶ ἦλθεν μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς εἰς γῆν Ἰούδα· καὶ ἀπέστειλεν ἀγγέλους πρὸς Ἰούδαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ λόγοις εἰρηνικοῖς μετὰ δόλου.

And it-had-came-off and it-had-came with of-an-ability of-much into to-a-soil of-an-Ioudas; and it-set-off to-leadeeers toward to-an-Ioudas and to-the-ones to-brethrened of-it unto-forthees unto-joinify-belonged-of with of-a-guile.

7:10 απηλθεν] απηρον ℵV | ηλθεν] ηλθον ℵV | γην Ιουδα] την Ιουδαιαν V | om προς 2° ℵV

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:11 καὶ οὐ προσεῖχον τοῖς λόγοις αὐτῶν· ἴδον γὰρ ὅτι ἦλθον μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς.

And not they-were-holding-toward unto-the-ones unto-forthees of-them; they-had-seen too-thus to-which-a-one they-had-came with of-an-ability of-much.

7:11 προσειχον] προσεσχον ℵV | ειδον ℵV | ηλθα̅| ℵ

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:12 καὶ ἐπισυνήχθησαν πρὸς Ἄλκιμον καὶ Βακχίδην συναγωγὴ γραμματέων, ἐκζητῆσαι δίκαια.

And they-were-led-together-upon toward to-an-Alkimos and to-a-Bakchidês a-leading-together of-scribing-toers-of, to-have-sought-out-unto to-course-belonged.

7:12 Αλκινον A | Βακχιδην (Κακχ. A)] Βακχιδης ℵ* (-δην ℵc.a) | γραμματειων V* (-τεων Va) | εκζητ.] pr και V | δικαιοι ℵ* (δικαια ℵc)

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:13 καὶ πρῶτοι οἱ Ἁσιδαῖοι ἦσαν ἐν υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἐπεζήτουν παρ' αὐτῶν εἰρήνην·

And most-before the-ones Hasida-belonged they-were in unto-sons of-an-Israêl, and they-were-seeking-upon-unto beside of-them to-a-joinifying;

7:13 Ασιδαιοι (-δεοι A)] Ασειδοναιοι ℵ* (-δαιοι ℵ1)

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:14 εἶπαν γάρ Ἄνθρωπος ἱερεὺς ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Ἀαρὼν ἦλθεν ἐν ταῖς δυνάμεσιν, καὶ οὐκ ἀδικήσει ἡμᾶς.

they-said too-thus, A-mankind a-sacreder-of out of-the-one of-a-whorling-to of-an-Aarôn it-had-came in unto-the-ones unto-abilities, and not it-shall-un-course-unto to-us.

7:14 ειπον ℵV | γαρ] + οτι V | του σπερματος] om του ℵ | ηλθον V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:15 καὶ ἐλάλησεν μετ' αὐτῶν εἰρηνικοὺς λόγους, καὶ ὤμοσεν αὐτοῖς λέγων Οὐκ ἐκζητήσομεν ὑμῖν κακόν, καὶ τοῖς φίλοις ὑμῶν.

And it-spoke-unto with of-them to-joinify-belonged-of to-forthees and it-en-oathed unto-them forthing, Not we-shall-seek-out-unto unto-ye to-wedge-wedged, and unto-the-ones unto-cared of-ye.

7:15 λογους ειρηνικους ℵV

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:16 καὶ ἐνεπίστευσαν αὐτῷ, καὶ συνέλαβεν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἑξήκοντα ἄνδρας, καὶ ἀπέκτεινεν αὐτοὺς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ κατὰ τοὺς λόγους οὓς ἔγραψεν

And they-trusted-in-of unto-it, and it-had-taken-together out of-them to-sixty to-men, and it-killed-off to-them in unto-a-dayedness unto-one down to-the-ones to-forthees to-which it-scribed,

7:16 ενεπιστευσεν ℵ* (-σαν ℵc.a) | τους λογους ους] τον λογον ον ℵV | εγραψεν] + αυτον ℵ* + ο προφητης ℵc.a

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:17 Σάρκας ὁσίων σου καὶ αἵματα αὐτῶν ἐξέχεαν κύκλῳ Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς ὁ θάπτων.

To-fleshes of-holy of-thee and to-rusherings-to of-them they-poured-out unto-a-circle of-an-Ierousalêm, and not it-was unto-them the-one burialing.

7:17 σαρκας] κρεας ℵ* (improb ℵc) + κρεας V | αιμα ℵ* (αιματα ℵc) V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:18 Καὶ ἐπέπεσεν αὐτῶν ὁ φόβος καὶ ὁ τρόμος εἰς πάντα τὸν λαόν, ὅτι εἶπαν Οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀλήθεια καὶ κρίσις· παρέβησαν γὰρ τὴν στάσιν καὶ τὸν ὅρκον ὃν ὤμοσαν.

And it-had-fallen-upon of-them, the-one a-fearee and the-one a-tremblee, into to-all to-the-one to-a-people, to-which-a-one they-said, Not it-be in unto-them an-un-secluding-of and a-separating; they-had-stepped-beside too-thus to-the-one to-a-standing and to-the-one to-a-fencee to-which they-en-oathed.

7:18 ειπον ℵV

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:19 καὶ ἀπῆρεν Βακχίδης ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ παρενέβαλεν ἐν Βηζέθ, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν καὶ συνέλαβεν πολλοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν μετ' αὐτοῦ αὐτομολησάντων ἀνδρῶν καί τινας τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ ἔθυσεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ φρέαρ τὸ μέγα.

And it-lifted-off, a-Bakchidês, off of-an-Ierousalêm, and it-had-casted-in-beside in unto-a-Bêzeth, and it-set-off and it-had-taken-together to-much off of-the-ones with of-it of-having-self-transited-unto of-men and to-ones of-the-one of-a-people, and it-surged to-them into to-the-one to-a-cistern to-the-one to-great.

7:19 παρενεβαλλεν V | Βηζεθ] Βηθζαιθ ℵ Βαιθζηθ V | συνεβαλεν ℵ* (συνελ. ℵc.a) | om και 6° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | αυτους] αυτος ℵ

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:20 καὶ κατέστησεν τὴν χώραν τῷ Ἀλκίμῳ, καὶ ἀφῆκεν μετ' αὐτοῦ δύναμιν τοῦ βοηθεῖν αὐτῷ· καὶ ἀπῆλθεν Βακχίδης πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα.

And it-stood-down to-the-one to-a-spacedness unto-the-one unto-an-Alkimos, and it-sent-off with of-it to-an-ability of-the-one to-holler-run-unto unto-it; and it-had-came-off, a-Bakchidês, toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of.

7:20 των Αλκιμων ℵ* (τω Αλκιμω ℵc.b)

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:21 καὶ ἠγωνίσατο Ἄλκιμος περὶ τῆς ἀρχιερωσύνης.

And it-struggled-to, an-Alkimos, about of-the-one of-a-first-en-sacredingedness.

7:21 αρχιερωσυνης (-ροσ. A)] ιερωσυνης ℵ

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:22 καὶ συνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ ταράσσοντες τὸν λαὸν αὐτῶν, καὶ κατεκράτησαν γῆν Ἰούδα, καὶ ἐποίησαν πληγὴν μεγάλην ἐν Ἰσραήλ.

And they-were-led-together toward to-it all the-ones stirring to-the-one to-a-people of-them, and they-secured-down-unto to-a-soil of-an-Ioudas, and they-did-unto to-a-smiting to-great in unto-an-Israêl.

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:23 καὶ ἴδεν Ἰούδας πᾶσαν τὴν κακίαν ἣν ἐποίησεν Ἄλκιμος καὶ οἱ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἐν υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ ὑπὲρ τὰ ἔθνη·

And it-had-seen, an-Ioudas, to-all to-the-one to-a-wedge-wedging-unto to-which it-did-unto, an-Alkimos and the-ones with of-it, in unto-sons of-an-Israêl over to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to;

7:23 ειδεν ℵVa | Αλκινος A

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:24 καὶ ἐξῆλθεν εἰς πάντα τὰ ὅρια τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ κυκλόθεν, καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐκδίκησιν ἐν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν τοῖς αὐτομολήσασιν, καὶ ἀνεστάλησαν τοῦ πορευθῆναι εἰς χώραν.

and it-had-came-out into to-all to-the-ones to-boundlets of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia and circled-from, and it-did-unto to-a-coursing-out in unto-the-ones unto-men unto-the-ones unto-having-self-transited-unto, and they-had-been-set-up of-the-one to-have-been-traversed-of into to-a-spacedness.

7:24 ορια sup ras Aa | om και 2°, 4° ℵV | πορευθηναι] εκπορευεσθαι ℵ πορευεσθαι V | χωραν] pr την ℵV

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:25 ὡς δὲ ἴδεν Ἄλκιμος ὅτι ἐνίσχυσεν Ἰούδας καὶ οἱ μετ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔγνω ὅτι οὐ δύναται ὑποστῆναι αὐτούς, καὶ ἐπέστρεψεν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα καὶ κατηγόρησεν αὐτῶν πονηρά.

As then-also it-had-seen, an-Alkimos, to-which-a-one it-force-held-in, an-Ioudas and the-ones with of-it, and it-had-acquainted to-which-a-one it-ableth to-have-had-stood-under to-them, and it-beturned-upon toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of and it-lead-alongednessed-down-unto of-them to-en-necessitated.

7:25 ειδεν ℵVa | δυναται] pr ου ℵV | αυτων] αυτου V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:26 Καὶ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Νικάνορα ἕνα τῶν ἀρχόντων αὐτοῦ τῶν ἐνδόξων, καὶ μισοῦντα καὶ ἐχθραίνοντα τῷ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἐνετείλατο αὐτῷ ἐξᾶραι τὸν λαόν.

And it-set-off, the-one a-ruler-of, to-a-Nikanôr to-one of-the-ones of-firsting of-it of-the-ones of-reckoned-in, and to-hating-unto and to-en-enmitying unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl, and it-finished-in unto-it to-have-lifted-out to-the-one to-a-people.

7:26 αυτου] pr των ℵ* (improb ℵc) | εξαιραι V* (-αρ. Va)

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:27 καὶ ἦλθεν Νικάνωρ εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ δυνάμει πολλῇ, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς Ἰούδαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ μετὰ δόλου λόγοις εἰρηνικοῖς λέγων

And it-had-came, an-Nikanôr, into to-an-Ierousalêm unto-a-ability unto-much, and it-set-off toward to-an-Ioudas and to-the-ones to-brethrened of-it with of-a-guile unto-forthees unto-joinify-belonged-of forthing,

7:27 ηλθεν] απηλθεν V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:28 Μὴ ἔστω μάχη ἀνὰ μέσον ἐμοῦ καὶ ὑμῶν· ἥξω ἐν ἀνδράσιν ὀλίγοις, ἵνα ἴδω ὑμῶν τὰ πρόσωπα μετ' εἰρήνης.

Lest it-should-be a-battling up to-middle of-ME and of-ye; I-shall-arrive in unto-men unto-little, so I-might-have-had-seen of-ye to-the-ones to-looked-toward with of-a-joinifying.

7:28 υμων ιδω V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:29 καὶ ἦλθεν πρὸς Ἰούδαν, καὶ ἠσπάσαντο ἀλλήλους εἰρηνικῶς· καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι ἦσαν ἕτοιμοι ἐξαρπάσαι τὸν Ἰούδαν.

And it-had-came toward to-an-Ioudas, and they-drew-along-to to-other-to-other unto-joinify-belonged-of; and the-ones war-belonged they-were readied-of to-have-out-snatched-to to-the-one to-an-Ioudas.

7:29 ετοιμοι ησαν ℵ

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:30 καὶ ἐγνώσθη ὁ λόγος τῷ Ἰούδᾳ, ὅτι μετὰ δόλου ἦλθεν ἐπ' αὐτόν· καὶ ἐπτοήθη ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐβουλήθη ἔτι ἰδεῖν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ.

And it-was-acquainted the-one a-forthee unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudas, to-which-a-one with of-a-guile it-had-came upon to-it; and it-was-fluttered-unto off of-it, and not it-was-purposed if-to-a-one to-have-had-seen to-the-one to-looked-toward of-it.

7:30 επ] προς V | εβουληθη ℵV

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:31 καὶ ἔγνω Νικάνωρ ὅτι ἀπεκαλύφθη ἡ βουλὴ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν εἰς συνάντησιν τῷ Ἰούδᾳ κατὰ Χαρφαρσαραμά.

And it-had-acquainted, a-Nikanôr, to-which-a-one it-was-shrouded-off the-one a-purposing of-it, and it-had-came-out into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudas down to-a-Charfarsarama.

7:31 Ιουδα] + εν πολεμω ℵV | Χαρφαρσαραμα] Φαρσαλαμα ℵ* Χαφαρσαλ. ℵ1V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:32 καὶ ἔπεσαν τῶν παρὰ Νικάνορος ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες, καὶ ἔφυγον εἰς τὴν πόλιν Δαυείδ.

And they-falled of-the-ones beside of-a-Nikanôr as five-oft-thousand men, and they-had-fled into to-the-one to-a-city of-a-Daueid.

Note: they-falled : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.

7:32 επεσεν ℵV | ως] ωσει ℵV | πεντακισχιλιοι (-λιους A)] πεντακοσιοι ℵ

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:33 Καὶ μετὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους ἀνέβη Νικάνωρ εἰς τὸ ὄρος Σιών· καὶ ἐξῆλθαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἱερέων ἐκ τῶν ἁγίων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τοῦ λαοῦ ἀσπάσασθαι αὐτὸν εἰρηνικῶς, καὶ δεῖξαι αὐτῷ τὴν ὁλοκαύτωσιν τὴν προσφερομένην ὑπὲρ τοῦ βασιλέως.

And with to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these it-had-stepped-up, a-Nikanôr, into to-the-one to-a-jutteedness of-a-Siôn; and they-came-out off of-the-ones of-sacreders-of out of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged and off of-the-ones of-more-eldered of-the-one of-a-people to-have-drawn-along-to to-it unto-joinify-belonged-of, and to-have-en-showed unto-it to-the-one to-a-whole-en-burning to-the-one to-being-beared-toward over of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

7:33 το ορος] om το ℵV | εξηλθεν ℵ -θον V | προφερομενην ℵ* (προσφ. ℵc.a)

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:34 καὶ ἐμυκτήρισεν αὐτούς, καὶ κατεγέλασεν αὐτῶν καὶ ἐμίανεν αὐτούς, καὶ ἐλάλησεν ὑπερηφάνως.

And it-snouted-to to-them, and it-down-laughed-unto of-them and it-stain-belonged to-them, and it-spoke-unto unto-manifested-over.

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:35 καὶ ὤμοσεν μετὰ θυμοῦ λέγων Ἐὰν μὴ παραδοθῇ Ἰούδας καὶ ἡ παρεμβολὴ αὐτοῦ τὸ νῦν εἰς χεῖράς μου, καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν ἐπιστρέψω ἐν εἰρήνῃ, ἐνπυριῶ τὸν οἶκον τοῦτον. καὶ ἐξῆλθεν μετὰ θυμοῦ.

And it-en-oathed with of-a-passioin forthing, If-ever lest it-might-have-been-given-beside an-Ioudas and the-one a-casting-in-beside of-it to-the-one now into to-hands of-me, and it-shall-be if-ever I-might-have-beturned-upon in unto-a-joinifying, I-shall-fire-in-to to-the-one to-a-house to-the-one-this. And it-had-came-out with of-a-passion.

7:35 εις χειρας μου το νυν ℵV | εμπυριω Va | εξηλθεν] εξηλθο incep ℵ* (-λθεν ℵ1 (vid)) | θυμου 2°] + μεγαλου ℵV

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:36 καὶ εἰσῆλθον οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ ἔστησαν κατὰ πρόσωπον τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου καὶ τοῦ ναοῦ, καὶ ἔκλαυσαν καὶ εἶπαν

And they-had-came-into, the-ones sacreders-of, and they-had-stood down to-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-surgerlet and of-the-one of-a-temple, and they-sob-belonged and they-said,

7:36 εκλαυσεν A | ειπον ℵV

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:37 Σὺ ἐξελέξω τὸν οἶκον τοῦτον ἐπικληθῆναι τὸ ὄνομά σου ἐπ' αὐτόν, εἶναι οἶκον προσευχῆς καὶ δεήσεως τῷ λαῷ σου.

Thou thou-forthed-out to-the-one to-a-house to-the-one-this to-have-been-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-thee upon to-it, to-be to-a-house of-a-goodly-holding-toward and of-a-binding unto-the-one unto-a-people of-thee.

7:37 αυτον] αυτου ℵ | του λαου V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:38 ποίησον ἐκδίκησιν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τούτῳ καὶ ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ αὐτοῦ, καὶ πεσάτωσαν ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ· μνήσθητι τῶν δυσφημιῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ μὴ δῷς αὐτοῖς μονήν.

Thou-should-have-done-unto to-a-coursing-out in unto-the-one unto-a-mankind unto-the-one-this and in unto-the-one unto-a-casting-in-beside of-it, and they-should-have-fallen in unto-a-sabre; thou-should-have-been-memoried-unto of-the-ones of-ill-declarings-unto of-them, and lest thou-might-have-had-given unto-them to-stayeed.

7:38 om εν I° ℵ | ανθρωπω] να̅ω̅ (sic) A | πεσετωσαν ℵ

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:39 Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν Νικάνωρ ἐξ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν Βεθωρών, καὶ συνήντησεν αὐτῷ δύναμις Συρίας.

And it-had-came-out, a-Nikanôr, out of-an-Ierousalêm and they-casted-in-beside in unto-a-Bethôrôn, and it-together-ever-a-oned-unto unto-it an-ability of-a-Suria.

7:39 παρενεβαλεν ℵV | Βαιθωρων ℵV

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:40 καὶ Ἰούδας παρενέβαλεν ἐν Ἀδασὰ ἐν τρισχιλίοις ἀνδράσιν· καὶ προσηύξατο Ἰούδας καὶ εἶπεν

And an-Ioudas it-had-casted-in-beside in unto-an-Adasa in unto-thrice-thousand unto-men; and it-goodly-held-toward, an-Ioudas, and it-had-said,

7:40 παρεβενεν V* (-βαινεν Va) | om εν I° V | ειπον ℵ* (ειπεν ℵc.a)

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:41 Οἱ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως ὅτε ἐδυσφήμησαν, ἐξῆλθεν ἄγγελός σου καὶ ἐπάταξεν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἑκατὸν ὀγδοήκοντα πέντε χιλιάδας.

The-ones beside of-the-one of-a-ruler-of which-also they-ill-declared-unto, it-had-came-out, a-leadeeer of-thee, and it-smote in unto-them to-a-hundred to-eighty to-five to-thousands.

7:41 αγγελος] pr ο ℵV | χιλιαδες A

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:42 οὕτως σύντριψον τὴν παρεμβολὴν ταύτην ἐνώπιον ἡμῶν σήμερον· καὶ γνώτωσαν οἱ ἐπίλοιποι ὅτι κακῶς ἐλάλησεν ἐπὶ τὰ ἅγιά σου, καὶ κρῖνον αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν κακίαν αὐτοῦ.

Unto-the-one-this thou-should-have-rubbed-together to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside to-the-one-this to-in-look-belonged of-us this-day; and they-should-have-had-acquainted, the-ones remaindered-upon, to-which-a-one unto-wedge-wedged it-spoke-unto upon to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged of-thee, and thou-should-have-separated to-it down to-the-one to-a-wedge-wedging-unto of-it.

7:42 συνετριψεν A

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:43 καὶ συνῆψαν αἱ παρεμβολαὶ εἰς πόλεμον τῇ τρισκαιδεκάτῃ τοῦ μηνὸς Ἀδάρ, καὶ συνετρίβη ἡ παρεμβολὴ Νικάνορος καὶ ἔπεσεν αὐτὸς πρῶτος ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ.

And they-fastened-together, the-ones castings-in-beside, into to-a-war unto-the-one unto-three-and-tenth of-the-one of-a-month of-an-Adar, and it-had-been-rubbed-together the-one a-casting-in-beside of-a-Nikanôr and it-had-fallen, it, most-before in unto-the-one unto-a-war.

7:43 Αδερ V | επεσεν] επεπεσεν ℵ

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:44 ὡς δὲ ἴδεν ἡ παρεμβολὴ αὐτοῦ ὅτι ἔπεσεν Νικάνωρ, ῥίψαντες τὰ ὅπλα ἔφυγον.

As then-also it-had-seen, the-one a-casting-in-beside, to-which-a-one it-had-fallen, a-Nikanôr, having-flung to-the-one to-implements of-them they-had-fled.

7:44 ειδεν ℵV pr η ℵ* (improb ℵ1) | om αυτων ℵ

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:45 καὶ κατεδίωκον αὐτοὺς ὁδὸν ἡμέρας μιᾶς ἀπὸ Ἀδασὰ ἕως τοῦ ἐλθεῖν εἰς Γαζηρά, καὶ ἐσάλπισαν ὀπίσω αὐτῶν ταῖς σάλπιγξιν τῶν σημασιῶν.

And they-pursued-down to-them to-a-way of-a-dayedness of-one off of-an-Adasa unto-if-which of-the-one to-have-had-came into to-a-Gazêra, and they-trumpeted-to aback-unto-which of-them unto-the-ones unto-trumpets of-the-ones of-signifyings-unto.

7:45 μιας ημερας ℵ | εσαλπισαν] εσαλπιζον ℵV | σαλπιγξιν] σαλπιγγει A

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:46 καὶ ἐξῆλθον ἐκ πασῶν τῶν κωμῶν τῆς Ἰουδαίας κυκλόθεν, καὶ ὑπερεκέρων αὐτούς· καὶ ἀνέστρεφον οὗτοι πρὸς τούτους, καὶ ἔπεσαν πάντες ῥομφαίᾳ, καὶ οὐ κατελείφθη ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐδὲ εἷς.

And they-had-came-out out of-all of-the-ones of-villages of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia circled-from, and they-were-over-mixing-unto to-them; and they-were-beturning-up, the-ones-these, toward to-the-ones-these, and they-falled, all, unto-a-sabre, and not it-was-remaindered-down out of-them not-then-also one.

Note: they-falled : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.

7:46 υπερεκερων] υπερηρων V* (-ρον Va) | ανεστρεφον] απεστρεφον ℵV | τουτους' αυτους V | επεσον ℵ | ου κατελειφθη] ουκ απελιφθη ℵ* (ου κατελιφθ. ℵc.a)

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:47 καὶ ἔλαβον τὰ σκῦλα καὶ τὴν προνομήν, καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν Νικάνορος ἀφεῖλαν καὶ τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ, ἣν ἐξέτεινεν ὑπερηφάνως, καὶ ἤνεγκαν καὶ ἐξέτειναν παρὰ τὴν Ἰερουσαλήμ.

And they-had-taken to-the-ones to-flayed and to-the-one to-a-parceleeing-before, and to-the-one to-a-head of-a-Nikanôr they-sectioned-off and to-the-one to-right-belonged of-it to-which it-stretched-out unto-manifested-over, and they-beared and they-stretched-out beside to-the-one to-an-Ierousalêm.

7:47 αφειλαν] αφειλον ℵV | την Ιερ.] τη Ιερ. ℵ* (την ℵc.a) V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:48 καὶ ηὐφράνθη ὁ λαὸς σφόδρα, καὶ ἤγαγον τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην ἡμέραν εὐφροσύνης μεγάλην.

And it-had-been-goodly-centered the-one a-people to-vehemented, and they-had-led to-the-one to-a-dayedness to-the-one-thither to-a-dayedness of-a-goodly-centeringedness to-great.

7:48 μεγαλης ℵc.aV

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:49 καὶ ἔστησαν τοῦ ἀγαγεῖν κατ' ἐνιαυτὸν τὴν ἡμέραν ταύτην τῇ τρισκαιδεκάτῃ τοῦ Ἀδάρ.

And they-stood of-the-one to-have-had-led down to-a-being-in-unto-it to-the-one to-a-dayedness to-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-three-and-tenth of-the-one of-an-Adar.

7:49 αγαγειν] αγειν ℵV

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 7:50 καὶ ἡσύχασεν ἡ γῆ Ἰούδα ἡμέρας ὀλίγας.

And it-quiesced-to, the-one a-soil of-an-Ioudas, to-dayednesses to-little.

7:50 η γη Ιουδα] Ιουδας V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:1 Καὶ ἤκουσεν Ἰούδας τὸ ὄνομα τῶν Ῥωμαίων, ὅτι εἰσὶν δυνατοὶ ἐν ἰσχύι, καὶ αὐτοὶ εὐδοκοῦσιν ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς προστιθεμένοις αὐτοῖς, καὶ ὅσοι ἐὰν προστεθῶσιν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ὅσοι ἐὰν προσέλθωσιν αὐτοῖς, ἱστῶσιν αὐτοῖς φιλίαν,

And it-heard, an-Ioudas, to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-the-ones of-Rômê-belonged, to-which-a-one they-be able in unto-a-force-holding, and them they-goodly-think-unto in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-being-placed-toward unto-them, and which-a-which if-ever they-might-have-been-placed-toward unto-them and which-a-which if-ever they-might-have-had-came-toward unto-them, they-might-stand unto-them to-a-caring-unto,

8:1 om εν I° ℵV | προστιθεμενοις ℵV | om και οσοι εαν προστεθωσιν αυτοις ℵV | εαν 2°] αν ℵV

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:2 καὶ ὅτι εἰσὶν δυνατοὶ ἰσχύι· καὶ διηγήσαντο αὐτῷ τοὺς πολέμους αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς ἀνδραγαθίας ἃς ποιοῦσιν ἐν τοῖς Γαλάταις, καὶ ὅτι κατεκράτησαν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἤγαγον αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ φόρον·

and to-which-a-one they-be able unto-a-force-holding; and they-led-through-unto unto-it to-the-ones to-wars of-them and to-the-ones to-excess-placed-mannings-unto to-which they-do-unto in unto-the-ones unto-Galatians, and to-which-a-one they-secured-down-unto of-them, and they-had-led to-them under to-a-bearee;

8:2 εισι ℵVa | ανδραγαθειας A | ποιησουσιν V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:3 καὶ ὅσα ἐποίησαν ἐν χώρᾳ Σπανίας, τοῦ κατακρατῆσαι τῶν μετάλλων τοῦ ἀργυρίου καὶ τοῦ χρυσίου τοῦ ἐκεῖ,

and to-which-a-which they-did-unto in unto-a-spacedness of-a-Spania, of-the-one to-have-secured-down-unto of-the-ones of-mines of-the-one silverlet and of-the-one of-a-goldlet of-the-one thither,

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:4 καὶ κατεκράτησαν τοῦ τόπου παντὸς τῇ βουλῇ αὐτῶν καὶ τῇ μακροθυμίᾳ -- καὶ ὁ τόπος ἦν μακρὰν ἀπέχων ἀπ' αὐτῶν σφόδρα -- καὶ τῶν βασιλέων τῶν ἐπελθόντων ἐπ' αὐτοὺς ἀπ' ἄκρου τῆς γῆς, ἕως συνέτριψαν αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐπάταξαν ἐν αὐτοῖς πληγὴν μεγάλην, καὶ οἱ ἐπίλοιποι διδόασιν αὐτοῖς φόρον κατ' ἐνιαυτόν·

and they-secured-down-unto of-the-one of-an-occasion of-all unto-the-one unto-a-purposing of-them and unto-the-one unto-an-en-longed-passioning-unto, and the-one an-occasion it-was to-en-longed holding-off off of-them to-vehemented, and of-the-ones of-rulers-of of-the-ones of-having-had-came-upon upon to-them off of-extremitied of-the-one of-a-soil, unto-if-which they-rubbed-together to-them and they-smote in unto-them to-a-smiting to-great, and the-ones remaindered-upon they-giveth unto-them to-a-bearee down to-a-being-in-unto-it;

8:4 απεχων μακραν ℵV | εως] ως ℵ | αυτους 2°] αυτου A | επαταξεν A

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:5 καὶ τὸν Φίλιππον καὶ τὸν Περσέα Κιτιέων βασιλέα καὶ τοὺς ἐπηρμένους ἐπ' αὐτούς, συνέτριψαν αὐτοὺς πολέμῳ καὶ κατεκράτησαν αὐτῶν·

and to-the-one to-a-Filippos and to-the-one to-a-Perseus of-Kit-belonginged to-a-ruler-of and to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-lifted-upon upon to-them they-rubbed-together to-them unto-a-war and they-secured-down-unto of-them;

8:5 Κιτιαιων ℵc.a AV | πολεμω] pr εν ℵV

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:6 καὶ Ἀντίοχον τὸν μέγαν βασιλέα τῆς Ἀσίας τὸν πορευθέντα ἐπ' αὐτοὺς εἰς πόλεμον ἔχοντα ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι ἐλέφαντας καὶ ἵππον καὶ ἅρματα καὶ δύναμιν πολλὴν σφόδρα, καὶ συνετρίβη ἀπ' αὐτῶν·

and to-an-Antiochos to-the-one to-great to-a-ruler-of of-the-one of-an-Asia to-the-one to-having-been-traversed-of upon to-them into to-a-war to-holding to-a-hundred to-twenty to-elephants and to-a-horse and to-liftings-along-to and to-an-ability to-much to-vehemented, and it-had-been-rubbed-together off of-them;

8:6 incep Αντιοντ ℵ* (Αντιοχον ℵ1) | εκατον] εκαστον A | απ αυτων] υπ αυτου ℵ* (απ αυτων ℵc.a) υπ αυτων V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:7 καὶ ἔλαβον αὐτὸν ζῶντα, καὶ ἔστησαν αὐτοῖς διδόναι αὐτόν τε καὶ τοὺς βασιλεύοντας μετ' αὐτὸν φόρον μέγαν, καὶ διδόναι ὅμηρα καὶ διαστολήν,

and they-had-taken to-it to-lifing-unto and they-stood unto-them to-give to-it also and to-the-ones to-rulering-of with to-it to-a-bearee to-great, and to-give to-en-oathed and to-a-seteeing-through,

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:8 καὶ χώραν τὴν Ἰνδικὴν καὶ Μηδίαν καὶ Λυδίαν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν καλλίστων χωρῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ λαβόντες αὐτὰς παρ' αὐτοῦ ἔδωκαν αὐτὰς Εὐμενεῖ τῷ βασιλεῖ·

and to-a-spacedness to-the-one to-an-Indikê and to-a-Mêdia and to-a-Ludia, and off of-the-ones of-most-seemly of-spacednesses of-them, and having-had-taken to-them beside of-it they-gave to-them unto-an-Eumenês unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of;

8:8 Μηδειαν Va | om και 4° ℵ

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:9 καὶ ὅτι οἱ ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐβουλεύσαντο ἐλθεῖν καὶ ἐξᾶραι αὐτούς,

and to-which-a-one the-ones out of-the-one of-a-Hellas they-purposed-of to-have-had-came and to-have-lifted-out to-them,

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:10 καὶ ἐγνώσθη ὁ λόγος αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἀπέστειλαν ἐπ' αὐτοὺς στρατηγὸν ἕνα, καὶ ἐπολέμησαν πρὸς αὐτούς, καὶ ἔπεσαν ἐξ αὐτῶν τραυματίαι πολλοί, καὶ ᾐχμαλώτισαν τὰς γυναῖκας αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπρονόμευσαν αὐτούς, καὶ κατεκράτησαν τῆς γῆς αὐτῶν, καὶ καθεῖλον τὰ ὀχυρώματα αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπρονόμευσαν αὐτούς, καὶ κατεδουλώσαντο αὐτοὺς ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης.

and it-was-acquainted the-one a-forthee unto-them, and they-set-off upon to-them to-an-amass-leader to-one, and they-warred-unto toward to-them, and they-falled out of-them, wounded-belongers much, and they-spear-captured-to to-the-ones to-women of-them and to-the-ones to-creationees of-them, and they-parceleed-before-of to-them, and they-secured-down-unto of-the-one of-a-soil of-them, and they-had-sectioned-down to-the-ones to-en-holdationings-to of-them, and they-parceleed-before-of to-them, and they-en-bondeed-down to-them unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-dayedness of-the-one-this.

Note: they-falled : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:11 καὶ τὰς ἐπιλοίπους βασιλείας, καὶ τὰς νήσους, ὅσοι ποτὲ ἀντέστησαν αὐτοῖς, κατέφθειραν καὶ ἐδούλωσαν αὑτοῖς·

And to-remaindered-upon to-rulings-of, and to-the-ones to-isles, which-a-which whither-also they-had-ever-a-one-stood unto-them, they-degraded-down and they-en-bondeed unto-themselves;

8:11 οσοι] οι ℵ | αντεστησαν V | αυτοις I°] επ αυτους V | αυτοις 2°] αυτους ℵV

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:12 μετὰ δὲ τῶν φίλων αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν ἐπαναπαυομένων αὐτοῖς συνετήρησαν αὐτοῖς φιλίαν, καὶ κατεκράτησαν τῶν βασιλέων τῶν ἐγγὺς καὶ τῶν μακράν· καὶ ὅσοι ἤκουσαν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῶν ἐφοβοῦντο ἀπ' αὐτῶν·

with then-also of-the-ones of-cared of-them and of-the-ones of-being-ceased-up-upon unto-them they-kept-together-unto unto-them to-a-caring-unto, and they-secured-down-unto of-the-ones of-rulers-of of-the-ones to-near and of-the-ones to-en-longed; and which-a-which they-heard to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-them they-were-feareeing-unto off of-them;

8:12 om αυτοις 2° ℵV | φιλιαν] φιλιων A | βασιλεων ℵV | ηκουον ℵV

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:13 οἷς δ' ἂν βούλωνται βοηθεῖν καὶ βασιλεύειν, βασιλεύουσιν· οὓς δ' ἂν βούλωνται, μεθιστῶσιν, καὶ ὑψώθησαν σφόδρα.

unto-which then-also ever they-might-purpose to-holler-run-unto and to-ruler-of, they-ruler-of, to-which then-also ever they-might-purpose, they-might-stand-with, and they-were-en-lofteed to-vehemented.

8:13 οις] οσοις V | βασιλευουσιν ℵV pr και ℵ* (improb ℵc.a)

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:14 καὶ ἐν ἅπασιν τούτοις οὐκ ἐπέθεντο οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν διάδημα, καὶ οὐ περιεβάλοντο πορφύραν, ὥστε ἁδρυνθῆναι ἐν αὐτῇ.

And in unto-along-all unto-the-ones-these not they-had-placed-upon, not-then-also-one of-them, to-a-binding-through-to, and not they-had-casted-about to-a-flushedness, as-also to-have-been-stouted in unto-it.

Note: to-a-binding-through-to : used to refer to head bands.

8:14 πασιν ℵV | ουδεις αυτων] αυτων ουδε εις ℵV | διαδημα] δημα sup ras Aa (seq spat I lit) | και ου] ουδε ℵV | om εν αυτη ℵ* (hab επ αυτη ℵc.a)

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:15 καὶ βουλευτήριον ἐποίησαν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ καθ' ἡμέραν ἐβουλεύοντο τριακόσιοι καὶ εἴκοσι, βουλευόμενοι διὰ παντὸς περὶ τοῦ πλήθους, τοῦ εὐκοσμεῖν ἑαυτούς.

And to-a-purposerlet they-did-unto unto-selves, and down to-a-dayedness they-were-purposing-of, three-hundred and twenty, purposing-of through of-all about of-the-one of-a-repleteedness, of-the-one to-goodly-orderation-unto to-selves.

8:15 om και 2° V | βουλευομενοι] pr οι V | αυτους ℵ

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:16 καὶ πιστεύουσιν ἑνὶ ἀνθρώπῳ ἄρχειν αὐτῶν κατ' ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ κυριεύειν πάσης τῆς γῆς αὐτῶν, καὶ πάντες ἀκούουσιν τοῦ ἑνός, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν φθόνος οὔτε ζῆλος ἐν αὐτοῖς.

And they-trust-of unto-one unto-a-mankind to-first of-them down to-a-being-in-unto-it and to-authority-belong-of of-all of-the-one of-a-soil of-them, and all they-hear of-the-one of-one, and not it-be an-envy not-also a-craveedness in unto-them.

8:16 αρχει̅| sup ras Aa | om κυριευειν ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | ουτε] ουδε ℵ

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:17 Καὶ ἐπέλεξεν Ἰούδας τὸν Εὐπόλεμον υἱὸν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Ἁκχὼς καὶ Ἰάσονα υἱὸν Ἐλεαζάρου, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς Ῥώμην, στῆσαι αὐτοῖς φιλίαν καὶ συμμαχίαν,

And it-forthed-upon, an-Ioudas, to-the-one to-a-Eupolemos to-a-son of-an-Iôannês of-the-one of-a-Hakchôs and to-an-Iasôn to-a-son of-an-Eleazaros, and it-set-off to-them into to-a-Rômê, to-have-stood unto-them to-a-caring-unto and to-a-battling-together-unto,

8:17 επελεξατο ℵV | Ακκως ℵ Ιακκως V | Ιασωνα V | om αυτοις ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:18 καὶ τοῦ ἆραι τὸν ζυγὸν αὐτῶν, ὅτι ἴδον τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν Ἑλλήνων καταδουλουμένους τὸν Ἰσραὴλ δουλίαν.

and of-the-one to-have-lifted to-the-one to-a-couplage of-them, to-which-a-one they-had-seen to-the-one to-a-ruling-of of-the-ones of-Hellên' to-en-bondeeing-down to-the-one to-an-Israêl to-a-bondeeing-unto.

8:18 αυτων] pr απ ℵV | ιδον] ειδε̅| ℵ ειδον Va | δουλια ℵ δουλεια V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:19 καὶ ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς Ῥώμην, καὶ ἡ ὁδὸς πολλὴ σφόδρα· καὶ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ βουλευτήριον, καὶ ἀπεκρίθησαν

And they-were-traversed-of into to-a-Rômê, and the-one a-way much to-vehemented; and they-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-purposerlet, and they-were-separated-off,

8:19 εισηλθοσαν ℵ | το βουλ.] om το V | απεκριθησαν] + και ειπον ℵV

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:20 Ἰούδας ὁ καὶ Μακκαβαῖος καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀπέστειλαν ἡμᾶς πρὸς ὑμᾶς, στῆσαι μεθ' ὑμῶν συμμαχίαν καὶ εἰρήνην, καὶ γραφῆναι ἡμᾶς συμμάχους καὶ φίλους ὑμῶν.

An-Ioudas the-one and Makkaba-belonged and the-ones brethrened of-it and the-one a-repleteedness of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged they-set-off to-us toward to-ye, to-have-stood with of-ye to-a-battling-together-unto and to-a-joinifying, and to-have-had-been-scribed to-us to-battled-together and to-cared of-ye.

8:20 om και I° V | αυτου] αυτοι V* (-του Va) | απεστιλεν ℵ | ημας 2°] υμας V | υμων 2°] ημων ℵ*V* (υμ. ℵc.aVa)

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:21 καὶ ἤρεσεν ὁ λόγος ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν.

And it-pleased, the-one a-forthee, to-in-look-belonged of-them.

8:21 ενωπιον] εναντιον ℵV

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:22 καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἀντίγραφον τῆς γραφῆς ἧς ἀντέγραψαν ἐπὶ δέλτοις χαλκαῖς καὶ ἀπέστειλαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἶναι παρ' αὐτοῖς ἐκεῖ μνημόσυνον εἰρήνης καὶ συμμαχίας

And the-one-this the-one ever-a-one-scribed of-the-one of-a-scribing of-which they-ever-a-one-scribed upon unto-writs unto-coppern and they-set-off into to-an-Ierousalêm to-be beside unto-them thither to-a-remembrance of-a-joinifying and of-a-battling-together-unto,

8:22 γραφης] επιστολης ℵ | δελτοις] δεκτοις A

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:23 Καλῶς γένοιτο Ῥωμαίοις καὶ τῷ ἔθνει Ἰουδαίων ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ξηρᾶς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, καὶ ῥομφαία καὶ ἐχθρὸς μακρυνθείη ἀπ' αὐτῶν.

Unto-seemly it-may-have-had-became unto-Rômê-belonged and unto-the-one unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-Iouda-belonged in unto-the-one unto-a-flourisheredness and upon of-the-one of-dried into to-the-one to-an-age, and a-sabre and en-enmitied it-may-have-been-en-longened off of-them.

8:23 των Ιουδαιων] om των ℵV

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:24 ἐὰν δὲ ἐνστῇ πόλεμος Ῥώμῃ προτέρᾳ ἢ πᾶσι τοῖς συμμάχοις αὐτῶν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ κυρίᾳ αὐτῶν·

If-ever then-also it-might-have-had-stood-in, a-war, unto-a-Rômê unto-more-before or unto-all unto-the-ones unto-battled-together of-them in unto-all unto-the-one to-an-authoritying-unto of-them;

8:24 πασιν ℵ | κυρια] pr τη ℵ

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:25 συμμαχήσει τὸ ἔθνος τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὡς ἂν ὁ καιρὸς ὑπογράφῃ αὐτοῖς, καρδίᾳ πλήρει.

it-shall-battle-together-unto, the-one a-placeedness-belonging-to of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged, as ever the-one a-time it-might-scribe-under unto-them, unto-a-heart unto-fullinged.

8:25 συμμαχηση V* (-σει Va)

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:26 καὶ τοῖς πολεμοῦσιν οὐ δώσουσιν οὐδὲ ἐπαρκέσουσιν σῖτον, ὅπλα, ἀργύριον, πλοῖα, ὡς ἔδοξεν Ῥώμῃ· καὶ φυλάξονται τὰ φυλάγματα αὐτῶν οὐθὲν λαβόντες.

And unto-the-ones unto-warring-unto not they-shall-give not-then-also they-shall-lift-belong-of-upon-unto to-a-grain, to-implements, to-a-silverlet, to-floatlets, as it-thought-unto unto-a-Rômê; and they-shall-guarder to-the-ones to-guarderings-to of-them to-not-from-one having-had-taken.

8:26 om ου δωσουσιν ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | om ουδε επ. V | πλοιον ℵ* (πλοια ℵc.a) + ουδε επαρκεσουσιν V | Ρωμη] Ρωμαιοις ℵc.a | ουθεν] οθεν A ουδεν V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:27 κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ δέ, ἐὰν ἔθνει Ἰουδαίων συμβῇ προτέροις πόλεμος, συμμαχήσουσιν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι ἐκ ψυχῆς, ὡς ἂν αὐτοῖς ὁ καιρὸς ὑπογράφῃ.

Down to-the-ones to-them then-also, if-ever unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-Iouda-belonged it-might-have-had-stepped-together unto-more-before, a-war, they-shall-battle-together-unto, the-ones Rômê-belonged, out of-a-breathing, as ever unto-them the-one a-time it-might-scribe-under.

8:27 συνμαχησουσιν ℵ συμμαχησωσιν V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:28 καὶ τοῖς συμμαχοῦσιν οὐ δοθήσεται σῖτος, ὅπλα, ἀργύριον, ὡς ἔδοξεν Ῥώμῃ· καὶ φυλάξονται τὰ φυλάγματα ταῦτα, καὶ οὐ μετὰ δόλου.

And unto-the-ones unto-battling-together-unto not it-shall-be-given a-grain, implements, a-silverlet, as it-thought-unto unto-a-Rômê; and they-shall-guarder to-the-ones to-guarderings-to to-the-ones-these, and not with of-a-guile.

8:28 αργυριον] + πλοια ℵV | Ρωμη] Ρωμαιοις ℵ | και φυλαξονται] φυλασσουσιν ℵ* (κ[αι] φυλαξωνται ℵc.a)

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:29 κατὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους οὕτως ἔστησαν Ῥωμαῖοι τῷ δήμῳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων.

Down to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these unto-the-one-this they-stood, Rômê-belonged, unto-the-one unto-a-locality of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged.

8:29 κατα τ. λ. τ. c praec coniunx V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:30 ἐὰν δὲ μετὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους βουλεύσωνται οὗτοι καὶ οὗτοι προσθεῖναι ἢ ἀφελεῖν, ποιήσονται ἐξ αἱρέσεως αὐτῶν, καὶ ὃ ἐὰν προσθῶσιν ἢ ἀφέλωσιν ἔσται κύρια.

If-ever then-also with to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these they-might-have-purposed-of, the-ones-these and the-ones-these, to-have-had-placed-toward or to-have-had-sectioned-off, they-shall-do-unto out of-a-sectioning-along of-them, and to-which if-ever they-might-have-had-placed-toward or they-might-have-had-sectioned-off it-shall-be authority-belonged.

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:31 καὶ περὶ τῶν κακῶν ὧν ὁ βασιλεὺς Δημήτριος συντελεῖται εἰς αὐτούς, ἐγράψαμεν αὐτῷ λέγοντες Διὰ τί ἐβάρυνας τὸν ζυγόν σου ἐπὶ τοὺς φίλους ἡμῶν τοὺς συμμάχους Ἰουδαίους;

And about of-the-ones of-disrupted of-which the-one a-ruler-of a-Dêmêtrios it-finisheth-together-unto into to-them, we-scribed unto-it forthing, Through to-what-one thou-weightened to-the-one to-a-couplage of-thee upon to-the-ones to-cared of-us to-the-ones to-battled-together to-Iouda-belonged?

8:31 om βασιλευς ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | αυτους] υμας ℵc.aV | συμμαχους] + ημων ℵ

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 8:32 ἐὰν οὖν ἔτι ἐντύχωσιν κατὰ σοῦ, ποιήσομεν αὐτοῖς τὴν κρίσιν, καὶ πολεμήσομέν σε διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ διὰ τῆς ξηρᾶς.

If-ever accordingly if-to-a-one they-might-have-had-actuanated-in down of-thee, we-shall-do-unto unto-them to-the-one to-a-separating, and we-shall-war-unto to-thee through of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness and through of-the-one of-dried.

8:32 ποιησωμεν V | αυτοις] εαυτοις ℵ | σε] υπερ σου ℵ* (σε ℵc.b) | δια της θαλασσης και bis scr ℵ* (improb δ. τ. θ. ℵ1 et και ℵc.a)

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:1 καὶ ἤκουσεν Δημήτριος ὅτι ἔποιησεν Νικάνωρ καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ πόλεμον, καὶ προσέθετο τὸν Βακχίδην καὶ τὸν Ἄλκιμον ἐκ δευτέρου ἀποστεῖλαι εἰς γῆν Ἰούδα, καὶ τὸ δεξιὸν κέρας μετ' αὐτῶν.

And it-heard, a-Dêmêtrios, to-which-a-one it-did-unto, a-Nikanôr and the-ones abilities of-it, to-a-war, and it-had-placed-toward to-the-one to-a-Bakchidês and to-the-one to-an-Akimos out of-second to-have-set-off into to-a-soil of-an-Ioudas, and to-the-one to-right-belonged to-a-horn with of-them.

9:1 εποιησεν] επισεν ℵ* (επεισ. ℵc.a) επεσεν V | αι δυμανεις] η δυναμις ℵV | πολεμω ℵ εν πολ. V

(161-160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:2 καὶ ἐπορεύθησαν ὁδὸν τὴν εἰς Γάλγαλα, καὶ παρενεβάλοσαν ἐπὶ Μεσσαλὼθ τὴν ἐν Ἀρβήλοις, καὶ προκατελάβοντο αὐτήν, καὶ ἀπώλεσεν ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων πολλάς.

And they-were-traversed-of to-a-way to-the-one into to-a-Galgala, and they-hath-had-casted-in-beside upon to-a-Messalôth to-the-one in unto-Arbêlos', and they-had-taken-down-before to-it, and it-destructed-off to-breathings of-mankinds to-much.

9:2 παρενεβαλον ℵV | Μαισαλωθ ℵV | αυτην] αυτους ℵ* (-την ℵc.a) | απωλεσαν ℵ | ψυχας] pr εις ℵ

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:3 καὶ τοῦ μηνὸς τοῦ πρώτου ἔτους δευτέρου καὶ πεντηκοστοῦ καὶ ἑκατοστοῦ παρενέβαλλον εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ.

And of-the-one of-a-month of-the-one of-most-before of-a-yeareedness of-second and of-fiftieth and of-hundredth they-were-casting-in-beside into to-an-Ierousalêm.

9:3 δευτερου] pr του ℵV | πεντηκοστου κ. εκατοστου] _ και _ ℵ | παρενεβαλον ℵV | εις] επι ℵV

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:4 καὶ ἀπῆραν καὶ ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς Βερέαν ἐν εἴκοσι χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν καὶ δισχιλιάσιν ἵππων.

And they-lifted-off and they-were-traversed-of into to-a-Berea in unto-twenty unto-thousands of-men and unto-twice-thousands of-horses.

9:4 δισχιλιασιν ιππων] B≠ (sic) ιππον ℵ* ²_ιππον ℵc.a δισχιλιων ιππων V

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:5 καὶ Ἰούδας ἦν παρεμβεβληκὼς ἐν Ἀλασά, καὶ τρισχίλιοι ἄνδρες ἐκλεκτοὶ μετ' αὐτοῦ.

And an-Ioudas it-was having-had-come-to-cast-in-beside in unto-an-Alasa, and thrice-thousand men forthed-out with of-it.

9:5 παρενβεβληκως ℵ | Ελασα ℵV | τρισχιλιοι] ϧ̅ ℵ* ²_ ℵc.a | μετ αυτου εκλεκτοι ℵV

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:6 καὶ ἴδον τὸ πλῆθος τῶν δυνάμεων, ὅτι πολλοί εἰσιν, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα· καὶ ἐξερύησαν πολλοὶ ἀπὸ τῆς παρεμβολῆς, οὐ κατελείφθησαν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀλλ' ἢ ὀκτακόσιοι ἄνδρες.

And they-had-seen to-the-one to-a-repleteedness of-the-ones of-abilities to-which-a-one much they-be, and they-were-feareed-unto to-vehemented; and they-had-been-flowed-out much off of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside, not they-were-remaindered-down out of-them other or eight-hundred men.

9:6 ειδον ℵVa | εξερρ. V1? | κατελειφθη V | οκτ.] pr ως V

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:7 καὶ ἴδεν Ἰούδας ὅτι ἀπερρύη ἡ παρεμβολὴ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὁ πόλεμος ἔθλιβεν αὐτόν· καὶ συνετρίβη τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὅτι οὐκ εἶχεν καιρὸν συναγαγεῖν αὐτούς.

And it-had-seen, an-Ioudas, to-which-a-one it-had-been-flowed-off the-one a-casting-in-beside of-it, and the-one a-war it-was-pressing to-it; and it-had-been-rubbed-together unto-the-one unto-a-heart, to-which-a-one not it-was-holding to-a-time to-have-had-led-together to-them.

9:7 ειδεν ℵVa | την καρδια ℵ* (τη καρδ. ℵ1, c.a)

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:8 καὶ ἐξελύθη, καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς καταλειφθεῖσιν Ἀναστῶμεν καὶ ἀναβῶμεν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὑπεναντίους ἡμῖν, ἐὰν ἄρα δυνώμεθα πολεμῆσαι αὐτούς.

And it-was-loosed-out, and it-had-said unto-the-ones unto-having-been-remaindered-down, We-might-have-had-stood-up and we-might-have-had-stepped-up upon to-the-ones to-ever-a-oned-in-under unto-us, if-ever thus we-might-able to-have-warred-unto to-them.

9:8 επι] προς V | ημιν] ημων ℵV | αυτους] pr προς ℵV

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:9 καὶ ἀπέστρεψαν αὐτόν, λέγοντες Οὐ μὴ δυνησώμεθα, ἀλλ' ἢ σώζωμεν τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχὰς τὸ νῦν· ἐπιστρέψωμεν μετὰ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν, καὶ πολεμήσωμεν πρὸς αὐτούς· ἡμεῖς δὲ ὀλίγοι.

And they-beturned-off to-it, forthing, Not lest we-might-have-abled, other or we-might-save-to to-the-ones of-selves to-breathings to-the-one now; we-might-have-beturned-upon with of-the-ones of-brethrened of-us, and we-might-have-warred-unto toward to-them; we then-also little.

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:10 καὶ εἶπεν Ἰούδας Μὴ μοι γένοιτο ποιῆσαι τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο, φυγεῖν ἀπ' αὐτῶν· καὶ ἤγγικεν ὁ καιρὸς ἡμῶν, καὶ ἀποθάνωμεν ἐν ἀνδρίᾳ χάριν τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν, καὶ μὴ καταλείπωμεν αἰτίαν τῇ δόξῃ ἡμῶν.

And it-had-said, an-Ioudas, Lest unto-me it-may-have-had-became to-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-practicing-to to-the-one-this, to-have-had-fled off of-them; and it-had-come-to-near, the-one a-time of-us, and we-might-have-had-died-off in unto-a-manning-unto to-a-granting of-the-ones of-brethrened of-us, and lest we-might-remainder-down to-an-appealing-unto unto-the-one unto-a-reckonedness of-us.

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:11 καὶ ἀπῆρεν ἡ δύναμις ἀπὸ τῆς παρεμβολῆς, καὶ ἔστησαν εἰς συνάντησιν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐμερίσθη ἡ ἵππος εἰς δύο μέρη, καὶ οἱ σφενδονῆται καὶ οἱ τοξόται προεπορεύοντο τῆς δυνάμεως, καὶ οἱ πρωταγωνισταὶ πάντες οἱ δυνατοί.

And it-lifted-off, the-one an-ability, off of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside, and they-had-stood into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-them, and it-was-portioned-to the-one a-horse into to-two to-portioneednesses, and the-ones slingers and the-ones bowers they-were-traversing-before-of of-the-one of-an-ability, and the-ones most-before-strive-belongers all the-ones able.

9:11 προσεπορευοντο ℵ* (προεπ. ℵc.a) V

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:12 Βακχίδης δὲ ἦν ἐν τῷ δεξιῷ κέρατι, καὶ ἤγγισεν ἡ φάλαγξ ἐκ τῶν δύο μερῶν, καὶ ἐφώνουν ταῖς σάλπιγξιν, καὶ ἐσάλπισαν καὶ οἱ παρὰ Ἰούδου καὶ αὐτοὶ ταῖς σάλπιγξιν·

A-Bakchidês then-also it-was in unto-the-one unto-right-belonged unto-a-horn, and it-neared-to, the-one a-phalanx, out of-the-ones of-two of-portioneednesses, and they-were-sounding-unto unto-the-ones unto-trumpets, and they-trumpeted-to, and the-ones beside of-an-Ioudas and them, unto-the-ones unto-trumpets;

9:12 om και 4° ℵV | Ιουδα ℵV

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:13 καὶ ἐσείσθη ἡ γῆ ἀπὸ τῶν παρεμβολῶν αὐτῶν· καὶ ἐγένετο ὁ πόλεμος συνηγμένος ἀπὸ πρωίθεν ἕως ἑσπέρας.

and it-was-shake-belonged the-one a-soil off of-the-ones of-castings-in-beside of-them; and it-had-became the-one a-war having-had-come-to-be-led-together off unto-before-belonged-from unto-if-which of-an-into-acrossedness.

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:14 καὶ ἴδεν Ἰούδας ὅτι Βακχίδης καὶ τὸ στερέωμα τῆς παρεμβολῆς ἐν τοῖς δεξιοῖς, καὶ συνῆλθον αὐτῷ πάντες οἱ εὔψυχοι τῇ καρδίᾳ.

And it-had-seen, an-Ioudas, to-which-a-one a-Bakchidês and the-one an-en-stabling-to of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside in unto-the-ones unto-right-belonged, and they-had-came-together unto-it, all the-ones goodly-breathed unto-the-one unto-a-heart.

9:14 ειδεν ℵVa | om εν ℵ

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:15 καὶ συνετρίβη τὸ δεξιὸν κέρας ἀπ' αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐδίωκεν ὀπίσω αὐτῶν ἕως Ἀζώτου ὄρους.

And it-had-been-rubbed-together the-one right-belonged a-horn off of-them, and it-pursued aback-unto-which of-them unto-if-which of-an-Azôtos of-a-jutteedness.

9:15 κερας] μερος ℵ | om απ V

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:16 καὶ οἱ εἰς τὸ ἀριστερὸν κέρας ἴδον ὅτι συνετρίβη τὸ δεξιὸν κέρας, καὶ ἐπέστρεψαν κατὰ πόδας Ἰούδα καὶ τῶν μετ' αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῶν ὄπισθεν.

And the-ones into to-the-one to-more-un-bounded to-a-horn they-had-seen to-which-a-one it-had-been-rubbed-together the-one right-belonged a-horn, and they-beturned-upon down to-feet of-an-Ioudas and of-the-ones with of-it out of-the-ones aback-from.

Note: to-more-un-bounded : used to refer to the left hand or side as liberated to do tasks not assigned to the right.

9:16 ειδον ℵV | και 2°] κατα προσωπον και ℵ* και κατα προσωπον ℵ1 (και ℵc.a, c.b) | επεστρεψεν ℵ* (επεστρεψαν ℵc.a) V | om κατα π. ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | Ιουδα Va (vid)

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:17 καὶ ἐβαρύνθη ὁ πόλεμος, καὶ ἔπεσαν τραυματίαι πολλοὶ ἐκ τούτων καὶ ἐκ τούτων.

And it-was-weightened the-one a-war, and they-falled, wounded-belongers much out of-the-ones-these and out of-the-ones-these.

Note: they-falled : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.

9:17 επεσον ℵV | om και εκ τουτων ℵ

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:18 καὶ Ἰούδας ἔπεσεν καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἔφυγον.

And an-Ioudas it-had-fallen and the-ones remaindered they-had-fled.

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:19 καὶ ἦραν Ἰωναθὰν καὶ Σίμων Ἰούδαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔθαψαν αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ τάφῳ τῶν πατέρων αὐτοῦ ἐν Μωδεείμ.

And they-lifted, an-Iônathan and a-Simôn, to-an-Ioudas to-the-one to-brethrened of-it, and they-burialed to-it in unto-the-one unto-a-buriage of-the-ones of-fathers of-it in unto-a-Môdeeim.

Note: they-lifted in 02 : it-lifted in 01.

Note: of-it {both} in 02 : of-them in 01.

9:19 ηρεν ℵ | αυτου] αυτων ℵ bis : I° V | Μωδαειν ℵ Μωδειν V

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:20 καὶ ἔκλαυσαν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ, καὶ ἐκόψαντο αὐτὸν πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ κοπετὸν μέγαν, καὶ ἐπένθουν ἡμέρας πολλὰς καὶ εἶπαν

And they-sob-belonged to-it thither, and they-felled to-it, all an-Israêl, to-a-fellableness to-great, and they-were-grieving-unto to-dayednesses to-much and they-said,

9:20 om εκει ℵV | ειπεν ℵ ειπον V

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:21 Πῶς ἔπεσεν δυνατός, σώζων τὸν Ἰσραήλ.

Unto-whither it-had-fallen, able, saving-to to-the-one to-an-Israêl?

(160 B.C.)

1Ma 9:22 Καὶ τὰ περισσὰ τῶν λόγων Ἰούδου καὶ τῶν πολέμων καὶ τῶν ἀνδραγαθιῶν ὧν ἐποίησεν καὶ τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ οὐ κατεγράφη· πολλὰ γὰρ ἦν σφόδρα.

And the-ones abouted of-the-ones of-forthees of-an-Ioudas and of-the-ones of-wars and of-the-ones of-excess-placed-mannings-unto of-which it-did-unto and of-the-one of-an-en-greateningedness of-it not it-had-been-scribed-down; much too-thus it-was to-vehemented.

9:22 περισσια ℵ περισσεα A | Ιουδα ℵVa | πολλη ℵV

HS reads Gr. 1Ma 9:23 Καὶ ἐγένετο μετὰ τὴν τελευτὴν Ἰούδου, ἐξέκυψαν οἱ ἄνομοι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ὁρίοις Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἀνέτειλαν πάντες οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν ἀδικίαν.

And it-had-became with to-the-one to-a-finishing-of-unto of-an-Ioudas, they-leaned-out, the-ones un-parceleed, in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-boundlets of-an-Israêl, and they-finished-up, all the-ones working-to to-the-one to-an-un-coursing-unto.

9:23 Ιουδα ℵc.aV : item 26, 28, 31, ℵ : 31, V | εξεκοψαν V | ανετειλαν] ανεκυψαν V

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:24 ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις ἐγενήθη λιμὸς μέγαλη σφόδρα, καὶ αὐτομόλησεν ἡ χώρα μετ' αὐτῶν.

In unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses unto-the-ones-thither it-was-became a-famine great to-vehemented, and it-self-transited-unto, the-one a-spacedness, with of-them.

9:24 μεγαλη] μεγας ℵV | ηντομολ. V

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:25 καὶ ἐξέλεξεν Βακχίδης τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς ἄνδρας, καὶ κατέστησεν αὐτοὺς κυρίους τῆς χώρας.

And it-forthed-out, a-Bakchidês, to-the-ones to-un-reveringed to-men, and it-stood-down to-them to-authority-belonged of-the-one of-a-spacedness.

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:26 καὶ ἐξεζήτουν καὶ ἐξηραύνων τοὺς φίλους Ἰούδου, καὶ ἦγον αὐτοὺς πρὸς Βακχίδην· καὶ ἐξεδίκα αὐτούς, καὶ ἐνέπαιζον αὐτοῖς.

And they-were-seeking-out-unto and they-were-out-searching-unto to-the-ones to-cared of-an-Ioudas, and they-were-leading to-them toward to-a-Bakchidês; and it-was-out-coursing-to to-them, and it-childed-in-to unto-them.

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:27 καὶ ἐγένετο θλίψις μεγάλη ἐν τῷ Ἰσραήλ, ἥτις οὐκ ἐγένετο ἀφ' ἧς ἡμέρας οὐκ ὤφθη προφήτης αὐτοῖς.

And it-had-became a-pressing great in unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl, which-a-one not it-had-became off of-which of-a-dayedness not it-was-beheld a-declarer-before unto-them.

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:28 καὶ ἠθροίσθησαν πάντες οἱ φίλοι Ἰούδου καὶ εἶπον τῷ Ἰωναθάν

And they-were-flurried-along-to all the-ones cared of-an-Ioudas and they-had-said unto-the-one unto-an-Iônathan,

9:28 τω Ιωναθαν] om τω ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:29 Ἀφ' οὗ ὁ ἀδελφός σου Ἰούδας τετελεύτηκεν, καὶ ἀνὴρ ὅμοιος αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐξελθεῖν πρὸς τοὺς ἐχθροὺς καὶ Βακχίδην, καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἐχθραίνουσιν τοῦ ἔθνους ἡμῶν.

Off of-which the-one brethrened of-thee an-Ioudas it-had-come-to-finish-together-of-unto, and a-man along-belonged unto-it not it-be to-have-had-came-out toward to-the-ones to-en-enmitied and to-a-Bakchidês, and in unto-the-ones unto-en-enmitying of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-us.

9:29 post ου ras I lit A? | εξελθειν] + και εισελθειν ℵV

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:30 νῦν οὖν σὲ ᾑρετισάμεθα σήμερον τοῦ εἶναι ἀντ' αὐτοῦ ἡμῖν εἰς ἄρχοντα καὶ ἡγούμενον, τοῦ πολεμῆσαι τὸν πόλεμον ἡμῶν.

Now accordingly to-thee we-sectioned-along-to this-day of-the-one to-be ever-a-one of-it unto-us into to-firsting and to-leading-unto, of-the-one to-have-warred-unto to-the-one to-a-war of-us.

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:31 καὶ ἐπεδέξατο Ἰωναθὰν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ τὴν ἥγησιν· καὶ ἀνέστη ἀντὶ Ἰούδου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ.

And it-received-upon, an-Iônathan, in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-thither to-the-one to-a-beleading; and it-had-stood-up ever-a-one of-an-Ioudas of-the-one of-brethrened of-it.

9:31 ηγησιν] ητησιν A | Ιουδα V

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:32 Καὶ ἔγνω Βακχίδης, καὶ ἐζήτει αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι.

And it-had-acquainted, a-Bakchidês, and it-was-seeking-unto to-it to-have-killed-off.

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:33 καὶ ἔγνω Ἰωναθὰν καὶ Σίμων ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ πάντες οἱ μετ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔφυγον εἰς τὴν ἔρημον Θεκῶε, καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐπὶ τὸ ὕδωρ λάκκου Ἀσφάλ.

And it-had-acquainted, an-Iônathan and a-Simôn the-one brethrened of-it and all the-ones with of-it, and they-had-fled into to-the-one to-solituded of-a-Thekôe, and they-had-casted-in-beside upon to-the-one to-a-water of-a-reservoir of-an-Asfal.

9:33 Ασφαρ ℵV

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:34 καὶ ἔγνω Βακχίδης τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων, καὶ ἦλθεν αὐτὸς καὶ πᾶν τὸ στράτευμα αὐτοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνη.

And it-had-acquainted, a-Bakchidês, unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness of-the-ones of-sabbaths, and it-had-came, it and all the-one an-amassing-to of-it, to-across of-the-one of-an-Iordanês.

9:34 Ιορδανου ℵV

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:35 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἡγούμενον τοῦ ὄχλου· καὶ παρεκάλεσεν τοὺς Ναβαταίους φίλους αὐτοῦ τοῦ παραθέσθαι αὐτοῖς τὴν ἀποσκευὴν αὐτῶν τὴν πολλήν.

And it-set-off to-the-one to-brethrened of-it to-leading-unto of-the-one of-a-crowd and it-called-beside-unto to-the-ones to-Nabat-belonged to-cared of-it of-the-one to-have-had-placed-beside unto-them to-the-one to-an-equipping-off of-them to-the-one to-much.

9:35 Ναβατεους A | παραθεσθαι] pr του ℵV | αυτους V | αποσκευην αυτων] παρασκευην αυτου ℵ

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:36 καὶ ἐξῆλθον οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰαμβρεὶν ἐκ Μηδαβά, καὶ συνέλαβον Ἰωάννην καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν, καὶ ἀπῆλθον ἔχοντες.

And they-had-came-out, the-ones sons of-an-Iambrein, out of-a-Mêdaba, and they-had-taken-together to-an-Iôannês and to-all to-which-a-which it-was-holding, and they-had-came-off holding.

9:36 Αμβρει ℵ | Ιαμβρει V | εκ] pr οι ℵ (ι ℵ* οι ℵ1) V

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:37 μετὰ δὲ τοὺς λόγους τούτους ἀπήγγειλαν Ἰωναθὰν καὶ Σίμωνι τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ ὅτι Υἱοὶ Ἰαμβρὶν ποιοῦσιν γάμον μέγαν, καὶ ἄγουσιν τὴν νύμφην ἀπὸ Ναδαβάθ, θυγατέρα ἑνὸς τῶν μεγάλων μεγιστάνων Χανάαν, μετὰ παραπομπῆς μεγάλης.

With then-also to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these they-leadeeered-off unto-an-Iônathan and unto-a-Simôn unto-the-one unto-brethrened of-it to-which-a-one sons of-an-Iambrin they-doeth-unto to-a-marriage to-great, and they-leadeth to-the-one to-a-briding off of-a-Nadabath, to-a-daughter of-one of-the-ones of-great of-most-greats of-a-Chanaan, with of-a-volleying-beside of-great.

9:37 om δε ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | απηγγειλαν] απηγγιλεν ℵ α 2° evan in A | αδελφω] incep ατω ℵ* (αδ. ℵ1, c.a, c.b) | Ιαμβρι ℵ* (Αμβρι ℵc.a, c.b(vid)) V | Ναδαβαθ] Γαβαδαν ℵ Ναβαδαθ V

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:38 καὶ ἐμνήσθησαν Ἰωάννου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτῶν, καὶ ἀνέβησαν καὶ ἐκρύβησαν ὑπὸ τὴν σκέπην τοῦ ὄρους.

And they-were-memoried-unto of-an-Iôannês of-the-one of-brethrened of-them, and they-had-stepped-up and they-had-been-hidened under to-the-one to-a-covering of-the-one of-a-jutteedness.

9:38 εμνησθησαν] + του αιματος ℵ* (improb ℵc.a (vid) : postea repos) V | αυτων] αυτου ℵ* (-των ℵc.a) | σκεπην] στεγην V

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:39 καὶ ἦραν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν καὶ ἴδαν, καὶ ἰδοὺ θροῦς καὶ ἀποσκευὴ πολλή, καὶ ὁ νυμφίος ἐξῆλθεν καὶ οἱ φίλοι αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς συνάντησιν αὐτῶν μετὰ τυμπάνων καὶ μουσικῶν καὶ ὅπλων πολλῶν.

And they-lifted to-the-ones to-eyes of-them and they-saw, and thou-should-have-had-seen, a-flurry and an-equipping-off much, and the-one bride-belonged it-had-came-out and the-ones cared of-it and the-ones brethrened of-it into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together of-them with of-racked-of and of-muse-belonged-of and of-implements of-much.

9:39 ιδον ℵV* (ειδ. Va) | αποσκευη] pr η ℵV | υπαντησιν ℵ

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:40 καὶ ἐξανέστησαν ἐπ' αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐνέδρου καὶ ἀπέκτειναν αὐτούς· καὶ ἔπεσαν τραυματίαι πολλοί, καὶ οἱ ἐπίλοιποι ἔφυγον εἰς τὸ ὄρος, καὶ ἔλαβον πάντα τὰ σκεύη αὐτῶν.

And they-had-stood-up-out upon to-them off of-the-one of-an-en-seating-in and they-killed-off to-them; and they-falled, wounded-belongers much, and the-ones remaindered-upon they-had-fled into to-the-one to-a-jutteedness, and they-had-taken to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses of-them.

Note: they-falled : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.

9:40 απεκτινεν ℵ* (-ναν ℵc.a) | επεσον ℵV | σκευη] σκυλα ℵV | αυτων] αυτου ℵ* (-των ℵc.a)

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:41 καὶ μετεστράφη ὁ γάμος εἰς πένθος, καὶ φωνὴ μουσικῶν αὐτῶν εἰς θρῆνον.

And it-had-been-beturned-with, the-one a-marriage, into to-a-grieveedness, and a-sound of-muse-belonged-of of-them into to-a-wail.

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:42 καὶ ἐξεδίκησαν τὴν ἐκδίκησιν αἵματος ἀδελφοῦ αὐτῶν, καὶ ἀπέστρεψαν εἰς τὸ ὄρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου.

And they-coursed-out-unto to-the-one to-a-coursing-out of-a-rushering-to of-brethrened of-them, and they-beturned-off into to-the-one to-a-jutteedness of-the-one of-an-Iordanês.

9:42 εξεδικησεν ℵ* (-σαν ℵc.a) | αυτων] αυτου ℵ* (-των ℵc.a) | ορος] ελος ℵ

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:43 Καὶ ἤκουσεν Βακχίδης, καὶ ἦλθεν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ἕως τῶν κρηπίδων τοῦ Ἰορδάνου ἐν δυνάμει πολλῇ.

And it-heard, a-Bakchidês, and it-had-came unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness of-the-ones of-sabbaths unto-if-which of-the-ones of-bootings of-the-one of-an-Iordanês in unto-an-ability unto-much.

9:43 κρηπινων ℵ* (-πιδων ℵc.a)

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:44 καὶ εἶπεν Ἰωναθὰν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ Ἀναστῶμεν νῦν καὶ πολεμήσωμεν ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν· οὐ γάρ ἐστιν σήμερον ὡς ἐχθὲς καὶ τρίτην ἡμέραν.

And it-had-said, an-Iônathan, unto-the-ones unto-brethrened of-it, We-might-have-had-stood-up now and we-might-have-warred-unto over of-the-ones of-breathings of-us; not too-thus it-be this-day as yester and to-third to-a-dayedness.

9:44 αδελφοις αυτου] παρ αυτου ℵV | νυν] δη ℵ | υπερ] περι ℵV | χθες V

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:45 ἰδοὺ γὰρ ὁ πόλεμος ἐξ ἐναντίας ἡμῶν καὶ ἐξόπισθεν ἡμῶν· τὸ δὲ ὕδωρ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν καὶ ἕλος καὶ δρυμός, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν τόπος τοῦ ἐκκλῖναι.

Thou-should-have-had-seen too-thus, the-one a-war out of-ever-a-oned-in of-us and out-aback-from of-us; the-one then-also a-water of-the-one of-an-Iordanês in-from and in-from and a-marsh and a-treeing-of, and not it-be an-occasion of-the-one to-have-clined-out.

9:45 om ημων I° ℵV | om δε V* (superscr V1) | om και 5° ℵV | om του 2° V

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:46 νῦν οὖν κεκράξατε εἰς οὐρανόν, ὅπως διασωθῆτε ἐκ χειρὸς ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν.

Now accordingly ye-should-have-had-come-to-clamor-to into to-a-sky, unto-which-whither ye-might-have-been-saved-through-to out of-a-hand of-en-enmitied of-us.

9:46 ουρανον] pr τον ℵV | εχθρων] pr των ℵ | ημων] υμων ℵV

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:47 καὶ συνῆψεν ὁ πόλεμος· καὶ ἐξέτεινεν Ἰωναθὰν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ πατάξαι τὸν Βακχίδην, καὶ ἐξέκλινεν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω.

And it-fastened-together, the-one a-war; and it-stretched-out, an-Iônathan, to-the-one to-a-hand of-it to-have-smote to-the-one to-a-Bakchidês, and it-clined-out off of-it into to-the-ones aback-unto-which.

9:47 εξεκλιναν V* (-νεν V1)

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:48 καὶ ἐνεπήδησεν Ἰωναθὰν καὶ οἱ μετ' αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν Ἰορδάνην, καὶ διεκολύμβησαν εἰς τὸ πέραν· καὶ οὐ διέβησαν ἐπ' αὐτοὺς τὸν Ἰορδάνην.

And it-in-scurried-unto, an-Iônathan and the-ones with of-it, into to-the-one to-an-Iordanês, and they-through-plunged-unto into to-the-one to-across; and not they-had-stepped-through upon to-them to-the-one to-an-Iordanês.

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:49 καὶ διέπεσαν παρὰ Βακχίδα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ εἰς χιλίους ἄνδρας.

And they-falled-through beside to-a-Bakchidês unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-thither into to-thousand to-men.

Note: they-falled-through : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.

9:49 και διεπεσαν] κ. διεβησαν A επεσον δε ℵV | Βαχχιδου ℵV (Βακχ.) | χιλιους] ϧ̅ ℵ* ´γ ℵc.a τρισχιλιους V

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:50 Καὶ ἀπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ ᾠκοδόμησαν πόλεις ὀχυρὰς ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ, τὸ ὀχύρωμα τὸ ἐν Ἰεριχὼ καὶ τὴν Ἐμμαοὺμ καὶ τὴν Βεθωρὼν καὶ τὴν Βεθὴλ καὶ τὴν Θαμνάθα Φαραθὼν καὶ τὴν Τεφών, ἐν τείχεσιν ὑψηλοῖς καὶ πύλαις καὶ μοχλοῖς.

And they-beturned-off into to-an-Ierousalêm, and they-house-built-unto to-cities to-holdationed in unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia, to-the-one to-an-en-holdationing-to to-the-one in unto-an-Ierichô and to-the-one to-an-Emmaoum and to-the-one to-a-Bethôrôn and to-the-one to-a-Bethêl and to-the-one to-a-Thamnatha of-a-Farathôn and to-the-one to-a-Tefôn, in unto-lineationeednesses unto-lofteed-of and unto-gates and unto-poles.

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:51 καὶ ἔθεντο φρουρὰν ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῦ ἐχθραίνειν τῷ Ἰσραήλ.

And they-had-placed to-a-wardedness-before in unto-them of-the-one to-en-enmity unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl.

9:51 εθετο ℵ | φρουρας V | αυταις ℵV

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:52 καὶ ὠχύρωσαν τὴν πόλιν καὶ Βεθσούραν καὶ Γαζάραν καὶ τὴν ἄκραν, καὶ ἔθεντο ἐν αὐταῖς δυνάμεις καὶ παραθέσεις βρωμάτων.

And they-en-holdationed to-the-one to-a-city and to-a-Bethsoura and to-a-Gazara and to-the-one to-extremitied, and they-had-placed in unto-them to-abilities and to-placings-beside of-feedeeings-to.

9:52 ωχυρωσεν ℵV | και Βεθσ.] της Βεθσ. ℵ τ. εν Βαιθσουρα V | Γαζαρα ℵV | εθετο ℵV1 (θετο V*) | δυναμεις (-μις V*)] pr τας V

(160-159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:53 καὶ ἔλαβον τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἡγουμένων τῆς χώρας ὅμηρα, καὶ ἔθεντο αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἄκρᾳ ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐν φυλακῇ.

And they-had-taken to-the-ones to-sons of-the-ones of-leading-unto of-the-one of-a-spacedness to-en-oathed, and they-had-placed to-them in unto-the-one unto-extremitied in unto-an-Ierousalêm in unto-a-guardery.

9:53 ελαβεν ℵV | εθετο ℵV

(159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:54 Καὶ ἐν ἔτει τρίτῳ καὶ πεντηκοστῷ καὶ ἑκατοστῷ, τῷ μηνὶ τῷ δευτέρῳ, ἐπέταξεν Ἄλκιμος καθαιρεῖν τὸ τεῖχος τῆς αὐλῆς τῶν ἁγίων τῆς ἐσωτέρας, καὶ καθεῖλεν τὰ ἔργα τῶν προφητῶν, (1Ma 9:55) καὶ ἐνήρξατο τοῦ καθαιρεῖν.

And in unto-a-yeareedness unto-third and unto-fiftieth and unto-hundredth, unto-the-one unto-a-month unto-the-one unto-second, it-arranged-upon, an-Alkimos, to-section-along-down-unto to-the-one to-a-lineationeedness of-the-one of-a-channeling of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged of-the-one of-more-into-unto-which, and it-had-sectioned-down to-the-ones to-works of-the-ones of-declarers-before, (1Ma 9:55) and it-firsted-in of-the-one to-section-along-down-unto.

9:54 τριτω κ. πεντ.] γ´ και ν´ ℵ | εκατοστω V (ρ´ ℵ)] ενατω A | επαταξεν A | Αλχιμος A

(159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:55 ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ ἐπλήγη Ἄλκιμος, καὶ ἐνεποδίσθη τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀπεφράγη τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ, καὶ παρελύθη, καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο ἔτι λαλῆσαι λόγον καὶ ἐντείλασθαι περὶ τοῦ οἴκου αὐτοῦ.

In unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-thither it-had-been-smitten an-Alkimos, and it-was-footed-in-to the-ones works of-it, and it-had-been-hedged-off the-one a-becutteeing-to of-it, and it-was-loosed-beside, and not it-was-abling if-to-a-one to-have-spoken-unto to-a-forthee and to-have-finished-in about of-the-one of-a-house of-it.

9:55 επληγη] pr και ℵ | εδυνατο V (ηδ. Va)

(159 B.C.)

1Ma 9:56 καὶ ἀπέθανεν Ἄλκιμος ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ μετὰ βασάνου μεγάλης.

And it-had-died-off, an-Alkimos, in unto-the-one unto-a-time unto-the-one-thither with of-an-abradant of-great.

9:56 εκεινου AV | μεγαλου ℵ

(159-157 B.C.)

1Ma 9:57 καὶ ἴδεν Βακχίδης ὅτι ἀπέθανεν Ἄλκιμος, καὶ ἀπέστρεψεν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, καὶ ἡσύχασεν ἡ γῆ Ἰούδα ἔτη δύο.

And it-had-seen, a-Bakchidês, to-which-a-one it-had-died-off, an-Alkimos, and it-beturned-off toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of, and it-quiesced-to, the-one a-soil of-an-Ioudas, to-yeareednesses to-two.

9:57 ειδεν ℵV | επεστρεψεν ℵV

(157-152 B.C.)

1Ma 9:58 Καὶ ἐβουλεύσαντο οἱ ἄνομοι πάντες λέγοντες Ἰδοὺ Ἰωναθὰν καὶ οἱ παρ' αὐτοῦ ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ κατοικοῦσιν πεποιθότες· νῦν οὖν ἄξομεν τὸν Βακχίδην, καὶ συλλήμψεται αὐτοὺς πάντας ἐν νυκτὶ μιᾷ.

And they-purposed-of, the-ones un-parceleed all, forthing, Thou-should-have-had-seen, an-Iônathan and the-ones beside of-it in unto-a-quiescing-unto they-house-down-unto having-hath-had-come-to-sure; now accordingly we-shall-lead to-the-one to-a-Bakchidês, and it-shall-take-together to-them to-all in unto-a-night unto-one.

9:58 παντεςοι ανομοι ℵV | om και 2° ℵ | οι παρ] παντες οι μετ V | αξομεν] αναξον ℵ αναξομεν V* (-ξωμ. Va) | συλληψ. V

(157-152 B.C.)

1Ma 9:59 καὶ πορευθέντες συνεβουλεύσαντο αὐτῷ.

And having-been-traversed-of they-purposed-together-of unto-it.

(157-152 B.C.)

1Ma 9:60 καὶ ἀπῆρεν τοῦ ἐλθεῖν μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν ἐπιστολὰς λάθρα πᾶσι τοῖς συμμάχοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ, ὅπως συλλάβωσιν τὸν Ἰωναθὰν καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ· καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο, ὅτι ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἡ βουλὴ αὐτῶν.

And it-lifted-off of-the-one to-have-had-came with of-an-ability of-much, and it-set-off to-seteeings-upon unto-secluded unto-all unto-the-ones unto-battled-together of-it unto-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia, unto-which-whither they-might-have-had-taken-together to-the-one to-an-Iônathan and to-the-ones together unto-it; and not it-was-abling, to-which-a-one it-was-acquainted unto-them the-one a-purposing of-them.

(157-152 B.C.)

1Ma 9:61 καὶ συνέλαβον ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς χώρας τῶν ἀρχηγῶν τῆς κακίας εἰς πεντήκοντα ἄνδρας, καὶ ἀπέκτεινεν αὐτούς.

And they-had-taken-together off of-the-ones of-men of-the-one of-a-spacedness of-the-ones of-first-led of-the-one of-a-wedge-wedging-unto into to-fifty to-men, and it-killed-off to-them.

9:61 συνελαβον] συνεβαλον ℵ | αρχηγων] αργιων ℵ*vid (αρχηγων ℵ1) | om εις πεντηκοντα ανδρας ℵ | απεκτειναν V

(157-152 B.C.)

1Ma 9:62 καὶ ἐξεχώρησεν Ἰωναθὰν καὶ Σίμων καὶ οἱ μετ' αὐτοῦ εἰς Βεθβασὶ τὴν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν τὰ καθῃρημένα αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐστερέωσαν αὐτήν.

And it-spaced-out-unto, an-Iônathan and a-Simôn and the-ones with of-it, into to-a-Bethbasi to-the-one in unto-the-one unto-solituded, and it-house-built-unto to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-sectioned-along-down-unto of-it, and they-en-stabled to-it.

9:62 εξεχωρησεν] + απ αυτων ℵ | Βαιθβαισσει ℵ Βαιθβασι V | την] τη V | εστερεωσαν ℵ

(157-152 B.C.)

1Ma 9:63 καὶ ἔγνω Βακχίδης καὶ συνήγαγεν πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτοῦ, καὶ τοῖς ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαίας παρήγγειλεν.

And it-had-acquainted, a-Bakchidês, and it-had-led-together to-all to-the-one to-a-repleteedness of-it, and unto-the-ones out of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia it-leadeeered-beside.

(157-152 B.C.)

1Ma 9:64 καὶ ἐλθὼν παρενέβαλεν ἐπὶ Βεθβασί, καὶ ἐπολέμησεν αὐτὴν ἡμέρας πολλὰς καὶ ἐποίησεν μηχανάς.

And having-had-came it-had-casted-in-beside upon to-a-Bethbasi, and it-warred-unto to-it to-dayednesses to-much and it-did-unto to-machinatings.

9:64 Βαιθβασσει ℵV | μηχανε incep ℵ* -νας ℵ1

(157-152 B.C.)

1Ma 9:65 καὶ ἀπέλειπεν Ἰωναθὰν Σίμωνα τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ πόλει, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν εἰς τὴν χώραν, καὶ ἦλθεν ἀριθμῷ.

And it-was-remaindering-off, an-Iônathan, to-a-Simôn to-the-one to-brethrened of-it in unto-the-one unto-a-city, and it-had-came-out into to-the-one to-a-spacedness, and it-had-came unto-a-number.

9:65 απελιπεν ℵ

(157-152 B.C.)

1Ma 9:66 καὶ ἐπάταξεν Ὀδομηρὰ καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς Φασιρὼν ἐν τῷ σκηνώματι αὐτῶν, (1Ma 9:67) καὶ ἐξήρξαντο τύπτειν καὶ ἀνέβαινον ἐν ταῖς δυνάμεσιν.

And it-smote to-an-Odomêra and to-the-ones to-brethrened of-it and to-the-ones to-sons of-a-Fasirôn in unto-the-one unto-an-en-tenting-to of-them, (1Ma 9:67) and they-firsted-out to-striker and they-were-stepping-up in unto-the-ones unto-abilities.

9:66 επεταξεν Vvid | Οιδομηρα ℵ* (V improb ℵ?) | Φασειρων ℵ Φαρισων V | εξηρξατο] ηρξαντο ℵV | ανεβαινον ℵ -νεν V

(157-152 B.C.)

1Ma 9:67 καὶ Σίμων καὶ οἱ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἐξῆλθον ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ἐνεπύρισαν τὰς μηχανάς.

And a-Simôn and the-ones with of-it they-had-came-out out of-the-one of-a-city, and they-fired-in-to to-the-ones to-machinatings.

(157-152 B.C.)

1Ma 9:68 καὶ ἐπολέμησαν πρὸς τὸν Βακχίδην, καὶ συνετρίβη ὑπ' αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔθλιβον αὐτὸν σφόδρα, ὅτι ἦν ἡ βουλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ ἔφοδος αὐτοῦ κενή.

And they-warred-unto toward to-the-one to-a-Bakchidês, and it-had-been-rubbed-together under of-them, and they-pressed to-it to-vehemented, to-which-a-one it-was the-one a-purposing of-it and the-one a-way-upon of-it empty.

9:68 η εφ.] om η V | καινη V

(157-152 B.C.)

1Ma 9:69 καὶ ὠργίσθησαν θυμῷ τοῖς ἀνδράσιν τοῖς ἀνόμοις τοῖς συμβουλεύσασιν αὐτῷ ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὴν χώραν, καὶ ἀπέκτειναν ἐξ αὐτῶν πολλούς, καὶ ἐβουλεύσατο τοῦ ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ.

And they-were-stressed-to unto-a-passion unto-the-ones unto-men unto-the-ones unto-un-parceleed unto-the-ones unto-having-purposed-together-of unto-it to-have-had-came into to-the-one to-a-spacedness, and they-killed-off out of-them to-much, and it-purposed-of of-the-one to-have-had-came-off into to-the-one to-a-soil of-it.

9:69 ωργισθησαν] ωργισθη εν ℵc.a ωργισθη V | εβουλευσα̅|το ℵ

(157-152 B.C.)

1Ma 9:70 καὶ ἐπέγνω Ἰωναθὰν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρέσβεις, τοῦ συνθέσθαι πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰρήνην καὶ ἀποδοῦναι αὐτοῖς τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν.

And it-had-acquainted-upon, an-Iônathan, and it-set-off toward to-it to-elders, of-the-one to-have-had-placed-together toward to-it to-a-joinifying and to-have-had-given-off unto-them to-the-one to-a-spear-capturing-unto.

(157-152 B.C.)

1Ma 9:71 καὶ ἀπεδέξατο, καὶ ἐποίησεν κατὰ τοὺς λόγους αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὤμοσεν αὐτῷ μὴ ἐκζητῆσαι αὐτῷ κακὸν πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς αὐτοῦ.

And it-received-off and it-did-unto down to-the-ones to-forthees of-it, and it-en-oathed unto-it lest to-have-sought-out-unto unto-it to-wedge-wedged to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses of-the-one of-a-lifing of-it.

9:71 απεδεξατο] επεδεξατο ℵ | αυτου I°] αυτω ℵ* (-του ℵc.a, c.b) | ωμοσαν ℵ* (-σεν ℵc.a, c.b)

(157-152 B.C.)

1Ma 9:72 καὶ ἀπέδωκεν αὐτῷ τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν ἣν ᾐχμαλώτευσεν τὸ πρότερον ἐκ γῆς Ἰούδα· καὶ ἀποστρέψας ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐ προσέθετο ἔτι ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὰ ὅρια αὐτῶν.

And it-gave-off unto-it to-the-one to-a-spear-capturing-unto to-which it-spear-captured-of to-the-one to-more-before out of-a-soil of-an-Ioudas; and having-beturned-off it-had-came-off into to-the-one to-a-soil of-it, and not it-had-placed-toward if-to-a-one to-have-had-came into to-the-ones to-boundlets of-them.

9:72 επεδωκαν ℵ* (απ. ℵ1 nisi fort c) απεδωκεν ℵc.a | αιχμαλωτευσε̅| ℵ* (ηχμ. ℵc.b) | γης] της ℵ

(157-152 B.C.)

1Ma 9:73 καὶ κατέπαυσεν ῥομφαία ἐξ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ᾤκησεν Ἰωναθὰν ἐν Μαχμάς· καὶ ἤρξατο Ἰωναθὰν κρίνειν τὸν λαὸν καὶ ἠφάνισεν τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς ἐξ Ἰσραήλ.

And it-ceased-down, a-sabre, out of-an-Israêl, and it-housed-unto, an-Iônathan, in unto-a-Machmas; and it-firsted, an-Iônathan, to-separate to-the-one to-a-people and it-un-manifested-to to-the-ones to-un-reveringed out of-an-Israêl.

9:73 Μαχμαις Va | ηφανιζεν V

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:1 Καὶ ἐν ἔτει ἑξηκοστῷ καὶ ἑκατοστῷ ἀνέβη Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιόχου ὁ Ἐπιφανής, καὶ κατελάβετο Πτολεμαίδα, καὶ ἐπεδέξαντο αὐτὸν καὶ ἐβασίλευσεν ἐκεῖ.

And in unto-a-yeareedness unto-sixtieth and unto-hundredth it-had-stepped-up, an-Alexandros the-one of-the-one of-an-Antiochos the-one an-Epifanês, and it-had-taken-down to-a-Ptolemais, and they-received-upon to-it and it-rulered-of thither.

10:1 εξηκοστω και εκατ.] ξ´ και ρ´ ℵ | Πτολεμαιδαν A (Πολ. A* τ superscr et αι sup ras Aa?) | επεδεξατο A επεξαντο ℵ* απεδεξατο ℵc.a απεδεξαντο V

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:2 καὶ ἤκουσεν Δημήτριος ὁ βασιλεύς, καὶ συνήγαγεν δυνάμεις πολλὰς σφόδρα, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν εἰς συνάντησιν αὐτῷ εἰς πόλεμον.

And it-heard, a-Dêmêtrios the-one a-ruler-of, and it-had-led-together to-abilities to-much to-vehemented, and it-had-came-out into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-it into to-a-war.

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:3 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς Ἰωναθὰν ἐπιστολὰς Δημήτριος λόγοις εἰρηνικοῖς, ὥστε μεγαλῦναι αὐτόν.

And it-set-off toward to-an-Iônathan to-seteeings-upon, a-Dêmêtrios, unto-forthees unto-joinify-belonged-of, as-also to-have-greatened to-it.

10:3 προς Ιων. επιστολας Δημητριος] Δημητριος προς Ιων. απ επιστολας ℵ (απ pro επ incep ℵ* inprob ℵ1) V | μεγαλυνθηναι ℵ

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:4 εἶπεν γάρ Προφθάσωμεν τοῦ εἰρήνην θεῖναι μετ' αὐτῶν, πρὶν ἢ θεῖναι αὐτὸν μετὰ Ἀλεξάνδρου καθ' ἡμῶν.

It-had-said too-thus, We-might-have-priored-before of-the-one to-a-joinifying to-have-had-placed with of-them, ere or to-have-had-placed to-it with of-an-Alexandros down of-us.

10:4 ειρηνην θειναι] ειρηνευθηναι V | αυτων] αυτον Va

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:5 μνησθήσεται γὰρ πάντων τῶν κακῶν ὧν συνετελέσαμεν πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς τὸ ἔθνος αὐτοῦ.

It-shall-be-memoried-unto too-thus of-all of-the-ones of-disrupted of-which we-finished-together-unto toward to-it, and into to-the-ones to-brethrened of-it and into to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-it.

10:5 εθνος] γενος V | om αυτου 2° ℵV

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:6 καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν συναγαγεῖν δυνάμεις, καὶ κατασκευάζειν ὅπλα, καὶ εἶναι αὐτὸν σύμμαχον αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ ὅμηρα τὰ ἐν τῇ ἄκρᾳ εἶπεν παραδοῦναι αὐτῷ.

And it-gave unto-it to-a-being-out-unto to-have-had-led-together to-abilities and to-down-equip-to to-implements and to-be to-it to-battled-together of-it, and to-the-ones to-en-oathed to-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-extremitied it-had-said to-have-had-given-beside unto-it.

10:6 εδωκαν V | δυναμις V* | om και 2° V

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:7 Καὶ ἦλθεν Ἰωναθὰν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ ἀνέγνω τὰς ἐπιστολὰς εἰς τὰ ὦτα παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐκ τῆς ἄκρας.

And it-had-came, an-Iônathan, in unto-an-Ierousalêm, and it-had-acquainted-up to-the-ones to-seteeings-upon into to-the-ones to-ears of-all of-the-one of-a-people and of-the-ones out of-the-one of-extremitied.

10:7 εν] εις ℵV

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:8 καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον μέγαν, ὅτε ἤκουσαν ὅτι ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐξουσίαν συναγαγεῖν δυνάμεις.

And they-were-feareed-unto to-a-fearee to-great, which-also they-heard to-which-a-one it-gave unto-them, the-one a-ruler-of, to-a-being-out-unto to-have-had-led-together to-abilities.

Note: unto-them in 02 : unto-it in 01.

10:8 αυτοις] αυτω ℵV | δυναμεις (-μις A)] δυναμιν ℵ* (-μεις ℵc.a, c.b) V

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:9 καὶ παρέδωκαν οἱ ἐκ τῆς ἄκρας Ἰωναθὰν τὰ ὅμηρα, καὶ ἀπέδωκεν αὐτοὺς τοῖς γονεῦσιν αὐτῶν.

And they-gave-beside, the-ones out of-the-one of-extremitied, to-an-Iônathan to-the-ones to-en-oathed, and it-gave-off to-them unto-the-ones unto-becomeeers-of of-them.

Note: unto-becomeeers-of : the entities performing the parental function to a becomee, i.e. parents, but not necessarily biologically.

10:9 τα ομ.] om τα V | απεδωκαν] εδωκεν ℵ | αυτων] αυτου ℵ* (-των ℵc.a, c.b)

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:10 καὶ ᾤκησεν Ἰωναθὰν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ ἤρξατο οἰκοδομεῖν καὶ καινίζειν τὴν πόλιν.

And it-housed-unto, an-Iônathan, in unto-an-Ierousalêm, and it-firsted to-house-build-unto and to-freshen-to to-the-one to-a-city.

10:10 ωκησεν] ηκουσεν A

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:11 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὰ ἔργα οἰκοδομεῖν τὰ τείχη καὶ τὸ ὄρος Σιὼν κυκλόθεν ἐκ λίθων τετραγώνων εἰς ὀχύρωσιν, καὶ ἐποίησαν οὕτως.

And it-had-said toward to-the-ones to-doing-unto to-the-ones to-works to-house-build-unto to-the-ones to-lineationeednesses and to-the-one to-a-jutteedness of-a-Siôn circled-from out of-stones of-four-angled into to-an-en-holdationing, and they-did-unto unto-the-one-this.

10:11 το ορος] om το ℵ* (hab ℵc.b) | τετραγωνων (γων sup ras Aa)] τετραποδων ℵ*V -πεδων ℵc.b | εις] pr και ℵ* (improb ℵc.b(vid)) | εποιησεν ℵV

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:12 καὶ ἔφυγον οἱ ἀλλογενεῖς οἱ ὄντες ἐν τοῖς ὀχυρώμασιν οἷς ᾠκοδόμησεν ὁ Βακχίδης.

And they-had-fled, the-ones other-becominged the-ones being in unto-the-ones unto-en-holdationings-to unto-which it-house-built-unto, the-one a-Bakchidês.

10:12 ο Βακχ.] om ο ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:13 καὶ κατέλειπεν ἕκαστος τὸν τόπον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ.

And it-was-remaindering-down, each, to-the-one to-an-occasion of-it, and it-had-came-off into to-the-one to-a-soil of-it.

10:13 κατελιπεν καταλιποντων ℵVa | om αυτοις ℵV | φυγαδευτηριον] pr εις ℵV

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:14 πλὴν ἐν Βεθσούροις ὑπελείφθησάν τινες τῶν καταλειπόντων τὸν νόμον καὶ τὰ προστάγματα· ἦν γὰρ αὐτοῖς φυγαδευτήριον.

To-beyond in unto-Bethsoura' they-were-remaindered-under ones of-the-ones of-remaindering-down to-the-one to-a-parcelee and to-the-ones to-arrangings-toward-to; it-was too-thus unto-them a-flee-hitherlet.

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:15 Καὶ ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀλέξανδρος τὰς ἐπαγγελίας ὅσας ἀπέστειλεν Δημήτριος τῷ Ἰωναθάν, καὶ διηγήσαντο αὐτῷ τοὺς πολέμους καὶ τὰς ἀνδραγαθίας ἃς ἐποίησεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τοὺς κόπους οὓς ἔσχοσαν.

And it-heard, the-one a-ruler-of an-Alexandros, to-the-ones to-leadeeerings-upon-unto to-which-a-which it-set-off, a-Dêmêtrios, unto-the-one unto-an-Iônathan, and they-led-through-unto unto-it to-the-ones to-wars and to-the-ones to-excess-placed-mannings-unto to-which it-did-unto, it and the-ones brethrened of-it, and to-the-ones to-fells to-which they-hath-had-held.

10:15 Αλεξανδρος ο βασ. ℵV | διηγησατο ℵ* (-σαντο ℵc.a) | τας ανδραγαθιας (-θειας A)] τανδρ incep ℵ* (τας αδνρ. ℵ1) | om ους εσχοσαν ℵ* (hab ους εσχον ℵc.aV)

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:16 καὶ εἶπεν Μὴ εὑρήσομεν ἄνδρα τοιοῦτον ἕνα; καὶ νῦν ποιήσωμεν αὐτὸν φίλον καὶ σύμμαχον ἡμῶν.

And it-had-said, Lest we-shall-find to-a-man to-the-one-unto-the-one-this to-one? And now we-might-have-done-unto to-it to-cared and to-battled-together of-us.

10:16 τοιουτον] τον V | ποιησομεν ℵV | συνμαχο̅| ℵ

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:17 καὶ ἔγραψεν ἐπιστολὰς καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτῷ κατὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους λέγων

And it-scribed to-seteeings-upon and it-set-off unto-it down to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these forthing,

10:17 επιστ.] pr τας V | αυτω] αυτου ℵ* (-τω ℵc.a)

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:18 Βασιλεὺς Ἀλέξανδρος τῷ ἀδελφῷ Ἰωναθὰν χαίρειν.

A-ruler-of an-Alexandros unto-the-one unto-brethrened unto-an-Iônathan to-joy.

10:18 τω αδελφω] αδελφω τω ℵ* τω αδελφω τω ℵc.b | om χαιρειν V

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:19 ἀκηκόαμεν περὶ σοῦ, ὅτι ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς ἰσχύι καὶ ἐπιτήδειος εἶ τοῦ εἶναι ἡμῶν φίλος.

We-heard about of-thee, to-which-a-one a-man excess-placed unto-a-force-holding and avail-belonged-upon thou-be of-the-one to-be of-us cared.

10:19 αγαθος] δυνατος ℵ δυν. ει V | ει του ειναι] ειναι ℵ* του superscr ante ειναι ℵc.a εις το ειν. V

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:20 καὶ νῦν καθεστάκαμέν σε σήμερον ἀρχιερέα τοῦ ἔθνους σου, καὶ φίλον βασιλέως καλεῖσθαι -- καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτῷ πορφύραν καὶ στέφανον χρυσοῦν -- καὶ φρονεῖν τὰ ἡμῶν καὶ συντηρεῖν φιλίαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς.

And now we-had-come-to-stand-down to-thee this-day to-a-first-sacreder-of of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-thee, and to-cared of-a-ruler-of to-be-called-unto -- and it-set-off unto-it to-a-flushedness and to-a-wreath to-golden -- and to-center-unto to-the-ones of-us and to-keep-together-unto to-a-caring-unto toward to-us.

10:20 βασιλεως] pr του ℵ | καλεισθαι] κεισθαι σε ℵ* καλεισθαι σε ℵc.aV | απεστειλεν ℵV | χρυσουν] + και λεγων ℵc.a | φιλιας ℵ

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:21 καὶ ἐνεδύσατο Ἰωναθὰν τὴν ἁγίαν στολὴν τῷ ἑβδόμῳ μηνὶ ἔτους ἑξηκοστοῦ καὶ ἑκατοστοῦ ἐν ἑορτῇ σκηνοπηγίας, καὶ συνήγαγεν δυνάμεις, καὶ κατεσκεύασεν ὅπλα πολλά.

And it-sunk-in, an-Iônathan, to-the-one to-hallow-belonged to-a-seteeing unto-the-one unto-seventh unto-a-month of-a-yeareedness of-sixtieth and of-hundredth in unto-a-festival of-a-tent-pitching-unto, and it-had-led-together to-abilities, and it-down-equipped-to to-implements to-much.

Note: to-a-seteeing : used to refer to an outfit.

10:21 εξηκοστου κ. εκατοστου] _ και _ ℵ* _ και _ ℵc.a | σκηνοπ.] pr της V

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:22 Καὶ ἤκουσεν Δημήτριος τοὺς λόγους τούτους, καὶ ἐλυπήθη, καὶ εἶπεν

And it-heard, a-Dêmêtrios, to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these, and it-was-throed-unto, and it-had-said,

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:23 Τί τοῦτο ἐποιήσαμεν, ὅτι προέφθακεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Ἀλέξανδρος τοῦ φιλίαν καταλαβέσθαι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις εἰς στήριγμα;

To-what-one to-the-one-this we-did-unto, to-which-a-one it-had-come-prior-before to-us, the-one an-Alexandros, of-the-one to-a-caring-unto to-have-had-taken-down unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged into to-a-stablishing-to?

10:23 εποιησας ℵ | προεφθασεν ℵV | om ημας . . . τοις Ιουδ. V | ο Αλεξ.] om ο ℵ

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:24 γράψω κἀγὼ αὐτοῖς λόγους παρακλήσεως καὶ ὕψους καὶ δομάτων, ὅπως ὦσιν σὺν ἐμοὶ εἰς βοήθειαν.

I-shall-scribe and-I unto-them to-forthees of-a-calling-beside and of-a-lofteedness and of-givings-to, unto-which-whither they-might-be together unto-ME into to-a-holler-running-of.

10:24 αυτοις καγω ℵ | δοματος ℵ

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:25 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοῖς κατὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους Βασιλεὺς Δημήτριος τῷ ἔθνει τῶν Ἰουδαίων χαίρειν.

And it-set-off unto-them down to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these, A-ruler-of a-Dêmêtrios unto-the-one unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged to-joy.

10:25 επεστειλεν ℵV | om των V

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:26 ἐπεὶ συνετηρήσατε τὰς πρὸς ἡμᾶς συνθήκας καὶ ἐνεμείνατε τῇ φιλίᾳ ἡμῶν καὶ οὐ προσεχωρήσατε τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἡμῶν, ἠκούσαμεν καὶ ἐχάρημεν.

Upon-if ye-kept-together-unto to-the-ones toward to-us to-placements together and ye-stayed-in unto-the-one unto-a-caring-unto of-us and not ye-spaced-toward-unto unto-the-ones unto-en-enmitied of-us, we-heard and we-joyed.

10:26 επει συνετηρησατε] επι συνετ. (? επισυνετ.) ℵAV* (επει συνετ. Va) | τας προς υμας] τα προς τασσμας ℵ* (τας improb ℵ1, c.b τας πρ. ημ. ℵc.a) | ενεμεινατε] ενετιλατο ℵ* (ενεμιναται ℵc.a)

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:27 καὶ νῦν ἐνμείνατε ἔτι τοῦ συντηρῆσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς πίστιν, καὶ ἀνταποδώσομεν ὑμῖν ἀγαθὰ ἀνθ' ὧν ποιεῖτε μεθ' ἡμῶν.

And now ye-should-have-stayed-in if-to-a-one of-the-one to-have-kept-together-unto toward to-us to-a-trust, and we-shall-ever-a-one-give-off unto-ye to-excess-placed ever-a-one of-which ye-do-unto with of-us.

10:27 om και I° ℵ | νυν] + ουν V* | εμειν. V* εμμ. Va | του συντηρησαι] συντηρησαι τι ℵ

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:28 καὶ ἀφήσομεν ὑμῖν ἀφέματα πολλά, καὶ δώσομεν ὑμῖν δόματα.

And we-shall-send-off unto-ye to-sendings-off-to to-much, and we-shall-give unto-ye to-givings-to.

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:29 καὶ νῦν ἀπολύω ὑμᾶς καὶ ἀφίημι πάντας τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἀπὸ τῶν φόρων καὶ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ ἁλός, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν στεφάνων·

And now I-loose-off to-ye and I-send-off to-all to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged off of-the-ones of-bearees and of-the-one of-a-valuation of-the-one of-a-salt, and off of-the-ones of-wreaths;

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:30 καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ τρίτου τῆς σπορᾶς, καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ ἡμίσους τοῦ καρποῦ τοῦ ξυλίνου τοῦ ἐπιβάλλοντός μοι λαβεῖν, ἀφίημι ἀπὸ τῆς σήμερον καὶ ἐπέκεινα, τοῦ λαβεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς Ἰούδα, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν τριῶν νομῶν τῶν προστιθεμένων αὐτῇ ἀπὸ τῆς Σαμαρίτιδος καὶ Γαλιλαίας, ἀπὸ τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας καὶ εἰς τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον.

and ever-a-one of-the-one of-third of-the-one of-a-whorleeing, and ever-a-one of-the-one of-half of-the-one of-a-fruit of-the-one of-wooded-belonged-to of-the-one of-casting-upon unto-me to-have-had-taken, I-send-off off of-the-one this-day and thither-upon, of-the-one to-have-had-taken off of-the-one of-a-soil of-an-Ioudas, and off of-the-ones of-three of-parcelees of-the-ones of-being-placed-toward unto-it off of-the-one of-a-Samaritis and of-a-Galalaia, off of-the-one this-day of-a-dayedness and into to-the-one to-along-all to-a-while.

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:31 καὶ Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἤτω ἁγία καὶ ἀφειμένη καὶ τὰ ὅρια αὐτῆς, αἱ δεκάται καὶ τὰ τέλη.

And an-Ierousalêm it-should-be hallow-belonged and having-had-come-to-be-sent-off and the-ones boundlets of-it, the-ones tenths and the-ones finisheednesses.

10:31–32 τελη αφιημι· και ASV

10:31 Ιερουσαλημ (in Ιλημ I litt ras inter λ ετ η A?) ητω αγια] η Ιη̅λ̅μ̅ εστω η αγια ℵ* (η 2° improb ℵc.a) | ητω] εσται V | αφιμενη ℵ*V* (αφιεμ. ℵc.a αφειμ. Va) | αι (ε ℵ*) δεκαται] κ τας δεκατας ℵc.a τας δε δεκ. V

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:32 ἀφίημι καὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν τῆς ἄκρας τῆς ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ δίδωμι τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ ὅπως ἂν καταστῇ ἐν αὐτῇ ἄνδρας, οὓς ἂν ἐκλέξηται αὐτός, τοῦ φυλάσσειν αὐτήν.

I-send-off and to-the-one to-a-being-out-unto of-the-one of-extremitied of-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm, and I-give unto-the-one unto-a-first-sacreder-of unto-which-whither ever it-might-have-stood-down in unto-it to-men, to-which ever it-might-forth-out, it, of-the-one to-guarder to-it.

10:31–32 τελη αφιημι· και ASV

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:33 καὶ πᾶσαν ψυχὴν Ἰουδαίων τὴν αἰχμαλωτισθεῖσαν ἀπὸ γῆς Ἰούδα εἰς πᾶσαν βασιλείαν μου ἀφίημι ἐλευθέραν δωρεάν· καὶ πάντες ἀφιέτωσαν τοὺς φόρους καὶ κτηνῶν αὐτῶν.

And to-all to-a-breathing of-Iouda-belonged to-the-one to-having-been-spear-captured-of off of-a-soil of-an-Ioudas into to-all to-a-ruling-of of-me I-send-off to-en-freed to-a-giftedness; and all they-should-send-off to-the-ones to-bearees and to-befoundeednesses of-them.

Note: to-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

10:33 φορους] + αυτων ℵc.a | κτηνων] pr των ℵV

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:34 καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ ἑορταὶ καὶ τὰ σάββατα καὶ νουμηνίαι καὶ ἡμέραι ἀποδεδιγμέναι, καὶ τρεῖς ἡμέραι πρὸ ἑορτῆς καὶ τρεῖς ἡμέραι μετὰ ἑορτήν, ἔστωσαν πᾶσαι αἱ ἡμέραι ἀτελείας καὶ ἀφέσεως πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ βασιλείᾳ μου.

And all the-ones festivals and the-ones sabbaths and new-monthings-unto and dayednesses having-had-come-to-be-en-showed-off, and three dayednesses before of-a-festival and three dayednesses with to-a-festival, they-should-be all the-ones dayednesses of-an-un-finishing-unto and of-a-sending-off unto-all unto-the-ones unto-Iouda-belonged unto-the-ones unto-being in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of of-me.

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:35 καὶ οὐχ ἕξει ἐξουσίαν οὐδεὶς πράσσειν καὶ παρενοχλεῖν τινα αὐτῶν περὶ παντὸς πράγματος.

And not it-shall-hold to-a-being-out-unto, not-then-also-one, to-practice and to-crowd-in-beside-unto to-a-one of-them about of-all of-a-practicing-to.

10:35 ουχ εξει] ουκ εχει ℵV | παντος] τινος ℵ παντων V* (-τος V1)

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:36 καὶ προγραφήτωσαν τῶν Ἰουδαίων εἰς τὰς δυνάμεις τοῦ βασιλέως εἰς τριάκοντα χιλιάδας ἀνδρῶν, καὶ δοθήσεται αὐτοῖς ξένια, ὡς καθήκει πάσαις ταῖς δυνάμεσιν τοῦ βασιλέως.

And they-should-have-had-been-scribed-before of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged into to-the-ones to-abilities of-the-one of-a-ruler-of into to-thirty to-thousands of-men, and it-shall-be-given unto-them guest-belonged, as it-arriveth-down unto-all unto-the-ones unto-abilities of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

10:36 προγραφητωσαν (-τωνσαν A)] προγρα sup ras et in mg Aa προφητωσαν V* ( προγραφ. V1)

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:37 καὶ κατασταθήσεται ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐν τοῖς ὀχυρώμασιν τοῦ βασιλέως τοῖς μεγάλοις, καὶ ἐκ τούτων κατασταθήσεται ἐπὶ χρειῶν τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐσῶν εἰς πίστιν· καὶ οἱ ἐπ' αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἔστωσαν, καὶ πορευέσθωσαν τοῖς νόμοις αὐτῶν, καθὰ καὶ προσέταξεν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐν γῇ Ἰούδα.

And it-shall-be-stood-down out of-them in unto-the-ones unto-en-holdationings-to of-the-one of-a-ruler-of unto-the-ones unto-great, and out of-the-ones-these it-shall-be-stood-down upon of-affordings-of of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-the-ones of-being into to-a-trust; and the-ones upon of-them and the-ones firsting out of-them they-should-be, and they-should-traverse-of unto-the-ones unto-parcelees of-them, down-to-which and it-arranged-toward, the-one a-ruler-of, in unto-a-soil of-an-Ioudas.

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:38 καὶ τοὺς τρεῖς νομοὺς τοὺς προστεθέντας τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ ἀπὸ τῆς χώρας Σαμαρίας, προστεθήτω τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ πρὸς τὸ λογισθῆναι τοῦ γενέσθαι ὑφ' ἕνα, τοῦ μὴ ὑπακοῦσαι ἄλλης ἐξουσίας ἀλλ' ἢ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως.

And to-the-ones to-three to-parcelees to-the-ones to-having-been-placed-toward unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia off of-the-one of-a-spacedness of-a-Samaria, it-should-be-placed-toward unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia toward to-the-one to-have-been-fortheed-to of-the-one to-have-had-became under to-one, of-the-one lest to-have-heard-under of-other of-a-being-out-unto other or of-the-one of-a-first-sacreder-of.

10:38 Σαμαρειας V | om το ℵ | επακουσαι ℵ* (υπ. ℵc.a, c.b) | αλλη εξουσια ℵV

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:39 Πτολεμαίδα καὶ τὴν προσκυροῦσαν αὐτῇ δέδωκα δόμα τοῖς ἁγίοις τοῖς ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς τὴν προκαθήκουσαν δαπάνην τοῖς ἁγίοις.

To-a-Ptolemais and to-the-one to-authoritying-toward-unto unto-it I-had-come-to-give to-a-giving-to unto-the-ones unto-hallow-belonged unto-the-ones in unto-an-Ierousalêm into to-the-one to-arriving-down-before to-a-spenting unto-the-ones unto-hallow-belonged.

10:39 τοις αγιοις I° bis scr V* (improb Va) | καθηκουσαν ℵV

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:40 κἀγὼ δίδωμι κατ' ἐνιαυτὸν δέκα πέντε χιλιάδας σίκλων ἀργυρίου ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων τοῦ βασιλέως, ἀπὸ τῶν τόπων τῶν ἀνηκόντων.

And-I I-give down to-a-being-in-unto-it to-ten to-five to-thousands of-shekels of-a-silverlet off of-the-ones of-forthees of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, off of-the-ones of-occasions of-the-ones of-arriving-up.

10:40 καγω] + δε V

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:41 καὶ πᾶν τὸ πλεονάζον ὃ οὐκ ἀπεδίδοσαν ἀπὸ τῶν χρειῶν, ὡς ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις ἔτεσιν, ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν δώσωσιν εἰς τὰ ἔργα τοῦ οἴκου.

And to-all to-the-one to-beyonding-to to-which not they-were-giving-off off of-the-ones of-affordings-of, as in unto-the-ones unto-most-before unto-yeareednesses, off of-the-one now they-might-have-given into to-the-ones works of-the-one of-a-house.

Note: they-might-have-given (DWSWSIN) : see Rev_13:16.

10:41 ο] οι ℵ* (ι ras ℵ?) | απο I°] pr οι ℵ | εθνεσιν ℵ* (επ. ℵc.a, c.b) | δωσουσιν ℵVa (-σι) δοσ. V* | om εις V

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:42 καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις πεντακισχιλίους σίκλους ἀργυρίου οὓς ἐλάμβανον ἀπὸ τῶν χρειῶν, ὡς ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις ἔτεσιν, τοῦ ἁγίου ἀπὸ τοῦ λόγου κατ' ἐνιαυτόν, καὶ ταῦτα ἀφίεται, διὰ τὸ ἀνήκειν αὐτὰ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν τοῖς λειτουργοῦσιν.

And upon unto-the-ones-these to-five-oft-thousand to-shekels of-a-silverlet to-which they-were-taking off of-the-ones of-affordings-of, as in unto-the-ones unto-most-before unto-yeareednesses, of-the-one of-hallow-belonged off of-the-one of-a-forthee down to-a-being-in-unto-it, and the-ones-these it-be-sent-off, through to-the-one to-arrive-up to-them unto-the-ones unto-sacreders-of unto-the-ones unto-public-working-unto.

10:42 ους] οσα ℵ* (ους ℵc.a) | om ως εν τοις πρωτοις ετεσιν ℵ | ετεσιν] εθεσιν A | αφιται ℵ* (αφιετ. ℵc.a)

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:43 καὶ ὅσοι ἐὰν φύγωσιν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν τὸ ἐν Ἰεροσολύμοις καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ὁρίοις αὐτοῦ, ὀφίλων βασιλικὰ καὶ πᾶν πρᾶγμα, ἀπολελύσθωσαν, καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ μου.

And which-a-which if-ever they-might-have-had-fled into to-the-one to-sacred to-the-one in unto-Ierosoluma' and in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-boundlets of-it, debting to-ruler-belonged-of and to-all to-a-practicing-to, they-should-have-had-come-to-be-loosed-off, and all which-a-which it-be unto-them in unto-a-ruling-of of-me.

10:43 οφιλων] pr ο V | βασιλικα] βασιλει V | παντα] πα̅| πραγμα ℵ* | αυτοις] + απολελυσθωσαν ℵ

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:44 καὶ τοῦ οἰκοδομηθῆναι καὶ τοῦ ἐπικαινισθῆναι τὰ ἔργα τῶν ἁγίων, καὶ ἡ δαπάνη δοθήσεται ἐκ τοῦ λόγου τοῦ βασιλέως.

And of-the-one to-have-been-house-built-unto and of-the-one to-have-been-freshened-in-to to-the-ones to-works of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged, and the-one a-spenting it-shall-be-given out of-the-one of-a-forthee of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

10:44 om και 2° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | om του 2° ℵV | και η δαπανη . . . βασιλεως uncis incl ℵc.a, c.b | om η δαπ. V

(152 B.C.)

1Ma 10:45 καὶ τοῦ οἰκοδομηθῆναι τὰ τείχη Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ ὀχυρῶσαι κυκλόθεν, καὶ ἡ δαπάνη δοθήσεται ἐκ τοῦ λόγου τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ τοῦ οἰκοδομῆσαι τὰ τείχη ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ.

And of-the-one to-have-been-house-built-unto to-the-ones to-lineationeednesses of-an-Ierousalêm, and to-have-en-holdationed circled-from, and the-one a-spenting it-shall-be-given out of-the-one of-a-forthee of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, and of-the-one to-to-house-built-unto to-the-ones to-lineationeednesses in unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia.

10:45 οχυρωσαι] ωχυρωσεν ℵ | εν] Ιη̅λ̅μ̅ ℵ

(152-150 B.C.)

1Ma 10:46 Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσεν Ἰωναθὰν καὶ ὁ λαὸς τοὺς λόγους τούτους, οὐκ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτοῖς οὐδὲ ἐπεδέξαντο, ὅτι ἐπεμνήσθησαν τῆς κακίας τῆς μεγάλης ἧς ἐποίησεν ἐν Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἔθλιψεν αὐτοὺς σφόδρα.

As then-also it-heard, an-Iônathan and the-one a-people, to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these, not it-trusted-of unto-them not-then-also they-received-upon, to-which-a-one they-were-memoried-upon-unto of-the-one of-a-wedge-wedging-unto of-the-one of-great of-which it-did-unto in unto-an-Israêl, and it-pressed to-them to-vehemented.

10:46 επιστευσαν ℵc.aV | επεταξαντα ℵ* (επεδεξ. ℵc.a) | εμνησθησαν ℵV | εποιησαν ℵ*vid (-σεν ℵc.a vid)

(152-150 B.C.)

1Ma 10:47 καὶ εὐδόκησαν ἐν Ἀλεξάνδρῳ, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐγένετο αὐτοῖς ἀρχηγὸς λόγων εἰρηνικῶν, καὶ συνεμάχουν αὐτῷ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας.

And they-goodly-thought-unto in unto-an-Alexandros, to-which-a-one it it-had-became unto-them first-led of-forthees of-joinify-belonged-of, and they-were-battling-together-unto unto-it to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses.

10:47 ευδοκησαν εν] ευδοκησαμεν A | αυτος] pr και V

(152-150 B.C.)

1Ma 10:48 καὶ συνήγαγεν Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ βασιλεὺς δυνάμεις μεγάλας, καὶ παρενέβαλεν ἐξ ἐναντίας Δημητρίου.

And it-had-led-together, an-Alexandros the-one a-ruler-of, to-abilities to-great, and it-had-casted-in-beside out of-ever-a-oned-in of-a-Dêmêtrios.

10:48 ο βασιλευς Αλεξανδρος ℵ | δυναμεις (-μις A) μεγαλας] πασας τας δυναμεις (-μις ℵ* -μεις ℵc.b) ℵ | Δημητριος ℵ* (-τριου ℵc.a, c.b)

(152-150 B.C.)

1Ma 10:49 καὶ συνῆψαν πόλεμον οἱ δύο βασιλεῖς, καὶ ἔφυγεν ἡ παρεμβολὴ Δημητρίου, καὶ ἐδίωξεν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἀλέξανδρος, καὶ ἴσχυσεν ἐπ' αὐτούς.

And they-fastened-together to-a-war, the-ones two rulers-of, and it-had-fled, the-one a-casting-in-beside of-a-Dêmêtrios, and it-pursued to-it, the-one an-Alexandros, and it-force-held upon to-them.

10:49 συνηψεν ℵ*(vid) (-ψαν ℵ1) | Δημητριου] Αλεξανδρου ℵ* (Δημ. ℵc.a, c.b) A | αυτον] αυτους ℵc.a ante αυτον ras 3 litt Aa? | ο Αλεξανδρος] ο Δημητριος ℵ* (Αλεξανδρος ℵc.a) A

(152-150 B.C.)

1Ma 10:50 καὶ ἐστερέωσεν πόλεμον σφόδρα ἕως ἔδυ ὁ ἥλιος, καὶ ἔπεσεν ὁ Δημήτριος ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ.

And it-en-stabled to-a-war to-vehemented unto-if-which it-had-sunk, the-one a-sun, and it-had-fallen, the-one a-Dêmêtrios, in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-thither.

10:50 πολεμον] pr τον ℵV | εδυ ο ηλιος] ηλιος εδυ ℵ ο ηλ. εδ. ℵ1

(152-150 B.C.)

1Ma 10:51 Καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Ἀλέξανδρος πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον βασιλέα Αἰγύπτου πρέσβεις κατὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους λέγων

And it-set-off, an-Alexandros, toward to-a-Ptolemaios to-a-ruler-of of-an-Aiguptos to-elders down to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these forthing,

(152-150 B.C.)

1Ma 10:52 Ἐπεὶ ἀνέστρεψα εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν μου καὶ ἐκάθισα ἐπὶ θρόνου πατέρων μου καὶ ἐκράτησα τῆς ἀρχῆς, καὶ συνέτριψα τὸν Δημήτριον καὶ ἐπεκράτησα τῆς χώρας ἡμῶν·

Upon-if I-beturned-up into to-the-one to-a-ruling-of of-me and I-sat-down-to upon of-a-throne of-fathers of-me and I-secured-unto of-the-one of-a-firsting, and I-rubbed-together to-the-one to-a-Dêmêtrios and I-secured-upon-unto of-the-one of-a-spacedness of-us;

10:52 εκαθισα] ενεκαθισα ℵ | θρονω̅| ℵ* (θρονου ℵc.a) | εκρατησας ℵ* (-σα ℵc.a) | επεκρατησεν ℵ* (-σα ℵc.a)

(152-150 B.C.)

1Ma 10:53 καὶ συνῆψα πρὸς αὐτὸν μάχην, καὶ συνετρίβη αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ παρεμβολὴ αὐτοῦ ὑφ' ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐκαθίσαμεν ἐπὶ θρόνου βασιλείας αὐτοῦ·

and I-fastened-together toward to-it to-a-battling, and it-had-been-rubbed-together it and the-one a-casting-in-beside of-it under of-us, and we-sat-down-to upon of-a-throne of-a-ruling-of of-it;

10:53 εκαθισα ℵc.a (postea rurs εκαθισαμεν)

(152-150 B.C.)

1Ma 10:54 καὶ συνστήσωμεν πρὸς αὐτὸν φιλίαν· καὶ νῦν δός μοι τὴν θυγατέρα σου εἰς γυναῖκα, καὶ ἐπιγαμβρεύσω σοι, καὶ δώσω σοι δόματα καὶ αὐτῇ ἄξιά σου.

and we-might-have-stood-together toward to-it to-a-caring-unto; and now thou-should-have-had-given unto-me to-the-one to-a-daughter of-thee into to-a-woman, and I-shall-marry-upon-of unto-thee, and I-shall-give unto-thee to-givings-to and unto-it to-deem-belonged of-thee.

10:54 συνστησωμεν] νυν στησομεν ℵV (-σωμ.) | αυτον] αυτους ℵ εαυτους V | om νυν ℵV

(152-150 B.C.)

1Ma 10:55 καὶ ἀπεκρίθη Πτολεμαῖος ὁ βασιλεὺς λέγων Ἀγαθὴ ἡμέρα, ἐν ᾗ ἀνέστρεψας εἰς γῆν πατέρων σου, καὶ ἐκάθισας ἐπὶ θρόνου βασιλείας αὐτῶν.

And it-was-separated-off a-Ptolemaios the-one a-ruler-of forthing, Excess-placed a-dayedness in unto-which thou-beturned-up into to-a-soil of-fathers of-thee, and thou-sat-down-to upon of-a-throne of-a-ruling-of of-them.

10:55 ανεστρεψας] επεστρεψας ℵV | om σου ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | αυτου ℵ* (-των ℵc.a)

(152-150 B.C.)

1Ma 10:56 καὶ νῦν ποιήσω σοι ἃ ἔγραψας· ἀλλὰ ἀπάντησον εἰς Πτολεμαίδα, ὅπως ἴδωμεν ἀλλήλους, καὶ ἐπιγαμβρεύσω σοι καθὼς εἴρηκας.

And now I-shall-do-unto unto-thee to-which thou-scribed; other thou-should-have-off-ever-a-oned-unto into to-a-Ptolemais, unto-which-whither we-might-have-had-seen other-to-other, and I-shall-marry-upon-of unto-thee down-as thou-had-come-to-utter.

10:56 απαντησον] + μοι ℵc.a | ιδωμεν] incep ειρδ ℵ* ειδωμεν ℵ1, c.a

(150-147 B.C.)

1Ma 10:57 καὶ ἐξῆλθεν Πτολεμαῖος ἐξ Αἰγύπτου αὐτὸς καὶ Κλεοπάτρα ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς Πτολεμαίδα ἔτους δευτέρου καὶ ἑξηκοστοῦ καὶ ἑκατοστοῦ.

And it-had-came-out, a-Ptolemaios, out of-an-Aiguptos, it and a-Kleopatra the-one a-daughter of-it, and it-had-came into to-a-Ptolemais of-a-yeareedness of-second and of-sixtieth and of-hundredth.

312-162=150 B.C.

10:57 ετους . . . εκατοστου cum seqq (58) coniung ℵ | εξηκοστου] _ ℵ

(150-147 B.C.)

1Ma 10:58 καὶ ἀπήντησεν αὐτῷ Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ βασιλεύς, καὶ ἐξέδετο αὐτῷ Κλεοπάτραν τὴν θυγατέρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐποίησεν τὸν γάμον αὐτῆς ἐν Πτολεμαίδι, καθὼς οἱ βασιλεῖς, ἐν δόξῃ μεγάλῃ.

And it-off-ever-a-oned-unto unto-it, an-Alexandros the-one a-ruler-of, and it-gave-out unto-it to-a-Kleopatra to-the-one to-a-daughter of-it, and it-did-unto to-the-one to-a-marriage of-it in unto-a-Ptolemais down-as the-ones rulers-of in unto-a-reckonedness unto-great.

10:58 om και I° ℵ | Αλεξανδρος (sic) A | εξεδοτο ℵc.aV

(150-147 B.C.)

1Ma 10:59 Καὶ ἔγραψεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀλέξανδρος Ἰωνάθῃ ἐλθεῖν εἰς συνάντησιν αὐτῷ.

And it-scribed, the-one a-ruler-of an-Alexandros, unto-an-Iônathês to-have-had-came into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-it.

10:59 Αλεξανδρος ο βασιλευς ℵV | Ιωναθη] Ιωναθα ℵ* τω Ιωναθαν ℵc.a Ιωναθαν V | συναντησιν] pr τη̅| ℵc.a

(150-147 B.C.)

1Ma 10:60 καὶ ἐπορεύθη μετὰ δόξης εἰς Πτολεμαίδα, καὶ ἀπήντησεν τοῖς δυσὶν βασιλεῦσιν· καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον καὶ τοῖς φίλοις αὐτῶν καὶ δόματα πολλά, καὶ εὗρεν χάριν ἐναντίον αὐτῶν.

And it-was-traversed-of with of-a-reckonedness into to-a-Ptolemais, and it-off-ever-a-oned-unto unto-the-ones unto-two unto-rulers-of; and it-gave unto-them to-a-silverlet and to-a-goldlet and unto-the-ones unto-cared of-them and to-givings-to to-much, and it-had-found to-a-granting to-ever-a-oned-in of-them.

10:60 εις Πτ. μετα δ. V | δυσι V | βασιλευσι ℵVa | δοματα ℵV] δυνατα A | εναντιον] ενωπιον ℵ

(150-147 B.C.)

1Ma 10:61 καὶ συνήχθησαν ἐπ' αὐτὸν ἄνδρες λοιμοὶ ἐξ Ἰσραήλ, ἄνδρες παράνομοι, ἐντυχεῖν κατ' αὐτοῦ· καὶ οὐ προσέσχεν αὐτοῖς ὁ βασιλεύς.

And they-were-led-together upon to-it men plagues out of-an-Israêl, men parceleed-beside, to-have-had-actuanated-in down of-it; and not it-had-held-toward unto-them, the-one a-ruler-of.

10:61 συνηχθησαν] επισυνηχθησαν ℵV | επ] προς ℵV | παρανομοι] ανομοι ℵ

(150-147 B.C.)

1Ma 10:62 καὶ προσέταξεν αὐτοῖς ὁ βασιλεύς, καὶ ἐξέδυσαν Ἰωναθὰν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐνέδυσαν αὐτὸν πορφύραν· καὶ ἐποίησαν οὕτως.

And it-arranged-toward unto-them, the-one a-ruler-of, and they-sunk-out to-an-Iônathan to-the-ones to-apparelets of-it, and they-sunk-in to-it to-a-flushedness; and they-did-unto unto-the-one-this.

10:62 om αυτοις ℵV | ο βασιλευς] incep λ (improb ℵ1) | εξεδυσαν ℵV | ενεδυσαν ℵ

(150-147 B.C.) (150-147 B.C.)

1Ma 10:63 καὶ ἐκάθισεν αὐτὸν ὁ βασιλεὺς μετ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς ἄρχουσιν αὐτοῦ Ἐξέλθατε μετ' αὐτοῦ εἰς μέσον τῆς πόλεως, καὶ κηρύξατε τοῦ μηδένα ἐντυγχάνειν κατ' αὐτοῦ περὶ μηδενὸς πράγματος, καὶ μηδεὶς αὐτῷ ἐνοχλείτω περὶ παντὸς λόγου.

And it-sat-down-to to-it, the-one a-ruler-of, with of-it, and it-had-said unto-the-ones unto-firsting of-it, Ye-should-have-came-out with of-it into to-middle of-the-one of-a-city, and ye-should-have-heraldered of-the-one to-lest-then-also-one to-actuanate-in down of-it about of-lest-then-also-one of-a-practicing-to, and lest-then-also-one unto-it it-should-crowd-in-unto about of-all of-a-forthee.

(150-147 B.C.)

1Ma 10:64 καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς εἶδον οἱ ἐντυγχάνοντες τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ καθὼς ἐκήρυξεν, καὶ περιβεβλημένον αὐτὸν σινδόνα, καὶ ἔφυγον πάντες.

And it-had-became as they-had-seen, the-ones actuanating-in, to-the-one to-a-reckonedness of-it down-as it-heraldered, and to-having-had-come-to-be-casted-about to-it to-a-sindôn, and they-had-fled, all.

Note: to-a-sindôn : a fine fabric from SINDH, a region in Pakistan.

10:64 σινδονα] πορφυραν ℵV | om και 3° V

(150-147 B.C.)

1Ma 10:65 καὶ ἐδόξασεν αὐτὸν ὁ βασιλεύς, καὶ ἔγραψεν αὐτὸν τῶν πρώτων φίλων, καὶ ἔθετο αὐτὸν στρατηγὸν καὶ μεριδάρχην.

And it-reckoned-to to-it, the-one a-ruler-of, and it-scribed to-it of-the-ones of-most-before of-cared, and it-had-placed to-it to-an-amass-leader and to-a-portion-firster.

(150-147 B.C.)

1Ma 10:66 καὶ ἐπέστρεψεν Ἰωναθὰν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ μετ' εἰρήνης καὶ εὐφροσύνης.

And it-beturned-upon, an-Iônathan, into to-an-Ierousalêm with of-a-joinifying and of-a-goodly-centeringedness.

10:66 om εις Ιερουσαλημ ℵ

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:67 Καὶ ἐν ἔτει πέμπτῳ καὶ ἑξηκοστῷ καὶ ἑκατοστῷ ἦλθεν Δημήτριος ὁ υἱὸς Δημητρίου ἐκ Κρήτης εἰς τὴν γῆν τῶν πατέρων αὐτοῦ.

And in unto-a-yeareedness unto-fifth and unto-sixtieth and unto-hundredth it-had-came, a-Dêmêtrios the-one a-son of-a-Dêmêtrios, out of-a-Krêtês into to-the-one to-a-soil of-the-ones of-fathers of-it.

312-165=147 B.C.

10:67 εν ετει . . . εκατοστω] ε ετι και _ και _ ℵ* εν έ ετι κ. _ κ. _ ℵc.a | ο υιος] om ο ℵV | εκ Κρητης] om κ I° A* (superscr Aa?)

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:68 καὶ ἤκουσεν Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ βασιλεύς, καὶ ἐλυπήθη σφόδρα, καὶ ἀπέστρεψεν εἰς Ἀντιοχίαν.

And it-heard, an-Alexandros the-one a-ruler-of, and it-was-throed-unto to-vehemented, and it-beturned-off into to-an-Antiochia.

Note: to-an-Antiochia in 01 02 : to-an-Antiocheia is correct as in NT; primitive assimilation.

10:68 ελυπηθη] + ο βασιλευς ℵ* (improb et unc incl ℵ1, c.a, c.b) | υπεστρεψσεν ℵ* (απεστρ. ℵc.a) V | Αντιοχειαν V

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:69 καὶ κατέστησεν Δημήτριος Ἀπολλώνιον τὸν ὄντα ἐπὶ Κοίλης Συρίας, καὶ συνήγαγεν δύναμιν μεγάλην, καὶ παρενέβαλεν ἐν Ἰαμνείᾳ· καὶ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς Ἰωναθὰν τὸν ἀρχιερέα, λέγων

And it-stood-down, a-Dêmêtrios, to-an-Apollônios to-the-one to-being upon of-a-Koilê of-a-Suria, and it-had-led-together to-an-ability to-great, and it-had-casted-in-beside in unto-an-Iamneia; and it-set-off toward to-an-Iônathan to-the-one to-a-first-sacreder-of forthing,

10:69 Κοιλης] pr της ℵc.a | παρενεβαλον ℵ* (-λεν ℵc.a) | εν Ιαμνεια] επι Ιαμνιαν ℵV

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:70 Σὺ μονώτατος ἐπαίρῃ ἐφ' ἡμᾶς, ἐγὼ δὲ ἐγενήθην εἰς καταγέλωτα καὶ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν διὰ σέ· καὶ διὰ τί σὺ ἐξουσιάζῃ ἐφ' ἡμᾶς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν;

Thou most-stayeed thou-lift-upon upon to-us, I then-also I-was-became into to-a-laughing-down and into to-a-reproaching-to-of through to-thee; and through to-what-one thou thou-be-out-belong-to upon to-us in unto-the-ones unto-jutteednesses?

10:70 ονειδισμον] pr εις ℵV | εξουσιαζη (-ζει Va)] pr συ ℵ

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:71 νῦν οὖν εἰ πέποιθας ἐπὶ ταῖς δυνάμεσίν σου, κατάβηθι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰς τὸ πεδίον, καὶ συνκριθῶμεν ἑαυτοῖς ἐκεῖ, ὅτι μετ' ἐμοῦ ἐστιν δύναμις τῶν πόλεων.

Now accordingly if thou-hath-had-come-to-sure upon unto-the-ones unto-abilities of-thee, thou-should-have-had-stepped-down toward to-us into to-the-one to-a-footinglet, and we-might-have-been-separated-together unto-selves thither, to-which-a-one with of-ME it-be an-ability of-the-ones of-cities.

10:71 ει πεποιθας] επιπεποιθας (? επι πεπ.) ℵ | συγκρ. Va | μετ εμου εστιν] ουκ εστι̅| ετι ℵ* (μετ εμ. εστ. ℵc.a)

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:72 ἐρώτησον καὶ μάθε τίς εἰμι καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ βοηθοῦντες ἡμῖν· καὶ λέγουσιν Οὐκ ἔστιν ὑμῖν στάσις ποδὸς κατὰ πρόσωπον ἡμῶν, ὅτι δὶς ἐτροπώθησαν οἱ πατέρες σου ἐν τῇ γῇ αὐτῶν.

Thou-should-have-entreated-unto and thou-should-have-had-learned what-one I-be and the-ones remaindered the-ones holler-running-unto unto-us; and they-forth, Not it-be unto-ye a-standing of-a-foot down to-looked-toward of-us, to-which-a-one twice they-were-en-turneed the-ones fathers of-thee in unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-them.

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:73 καὶ νῦν οὐ δυνήσῃ ὑποστῆναι τὴν ἵππον καὶ δύναμιν τοιαύτην ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ, ὅπου οὐκ ἔστιν λίθος οὐδὲ κόχλαξ οὐδὲ τόπος τοῦ φυγεῖν.

And now not thou-shall-able to-have-had-stood-under to-the-one to-a-horse and to-an-ability to-the-one-unto-the-one-this in unto-the-one unto-a-footinglet, to-which-of-whither not it-be a-stone not-then-also a-glidder not-then-also an-occasion of-the-one to-have-had-fled.

Note: unto-glidders : formed from the Adjective, used to refer to smooth stones used for throwing or as shingles.

10:73 om και 2° ℵ | του φυγειν] που φυγειν A

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:74 Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσεν Ἰωναθὰν τῶν λόγων Ἀπολλωνίου, ἐκινήθη τῇ διανοίᾳ, καὶ ἐπέλεξεν δέκα χιλιάδας ἀνδρῶν, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐξ Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ συνήντησεν αὐτῷ Σίμων ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ βοήθειαν αὐτοῦ.

As then-also it-heard, an-Iônathan, of-the-ones of-forthees of-an-Apollônios, it-was-moved-unto unto-the-one unto-an-en-mulling-through-unto, and it-forthed-upon to-ten to-thousands of-men, and it-had-came-out out of-an-Ierousalêm, and it-together-ever-a-oned-unto unto-it, a-Simôn the-one brethrened of-it, upon to-a-holler-running-of of-it.

10:74 εξ] εις ℵ* (εξ ℵc.b) | συνηντησεν] συνην V | επι βοηθειαν] ε. βοηθιαν ℵ επιβοηθειν V | αυτου 2°] αυτω ℵV

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:75 καὶ παρενέβαλεν ἐπὶ Ἰόππην, καὶ ἀπέκλεισαν αὐτὸν οἱ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, ὅτι φρουρὰ Ἀπολλωνίου ἐν Ἰόππῃ, (1Ma 10:76) καὶ ἐπολέμησαν αὐτήν.

And it-had-casted-in-beside upon to-an-Ioppê, and they-latch-belonged-off to-it, the-ones out of-the-one of-a-city, to-which-a-one a-wardedness-before of-an-Apollônios in unto-an-Ioppê, (1Ma 10:76) and they-warred-unto to-it.

10:75 Ιωππ. V | αυτον] αυτην ℵ* (-τον ℵc.a) V | φρουραν ℵ | Ιοππη (Ιωππ. V)] + ευρον ℵ | επολεμησεν V

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:76 καὶ φοβηθέντες ἤνοιξαν οἱ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ἐκυρίευσεν Ἰωναθὰν Ἰόππης.

And having-been-feareed-unto they-opened-up, the-ones out of-the-one of-a-city, and it-authority-belonged-of, an-Iônathan, of-an-Ioppê.

10:76 φοβηθεντες] incep ε ℵ* (improb ℵ1) | εκυριευσαν ℵ* (-σεν ℵc.a, c.b) | Ιωππ. Va

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:77 καὶ ἤκουσεν Ἀπολλώνιος, καὶ παρενέβαλεν τρισχιλίαν ἵππον καὶ δύναμιν πολλήν, καὶ ἐπορεύθη εἰς Ἄζωτον ὡς διοδεύων, καὶ ἅμα προσῆγεν εἰς τὸ πεδίον, καὶ διὰ τὸ ἔχειν αὐτὸν πλῆθος ἵππου καὶ πεποιθέναι ἐπ' αὐτήν.

And it-heard, an-Apollônios, and it-had-casted-in-beside to-thrice-thousand to-a-horse and to-an-ability to-great, and it-was-traversed-of into to-an-Azôtos as waying-through-of, and along it-was-leading-toward into to-the-one to-a-footinglet, and through to-the-one to-hold to-it to-a-repleteedness of-a-horse and to-have-hath-had-come-to-sure upon to-it.

Note: and [6th] in 02 : omit in 01.

Note: to-it in 02 : unto-it in 01.

10:77 παρεβαλεν V* παρελαβεν V1 | προηγεν ℵ | om και 6° ℵV | αυτην] αυτη ℵ

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:78 καὶ κατεδίωξεν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ εἰς Ἄζωτον, καὶ συνῆψαν αἱ παρεμβολαὶ ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ εἰς πόλεμον.

And it-pursued-down aback-unto-which of-it into to-an-Azôtos, and they-fastened-together, the-ones castings-in-beside, aback-unto-which of-it into to-a-war.

10:78 αυτου I°] + εις πολεμον ℵV

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:79 καὶ ἀπέλειπεν Ἀπολλώνιος χιλίαν ἵππον κρυπτῶς κατόπισθεν αὐτῶν·

And it-was-remaindering-off, an-Apollônios, to-thousand to-a-horse unto-hidened down-aback-from of-them;

10:79 απελιπεν ℵ

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:80 καὶ ἔγνω Ἰωναθὰν ὅτι ἔστιν ἔνεδρον κατόπισθεν αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἐκύκλωσαν αὐτοῦ τὴν παρεμβολήν, καὶ ἐξετίναξαν τὰς σχίζας εἰς τὸν λαὸν ἐκ πρωίθεν ἕως δείλης.

And it-had-acquainted, an-Iônathan, to-which-a-one it-be an-en-seating-in down-aback-from of-it. And they-en-circled of-it to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside, and they-jolted-out to-the-ones to-splittednesses into to-the-one to-a-people out unto-before-belonged-from unto-if-which of-dired.

Note: to-splittednesses : used to refer to clefted wood and arrows because of their clefted end.

10:80 αυτου I°] αυτων V | εκυκλωσεν V | λαον] ναο̅| ℵ* (λαον ℵc.a)

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:81 ὁ δὲ λαὸς ἱστήκει καθὼς ἐπέταξεν Ἰωναθάν, καὶ ἐκοπίασαν οἱ ἵπποι αὐτῶν.

The-one then-also a-people it-had-come-to-have-had-stood down-as it-arranged-upon, an-Iônathan, and they-fell-belonged-to, the-ones horses of-them.

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:82 καὶ εἵλκυσεν Σίμων τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ συνῆψεν πρὸς τὴν φάλαγγα, ἡ γὰρ ἵππος ἐξελύθη· καὶ συνετρίβησαν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔφυγαν.

And it-haulationed, a-Simôn, to-the-one to-an-ability of-it, and it-fastened-together toward to-the-one to-a-phalanx, the-one too-thus a-horse it-was-loosed-out; and they-had-been-rubbed-together off of-it, and they-fled.

10:82 συνηψαν ℵ | φαραγγα ℵ* (φαλ. ℵc.a) φραγγ. V* (φαρ. V1) | απ] υπ ℵV | εφυγον V

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:83 καὶ ἡ ἵππος ἐσκορπίσθη ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ, καὶ ἔφυγον εἰς Ἄζωτον, καὶ εἰσῆλθον εἰς Βηθδαγὼν τὸ εἰδώλιον αὐτῶν τοῦ σωθῆναι.

And the-one a-horse it-was-scattered-to in unto-the-one unto-a-footinglet, and they-had-fled into to-an-Azôtos, and they-had-came-into into to-a-Bethdagôn to-the-one to-an-imagelet of-them of-the-one to-have-been-saved-to.

10:83 εσκορπ.] εξελυθη V | εφυγεν ℵ | Βηθδαγων] Βοδαγων ℵ* (Βηθδ. ℵc.a, c.b)

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:84 καὶ ἐνεπύρισεν Ἰωναθὰν τὴν Ἄζωτον καὶ τὰς πόλεις τὰς κύκλῳ αὐτῆς, καὶ ἔλαβεν τὰ σκῦλα αὐτῶν, καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν Δαγὼν καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν αὐτῆς ἐνεπύρισεν ἐν πυρί.

And fired-in-to, an-Iônathan, to-the-one to-an-Azôtos and to-the-ones to-cities to-the-ones unto-a-circle of-it, and it-had-taken to-the-ones to-flayed of-them, and to-the-one to-sacred of-a-Dagôn and to-the-one to-sacred of-it it-fired-in-to in unto-a-fire.

10:84 τας (τ sup ras Aa) πολεις] τας πολις ℵ | και το ιερον αυτης] και τους συνφυτου̅|τουντας εις αυτο ℵ* (improb του̅ ℵ1?) και τους συνφευγοντας (-φυγ. V) εις αυτο ℵc.a, c.bV | om εν ℵV

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:85 καὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ πεπτωκότες μαχαίρᾳ σὺν τοῖς ἐνπυρισθεῖσιν εἰς ἄνδρας ὀκτακισχιλίους.

And they-had-became, the-ones having-had-come-to-fall unto-a-battle-section-alongedness together unto-the-ones unto-having-been-fired-in-to, into to-men to-eight-oft-thousand.

10:85 εγενετο ℵ* (εγενοντο ℵc.a) | εμπυρισθισιν ℵ

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:86 καὶ ἀπῆρεν ἐκεῖθεν Ἰωναθάν, καὶ παρενέβαλεν εἰς Ἀσκάλωνα, καὶ ἐξῆλθον οἱ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως εἰς συνάντησιν αὐτῷ ἐν δόξῃ μεγάλῃ.

And it-lifted-off thither-from, an-Iônathan, and it-had-casted-in-beside into to-an-Askalôn, and they-had-came-out, the-ones out of-the-one of-a-city, into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-it in unto-a-reckonedness unto-great.

10:86 εκειθεν] ενθε̅| ℵ om V | εις I°] επι ℵV | Ασκαλωνα] Καλωνα A

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:87 καὶ ἐπέστρεψεν Ἰωναθὰν σὺν τοῖς παρ' αὐτοῦ ἔχοντες σκῦλα πολλά.

And it-beturned-upon, an-Iônathan together unto-the-ones beside of-it, holding to-flayed to-much.

10:87 Ιωναθαν] + ις (εις ℵc.a) Ιη̅λ̅μ̅ ℵ + εις Ιλη̅μ̅ V | εχοντι ℵ* (-τες ℵc.a)

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:88 καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἤκουσεν Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ βασιλεὺς τοὺς λόγους τούτους, καὶ προσέθετο δοξάσαι τὸν Ἰωναθάν.

And it-had-became as it-heard, an-Alexandros the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these, and it-had-placed-toward to-have-reckoned-to to-the-one to-an-Iônathan.

10:88 om Αλεξανδρος V | προσεθετο] + ετι ℵV

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 10:89 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτῷ πόρπην χρυσῆν, ὡς ἔθος ἐστὶν δίδοσθαι τοῖς συγγενεῦσιν τῶν βασιλέων· καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ τὴν Ἀκκαρὼν καὶ πάντα τὰ ὅρια αὐτῆς εἰς κληροδοσίαν.

And it-set-off unto-it to-a-brooch to-golden, as a-placeedness it-be to-be-given unto-the-ones unto-together-becomers-of of-the-ones of-rulers-of; and it-gave unto-it to-the-one to-an-Akkarôn and to-all to-the-ones to-boundlets of-it into to-a-lot-giving-unto.

10:89 εστι V | συγγενεσιν ℵ* (-νευσιν ℵc.a) V (-σι) | Ακκαρω ℵ* (Ακκαρων ℵc.b)

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 11:1 Καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου ἤθροισεν δυνάμεις πολλὰς ὡς ἡ ἄμμος ἡ παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ πλοῖα πολλά· καὶ ἐζήτησεν κατακρατῆσαι τῆς βασιλείας Ἀλεξάνδρου δόλῳ, καὶ προσθεῖναι αὐτὴν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὑτοῦ.

And the-one a-ruler-of of-an-Aiguptos it-flurried-along-to to-abilities to-much as the-one a-sand the-one beside to-the-one to-a-rimmeedness of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness, and to-floatlets to-much; and it-sought-unto to-have-secured-down-unto of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-an-Alexandros unto-a-guile, and to-have-had-placed-toward to-it unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of of-itself.

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 11:2 καὶ ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Συρίαν λόγοις εἰρηνικοῖς, καὶ ἤνοιγον αὐτῷ οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων, καὶ συνήντων αὐτῷ, ὅτι ἐντολὴ ἦν Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ βασιλέως συναντᾷν αὐτῷ διὰ τὸ πενθερὸν αὐτοῦ εἶναι.

And it-had-came-out into to-a-Suria unto-forthees unto-joinify-belonged-of, and they-were-opening-up unto-it, the-ones off of-the-ones of-cities, and they-were-together-ever-a-oneing-unto unto-it, to-which-a-one a-finishing-in it-was of-an-Alexandros of-the-one of-a-ruler-of to-together-ever-a-one-unto unto-it through to-the-one to-en-grieved of-it to-be.

Note: to-en-grieved : used to refer to father-in-laws because of their grief in losing a child to marriage.

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 11:3 ὡς δὲ εἰσεπορεύετο εἰς τὰς πόλεις Πτολεμαίδος, ἀπέτασσε τὰς δυνάμεις φρουρὰν ἐν ἑκάστῃ πόλει.

As then-also it-was-traversing-into-of into to-the-ones to-cities of-a-Ptolemais, it-was-arranging-off to-the-ones to-abilities to-a-wardedness-before in unto-each unto-a-city.

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 11:4 ὡς δὲ ἤγγισεν Ἀζώτου, ἔδειξαν αὐτῷ τὸ ἱερὸν Δαγὼν ἐνπεπυρισμένον καὶ Ἄζωτον καὶ τὰ περιπόλια αὐτῆς καθῃρημένα καὶ τὰ σώματα ἐρριμμένα, καὶ τοὺς ἐνπεπυρισμένους οὓς ἐνεπύρισεν ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ, ἐποίησαν γὰρ θιμωνιὰς αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ αὐτοῦ.

As then-also it-neared-to of-an-Azôtos, they-en-showed unto-it to-the-one to-sacred of-a-Dagôn to-having-had-come-to-be-fired-in-to and to-an-Azôtos and to-the-ones to-transpirelets-about of-it to-having-had-come-to-be-sectioned-along-down-unto and to-the-ones to-en-capsulings-to to-having-had-come-to-be-flung, and to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-be-fired-in-to to-which it-fired-in-to in unto-the-one unto-a-war, they-did-unto too-thus to-pilings-unto of-them in unto-the-one unto-a-way of-it.

Note: to-transpirelets-about : used to refer to things becoming around a center, usually of guard houses as extensions of the area or city they protect, of forts as more distant, of suburbs, etc.

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 11:5 καὶ διηγήσαντο τῷ βασιλεῖ ἃ ἐποίησεν Ἰωναθάν, εἰς τὸ ψογίσαι αὐτόν· καὶ ἐσίγησεν ὁ βασιλεύς.

And they-led-through-unto unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of to-which it-did-unto, an-Iônathan, into to-the-one to-have-censureed-to to-it; and it-silenced-unto, the-one a-ruler-of.

11:5 ψογισαι] ψεξαι ℵ

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 11:6 καὶ συνήντησεν Ἰωναθὰν τῷ βασιλεῖ εἰς Ἰόππην μετὰ δόξης, καὶ ἠσπάσαντο ἀλλήλους, καὶ ἐκοιμήθησαν ἐκεῖ.

And it-together-ever-a-oned-unto, an-Iônathan, unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of into to-an-Ioppê with of-a-reckonedness, and they-drew-along-to to-other-to-other, and they-were-situateed-unto thither.

11:6 Ιωππ. Va

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 11:7 καὶ ἐπορεύθη Ἰωναθὰν μετὰ τοῦ βασιλέως ἕως τοῦ ποταμοῦ τοῦ καλουμένου Ἐλευθέρου, καὶ ἐπέστρεψεν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ.

And it-was-traversed-of an-Iônathan with of-the-one of-a-ruler-of unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-drinkationing-of of-the-one of-being-called-unto of-an-Eleutheros, and it-beturned-upon into to-an-Ierousalêm.

11:7 μετα του ℵV] μετ αυτου A

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 11:8 ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς Πτολεμαῖος ἐκυρίευσεν τῶν πόλεων τῆς παραλίας ἕως Σελευκίας τῆς παραθαλασσίας, καὶ διελογίζετο περὶ Ἀλεξάνδρου λογισμοὺς πονηρούς.

The-one then-also a-ruler-of a-Ptolemaios it-authority-belonged-of of-the-ones of-cities of-the-one of-beside-salt-belonged unto-if-which of-a-Seleukia of-the-one of-beside-flourisheredness

-belonged, and it-was-fortheeing-through-to about of-an-Alexandros to-fortheeings-to-of to-en-necessitated.

11:8 ο δε Πτολεμαιος ο βασιλευς ℵ| Πτολεμεος A : item 13, 15, 16, 18 | της παραλ.] pr εως V | παραλιου ℵ | Σελευκειας Va

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 11:9 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν πρέσβεις πρὸς Δημήτριον βασιλέα, λέγων Δεῦρο συνθώμεθα πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς διαθήκην, καὶ δώσω σοι τὴν θυγατέρα μου ἣν εἶχεν Ἀλέξανδρος, καὶ βασιλεύσεις τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ πατρός σου·

And it-set-off to-elders toward to-a-Dêmêtrios to-a-ruler-of forthing, Thou-should-be-en-hithered-of, we-might-have-had-placed-together toward to-selves to-a-placement-through, and I-shall-give unto-thee to-the-one to-a-daughter of-me to-which it-was-holding, an-Alexandros, and thou-shall-ruler-of of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-the-one of-a-father of-thee;

11:9 βασιλεα] pr τον ℵ | θυγατεραν ℵ | ειχεν ℵ* (εκει ℵc.a, et ut vid c.b) V | om και 3° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | της βασιλειας] τη βασιλεια A*vid (της βασιλειας A1) την βασιλειαν ℵ

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 11:10 μεταμεμέλημαι γὰρ δοὺς αὐτῷ τὴν θυγατέρα μου, ἐζήτησεν γὰρ ἀποκτεῖναί με.

I-had-come-to-vie-with too-thus having-had-given unto-it to-the-one to-a-daughter of-me, it-sought-unto too-thus to-have-killed-off to-me.

11:10 μεταμεμελημαι γαρ] μετα γαρ εμε ℵ* (μεταμεμελημε γαρ ℵc.a)

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 11:11 καὶ ἐψόγισεν αὐτὸν χάριν τοῦ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὸν τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ.

And it-censureed-to to-it to-a-granting of-the-one to-have-passioned-upon-unto to-it of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-it.

11:11 εψογισεν] εψεξε̅| ℵ* (εψογ. ℵc.a) | βασιλιας ℵ

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 11:12 καὶ ἀφελόμενος αὐτοῦ τὴν θυγατέρα, ἔδωκεν αὐτὴν τῷ Δημητρίῳ, καὶ ἠλλοιώθη τὸ πρόσωπον Ἀλεξάνδρου, καὶ ἐφάνη ἔχθρα αὐτῶν.

And having-had-sectioned-off of-it to-the-one to-a-daughter, it-gave to-it unto-the-one unto-a-Dêmêtrios, and it-was-en-othered the-one looked-toward of-an-Alexandros, and it-had-been-manifested an-en-enmitying of-them.

11:12 τω Δημ.] om τω ℵ | ηλλ. το προσ. Αλεξανδρου] εδηλωθη τω Αλεξανδρω ℵ ηλλ. τω Αλ. V | εχθρα] pr η ℵV

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 11:13 Καὶ εἰσῆλθεν Πτολεμαῖος εἰς Ἀντιοχίαν, καὶ περιέθετο τὸ διάδημα τῆς Ἀσίας, καὶ περιέθετο δύο διαδήματα περὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ, τὸ τῆς Ἀσίας καὶ Αἰγύπτου.

And it-had-came-into, a-Ptolemaios, into to-an-Antiochia, and it-had-placed-about to-the-one to-a-binding-through-to of-the-one of-an-Asia, and it-had-placed-about to-two to-bindings-through-to about to-the-one to-a-head of-it, to-the-one of-the-one of-an-Asia and of-an-Aiguptos.

Note: to-an-Antiochia in 01 02 : to-an-Antiocheia is correct as in NT; primitive assimilation.

Note: to-a-binding-through-to : used to refer to head bands.

11:13 εισελθεν] εξηλθεν ℵ* (εισηλθ· ℵc.a, c.b) | Αντιοχειαν V | Αιγυπτου και Ασιας ℵ Αιγ. και το της Ασ. V

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 11:14 Ἀλέξανδρος δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἦν εἰς Κιλικίαν κατὰ τοὺς καιροὺς ἐκείνους, ὅτι ἀπεστάτουν οἱ ἀπὸ τῶν τόπων ἐκείνων.

An-Alexandros then-also the-one a-ruler-of it-was into to-a-Kilikia down to-the-ones to-times to-the-ones-thither, to-which-a-one they-were-standing-off-unto, the-ones off of-the-ones of-occasions of-the-ones-thither.

11:14 εις Κιλικιαν] εν Κιλικια ℵV

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 11:15 καὶ ἤκουσεν Ἀλέξανδρος, καὶ ἦλθεν ἐπ' αὐτὸν ἐν πολέμῳ· καὶ ἐξήγαγεν Πτολεμαῖος καὶ ἀπήντησεν αὐτῷ ἐν χειρὶ ἰσχυρᾷ, καὶ ἐτροπώσατο αὐτόν.

And it-heard, an-Alexandros, and it-had-came upon to-it in unto-a-war; and it-had-led-out, a-Ptolemaios, and it-off-ever-a-oned-unto unto-it in unto-a-hand unto-force-held, and it-en-turneed to-it.

11:15 ηλθον ℵ* (ηλθεν ℵc.a) | αυτον I°] αυτων Va | om εν I° ℵc.aV | Πτολεμαιος] + την δυναμιν ℵc.a

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 11:16 καὶ ἔφυγεν Ἀλέξανδρος εἰς τὴν Ἀραβίαν, τοῦ σκεπασθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ· ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς Πτολεμαῖος ὑψώθη.

And it-had-fled, an-Alexandros, into to-the-one to-an-Arabia, of-the-one to-have-been-covered-to to-it thither; the-one then-also a-ruler-of a-Ptolemaios it-was-en-lofteed.

11:16 om αυτον ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 11:17 καὶ ἀφεῖλεν Ζαβδιὴλ ὁ Ἄραψ τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἀλεξάνδρου, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν τῷ Πτολεμαίῳ.

And it-had-sectioned-off, a-Zabdiêl the-one an-Arabian, to-the-one to-a-head of-an-Alexandros, and it-set-off unto-the-one unto-a-Ptolemaios.

(147-145 B.C.)

1Ma 11:18 καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς Πτολεμαῖος ἀπέθανεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, καὶ οἱ ὄντες ἐν τοῖς ὀχυρώμασιν αὐτοῦ ἀπώλοντο ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν τοῖς ὀχυρώμασιν.

And the-one a-ruler-of a-Ptolemaios it-had-died-off in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-third, and the-ones being in unto-the-ones unto-en-holdationings-to of-it they-had-destructed-off under of-the-ones in unto-the-ones unto-en-holdationings-to.

11:18 ο βασιλευς] om ο ℵ* (hab ℵc.b) | om εν I° ℵ

(145 B.C.)

1Ma 11:19 καὶ ἐβασίλευσεν Δημήτριος ἔτους ἑβδόμου καὶ ἑξηκοστοῦ καὶ ἑκατοστοῦ.

And it-rulered-of, a-Dêmêtrios, of-a-yeareedness of-seventh and of-sixtieth and of-hundredth.

11:19 εβδομου . . . εκατοστου] _ και _ και _ ℵ

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:20 Ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις συνήγαγεν Ἰωναθὰν τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, τοῦ ἐκπολεμῆσαι τὴν ἄκραν τὴν ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ· καὶ ἐποίησαν ἐπ' αὐτὴν μηχανὰς πολλάς.

In unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses unto-the-ones-thither it-had-led-together, an-Iônathan, to-the-ones out of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia, of-the-one to-have-warred-out-unto to-the-one to-extremitied to-the-one in unto-an-Ierousalêm; and they-did-unto upon to-it to-machinatings to-much.

11:20 εκειναισυνηγαγεν ℵ | εκπολεμησαι] πολεμησαι ℵ | εποιησεν ℵ | εν αυτη ℵ* (επ αυτην ℵc.a, c.b)

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:21 καὶ ἐπορεύθησάν τινες μισοῦντες τὸ ἔθνος αὐτῶν, ἄνδρες παράνομοι, πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν αὐτῷ ὅτι Ἰωναθὰν περικάθηται τὴν ἄκραν.

And they-were-traversed-of ones hating-unto to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-them, men parceleed-beside, toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of, and they-leadeeered-off unto-it to-which-a-one an-Iônathan it-sat-about to-the-one to-extremitied.

11:21 επορευθημεν ℵ* (-σαν ℵc.a) | εθνος] + ημω̅| ℵ* (improb ℵ1, c.a)

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:22 καὶ ἀκούσας ὠργίσθη· ὡς δὲ ἤκουσεν, εὐθέως ἀναζεύξας ἦλθεν εἰς Πτολεμαίδα, καὶ ἔγραψεν Ἰωναθὰν τοῦ μὴ περικαθῆσθαι καὶ τοῦ ἀπαντῆσαι αὐτὸν αὐτῷ συνμίσγειν εἰς Πτολεμαίδα τὴν ταχίστην.

And having-heard it-was-stressed-to; as then-also it-heard, unto-straight having-en-coupled-up it-had-came into to-a-Ptolemais, and it-scribed to-an-Iônathan of-the-one lest to-sit-down-about and of-the-one to-have-off-ever-a-oned-unto to-it unto-it to-mingle-together into to-a-Ptolemais to-the-one to-most-quick.

11:22 περικαθησθαι] + τη ακρα ℵc.a | συνμισγειν (συνμιγειν V* συγμιγηναι Va)] pr κ ℵc.a

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:23 ὡς δὲ ἤκουσεν Ἰωναθάν, ἐκέλευσεν περικαθῆσθαι· καὶ ἐπέλεξεν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων Ἰσραήλ καὶ τῶν ἱερέων, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὑτὸν τῷ κινδύνῳ.

As then-also it-heard, an-Iônathan, it-bade-of to-sit-down-about; and it-forthed-upon of-the-ones of-more-eldered of-an-Israêl and of-the-ones of-sacreders-of, and it-gave to-itself unto-the-one unto-a-peril.

11:23 om δε ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | επελεξεν] εξελεξεν ℵ | ιερεων] Ιουδαιων ℵ | αυτον] εαυτον ℵ

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:24 καὶ λαβὼν ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον καὶ ἱματισμὸν καὶ ἕτερα ξένια πλείονα, καὶ ἐπορεύθη πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα εἰς Πτολεμαίδα, καὶ εὗρεν χάριν ἐναντίον αὐτοῦ.

And having-had-taken to-a-silverlet and to-a-goldlet and to-an-appareling-to-of and to-different to-guest-belonged to-more-beyond, and it-was-traversed-of toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of into to-a-Ptolemais, and it-had-found to-a-granting to-ever-a-oned-in of-it.

11:24 ετερα ξενια] εταραξεν τα A | πλειον ℵ* (πλειονα ℵc.a) | om και 5° V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:25 καὶ ἐνετύγχανον κατ' αὐτοῦ τινες ἄνομοι τῶν ἐκ τοῦ ἔθνους.

And they-were-actuanating-in down of-it, ones un-parceleed of-the-ones out of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to.

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:26 καὶ ἐποίησεν αὐτῷ ὁ βασιλεὺς καθὼς ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ οἱ πρὸ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὕψωσεν αὐτὸν ἐναντίον πάντων τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ.

And it-did-unto unto-it, the-one a-ruler-of, down-as they-did-unto unto-it, the-ones before of-it, and it-en-lofteed to-it to-ever-a-oned-in of-all of-the-ones of-cared of-it.

11:26 οι προ αυτου αυτω ℵ | παντων των φ. αυτου] των φιλω̅| αυτου παντων ℵ παντων τ. φ. α. παντων (sic) V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:27 καὶ ἔστησεν αὐτῷ τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα εἶχεν τίμια τὸ πρότερον, καὶ ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν τῶν πρώτων φίλων ἡγεῖσθαι.

And it-stood unto-it to-the-one to-a-first-en-sacredingedness, and to-which-a-which to-other it-was-holding to-value-belonged to-the-one to-more-before, and it-did-unto to-it of-the-ones of-most-before of-cared to-lead-unto.

11:27 αρχιεροσυνην AV* | των πρωτων] om των ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) om πρωτων V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:28 καὶ ἠξίωσεν Ἰωναθὰν τὸν βασιλέα ποιῆσαι τὴν Ἰουδαίαν ἀφορολόγητον καὶ τὰς τρεῖς τοπαρχίας καὶ τὴν Σαμαρῖτιν, καὶ ἐπηγγείλατο αὐτῷ τάλαντα τριακόσια.

And it-en-deem-belonged, an-Iônathan, to-the-one to-a-ruler-of to-have-done-unto to-the-one to-an-Ioudaia to-un-bearee-fortheed and to-the-ones to-three to-occasion-firstings-unto and to-the-one to-a-Samaratis, and it-leadeeered-upon unto-it to-talantons to-three-hundred.

11:28 Ιουδαια ℵ* (-δαιαν ℵc.a) | τας τρεις τοπαρχιας] τρις τριηραρχιας ℵ* (τας τρις τοπ. ℵc.a, c.b) | Σαμαρειτιν ℵVa | επηγγειλατο ℵV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:29 καὶ εὐδόκησεν ὁ βασιλεύς, καὶ ἔγραψεν τῷ Ἰωναθὰν ἐπιστολὰς περὶ πάντων τούτων ἐχούσας τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον

And it-goodly-thought-unto, the-one a-ruler-of, and it-scribed unto-the-one unto-an-Iônathan to-seteeings-upon about of-all of-the-ones-these to-holding to-the-one to-a-turn to-the-one-this,

11:29 επιστολην V | εχουσαν V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:30 Βασιλεὺς Δημήτριος Ἰωναθὰν τῷ ἀδελφῷ χαίρειν, καὶ ἔθνει Ἰουδαίῳ.

A-ruler-of a-Dêmêtrios unto-an-Iônathan unto-the-one unto-brethrened to-joy, and unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to unto-Iouda-belonged.

Note: in 02* : of-Iouda-belonged in 01 02C1.

11:30 Ιουδαιων ℵAaV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:31 τὸ ἀντίγραφον τῆς ἐπιστολῆς, ἧς ἐγράψαμεν Λασθένει τῷ συγγενεῖ ἡμῶν περὶ ὑμῶν, γεγράφαμεν καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ὅπως ἴδητε

The-one ever-a-one-scribed of-the-one of-a-seteeing-upon of-which we-scribed unto-a-Lasthenês unto-the-one unto-together-becominged of-us about of-ye, we-had-come-to-scribe and toward to-ye, unto-which-whither ye-might-have-had-seen,

11:31 om το ℵ | συνγενει ℵ | ημων] υμων ℵ*A*vid (ημ. ℵc.aAa)

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:32 Βασιλεὺς Δημήτριος Λασθένει τῷ πατρὶ χαίρειν.

A-ruler-of a-Dêmêtrios unto-a-Lasthenês unto-the-one unto-a-father to-joy.

11:32 Λασθενι ℵV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:33 τῷ ἔθνει τῶν Ἰουδαίων φίλοις ἡμῶν καὶ συντηροῦσι τὰ πρὸς ἡμᾶς δίκαια ἐκρίναμεν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι, χάριν τῆς ἑαυτῶν εὐνοίας πρὸς ἡμᾶς.

Unto-the-one unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged unto-cared of-us and unto-keeping-together-unto to-the-ones toward to-us to-course-belonged we-separated to-have-excess-place-done-unto, to-a-granting of-the-one of-selves of-a-goodly-en-mulling-unto toward to-us.

11:33 ημων] ουσιν ℵ | συντηρουσιν V* | αγαθον ποιησαι ℵ | εαυτων] εξ αυτων ℵV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:34 ἑστάκαμεν οὖν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὅρια τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ τοὺς τρεῖς νομούς, Ἀφαίρεμα καὶ Λυδδὰ καὶ Ῥαθαμείν· προσετέθησαν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ ἀπὸ τῆς Σαμαρίτιδος· καὶ πάντα τὰ συγκυροῦντα αὐτοῖς πᾶσιν τοῖς θυσιάζουσιν εἰς Ἰεροσόλυμα, ἀντὶ τῶν βασιλικῶν ὧν ἐλάμβανεν ὁ βασιλεὺς παρ' αὐτῶν τὸ πρότερον κατ' ἐνιαυτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν γενημάτων τῆς γῆς καὶ τῶν ἀκροδρύων.

We-had-come-to-stand accordingly unto-them to-the-ones to-boundlets of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia and to-the-ones to-three to-parcelees, to-an-Afairema and to-a-Ludda and to-a-Rathamein; they-were-placed-toward unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia off of-the-one of-a-Samaritis and all the-ones en-authoritying-together unto-them unto-all unto-the-ones unto-surge-belonging-to into to-Ierosoluma' ever-a-one of-the-ones of-ruler-belonged-of of-which it-was-taking, the-one a-ruler-of, beside of-them to-the-one to-more-before down to-a-being-in-unto-it off of-the-ones of-becomings-to of-the-one of-a-soil and of-the-ones of-extremity-trees.

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:35 καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ ἀνήκοντα ἡμῖν ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν τῶν δεκατῶν καὶ τῶν τελῶν τῶν ἀνηκόντων ἡμῖν, καὶ τὰς τοῦ ἁλὸς λίμνας, καὶ τοὺς ἀνήκοντας ἡμῖν στεφάνους, πάντα ἐπαρκέσομεν αὐτοῖς.

And to-the-ones to-other to-the-ones to-arriving-up unto-us off of-the-one now of-the-ones of-tenth and of-the-ones of-finisheednesses of-the-ones of-arriving-up unto-us, and to-the-ones of-the-one of-a-salt to-lakes, and to-the-ones to-arriving-up unto-us to-wreaths, to-all we-shall-lift-belong-of-upon-unto unto-them.

11:35 τελων] + και ℵ* (improb ℵ1?(non c.a)) | το του αλος λιμνων ℵ* (τας τ. αλ. λιμνας ℵc.a) | παντας ℵ | επαρκεσωμεν ℵ

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:36 καὶ οὐκ ἀθετήσεται οὐδὲν τούτων ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν ἐπὶ τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον.

And not it-shall-be-un-placed-unto not-then-also-one of-the-ones-these off of-the-one now upon to-the-one to-along-all to-a-while.

11:36 αθετησετε ℵ αθετηθησεται V | ουδεν] ουδε εν ℵ | νυν] + απο του νυν ℵ* (improb ℵc.a) | επι] εις ℵ* και εις ℵc.a

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:37 νῦν οὖν ἐπιμελεῖσθε τοῦ ποιῆσαι τούτων ἀντίγραφον, καὶ δοθήτω Ἰωναθάν, καὶ τεθήτω ἐν ὄρει τῷ ἁγίῳ ἐν τόπῳ ἐπιτηδείῳ ἐπισήμῳ.

Now accordingly ye-should-vie-upon-unto of-the-one to-have-done-unto of-the-ones-these to-ever-a-one-scribed, and it-should-have-been-given unto-an-Iônathan, and it-should-be-placed in unto-a-jutteedness unto-the-one unto-hallow-belonged in unto-an-occasion unto-avail-belonged-upon unto-signified-upon.

11:37 επιμελεσθαι ℵV* | Ιναθαν V* | ορει] pr τω ℵ | τοπω επιτηδειω] τω τοπω επιτηνιω ℵ* (επιτηδ. ℵc.a)

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:38 Καὶ ἴδεν Δημήτριος ὁ βασιλεὺς ὅτι ἡσύχασεν ἡ γῆ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ καὶ οὐθὲν αὐτῷ ἀνθεστήκει, καὶ ἀπέλυσεν πάσας τὰς δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ, ἕκαστον εἰς τὸν ἴδιον τόπον, πλὴν τῶν ξένων δυνάμεων ὧν ἐξενολόγησεν ἀπὸ τῶν νήσων τῶν ἐθνῶν· καὶ ἤχθρασαν αὐτῶν πᾶσαι αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ ἀπὸ τῶν πατέρων.

And it-had-seen, a-Dêmêtrios the-one a-ruler-of, to-which-a-one it-quiesced-to, the-one a-soil, to-in-look-belonged of-it and not-from-one unto-it it-had-come-to-have-ever-a-one-stood, and it-loosed-off to-all to-the-ones to-abilities of-it, to-each into to-the-one to-private-belonged to-an-occasion, to-beyond of-the-ones of-guested of-abilities of-which it-guest-fortheed-unto off of-the-ones of-isles of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to; and they-en-enmitied of-them, all the-ones abilities the-ones off of-the-ones of-fathers.

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:39 Τρύφων δὲ ἦν τῶν παρὰ Ἀλεξάνδρου τὸ πρότερον, καὶ ἴδεν ὅτι πᾶσαι αἱ δυνάμεις καταγογγύζουσιν κατὰ τοῦ Δημητρίου, καὶ ἐπορεύθη πρὸς Σινμαλκουὴ τὸν Ἄραβα, ὃς ἔτρεφεν τὸν Ἀντίοχον τὸ παιδάριον τὸ τοῦ Ἀλεξάνδρου·

A-Trufôn then-also it-was of-the-ones beside of-an-Alexandros to-the-one to-more-before, and it-had-seen to-which-a-one all the-ones abilities they-down-murmur-of-to down of-the-one of-a-Dêmêtrios, and it-was-traversed-of toward to-a-Sinmalkouê to-the-one to-an-Arabian, which it-was-nourishing to-the-one to-an-Antiochos to-the-one to-a-childling to-the-one of-the-one of-an-Alexandros;

11:39 ειδεν ℵV | Σινμαλκουη] Ιμαλκουε ℵV | ετρεφεν] ετρεψεν ℵ* (εθρεψεν ℵ1, c.b) | τον Αντιοχον] om τον ℵV | το του Αλεξ.] τον του Αλεξ. ℵV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:40 καὶ προσήδρευεν αὐτῷ, ὅπως παραδοῖ αὐτὸν αὐτῷ, ὅπως βασιλεύσῃ ἀντὶ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν αὐτῷ ὅσα συνετέλεσεν Δημήτριος, καὶ τὴν ἔχθραν ἣν ἐχθραίνουσιν αὐτῷ αἱ δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ ἡμέρας πολλάς.

and it-seated-toward-of unto-it, unto-which-whither it-might-have-had-given-beside to-it unto-it, unto-which-whither it-might-have-rulered-of ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-father of-it; and they-leadeeered-off unto-it to-which-a-which it-finished-together-unto, a-Dêmêtrios, and to-the-one to-an-en-enmitying to-which they-en-enmitieth unto-it, the-ones abilities of-it; and it-was-staying thither to-dayednesses to-much.

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:41 Καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Ἰωναθὰν πρὸς Δημήτριον τὸν βασιλέα, ἵνα ἐκβάλῃ τοὺς ἐκ τῆς ἄκρας ἐξ Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ τοὺς ἐν τοῖς ὀχυρώμασιν· ἦσαν γὰρ πολεμοῦντες τὸν Ἰσραήλ.

And it-set-off, an-Iônathan, toward to-a-Dêmêtrios to-the-one to-a-ruler-of, so it-might-have-had-casted-out to-the-ones out of-the-one of-extremitied out of-an-Ierousalêm and to-the-ones in unto-the-ones unto-en-holdationings-to; they-were too-thus warring-unto to-the-one to-an-Israêl.

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:42 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Δημήτριος πρὸς Ἰωναθὰν λέγων Οὐ μόνον ταῦτα ποιήσω σοι καὶ τῷ ἔθνει σου, ἀλλ' ἢ δόξῃ δοξάσω σε καὶ τὸ ἔθνος σου, ἐὰν εὐκαιρίας τύχω.

And it-set-off, a-Dêmêtrios, toward to-an-Iônathan forthing, Not to-stayeed to-the-ones-these I-shall-do-unto unto-thee and unto-the-one unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-thee, other or unto-a-reckonedness I-shall-reckon-to to-thee and to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-thee, if-ever of-a-goodly-timing-unto I-might-have-had-actuanated.

11:42 Δημητριος] + ο ℵ* (improb ℵ1, c) | ταυτα μονον ℵV | αλλα ℵ* (αλλ η ℵc.a) | δοξη ℵc.a | εαν] αν ℵV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:43 νῦν οὖν ὀρθῶς ποιήσεις ἀποστείλας ἡμῖν ἄνδρας οἳ συμμαχήσουσίν μοι, ὅτι ἀπέστησαν πᾶσαι αἱ δυνάμεις μου.

Now accordingly unto-straight-jutted thou-shall-do-unto having-set-off unto-us to-men which they-shall-battle-together-unto unto-me, to-which-a-one they-had-stood-off, all the-ones abilities of-me.

11:43 αποστελλων V | ημιν] μοι ℵV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:44 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Ἰωναθὰν ἄνδρας τρισχιλίους δυνατοὺς ἰσχύι αὐτῶν εἰς Ἀντιοχίαν, καὶ ἦλθοσαν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, καὶ ηὐφράνθη ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ τῇ ἐφόδῳ αὐτῶν.

And it-set-off, an-Iônathan, to-men to-thrice-thousand to-able unto-a-force-holding of-them into to-an-Antiochia, and they-hath-had-came toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of, and it-had-been-goodly-centered the-one a-ruler-of upon unto-the-one unto-a-way-upon of-them.

Note: to-an-Antiochia in 01 02 : to-an-Antiocheia is correct as in NT; primitive assimilation.

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:45 καὶ ἐπισυνήχθησαν οἱ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως εἰς μέσον τῆς πόλεως εἰς ἄνδρας δώδεκα μυριάδας, καὶ ἠβούλοντο ἀνελεῖν τὸν βασιλέα.

And they-were-led-together-upon the-ones out of-the-one of-a-city into to-middle of-the-one of-a-city into to-men to-two-ten to-myriads, and they-were-purposing to-have-had-sectioned-up to-the-one to-a-ruler-of.

11:45 εκ] απο ℵV | om εις 2° A | ανδρων ℵV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:46 καὶ ἔφυγεν ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς τὴν αὐλήν, καὶ κατελάβοντο οἱ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως τὰς διόδους τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ἤρξαντο ἐκπολεμεῖν.

And it-had-fled, the-one a-ruler-of, into to-the-one to-a-channeling, and they-had-taken-down, the-ones out of-the-one of-a-city, to-the-ones to-ways-through of-the-one of-a-city, and they-firsted to-war-out-unto.

11:46 πολεως I°] οικιας ℵ | εκπολεμειν] πολεμειν ℵV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:47 καὶ ἐκάλεσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τοὺς Ἰουδαίους ἐπὶ βοήθειαν, καὶ ἐπισυνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν πάντες ἅμα· καὶ διεσπάρησαν ἐν τῇ πόλει· καὶ ἀπέκτειναν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ εἰς μυριάδας δέκα.

And it-called-unto, the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-ones to-Iouda-belonged upon to-a-holler-running-of, and they-were-led-together-upon toward to-it all along; and they-had-been-whorled-through in unto-the-one unto-a-city; and they-killed-off in unto-the-one unto-a-city in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-thither into to-myriads to-ten.

11:47 επεσυνηχθ. V | παντες προς αυτο̅| ℵ om V | om εν τη πολει (2°) ℵV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:48 καὶ ἐνεπύρισαν τὴν πόλιν, καὶ ἔλαβοσαν σκῦλα πολλὰ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ ἔσωσαν τὸν βασιλέα.

And they-fired-in-to to-the-one to-a-city, and they-hath-had-taken to-flayed to-much in unto-the-one-thither unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness, and they-saved-to to-the-one to-a-ruler-of.

11:48 ελαβον ℵV | om εν V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:49 καὶ ἴδον οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως ὅτι κατεκράτησαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῆς πόλεως ὡς ἠβούλοντο, καὶ ἠσθένησαν ταῖς διανοίαις αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκέκραξαν πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα μετὰ δεήσεως, λέγοντες

And they-had-seen, the-ones off of-the-one of-a-city, to-which-a-one, they-secured-down-unto, the-ones Iouda-belonged, of-the-one of-a-city as they-were-purposing, and they-un-vigored-unto unto-the-ones unto-abilities of-them, and they-out-clamored-to toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of with of-a-binding, forthing,

11:49 ειδον ℵV | om ως ηβουλοντο ℵ* (hab ως εβουλοντο ℵc.aV) | εκεκραξαν] εκρατησαν ℵ* εκραξαν ℵc.a | λεγοντες] λογον V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:50 Δὸς ἡμῖν δεξιάς, καὶ παυσάσθωσαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πολεμοῦντες ἡμᾶς καὶ τὴν πόλιν.

Thou-should-have-had-given unto-us to-right-belonged, and they-should-have-ceased, the-ones Iouda-belonged, warring-unto to-us and to-the-one to-a-city.

11:50 δεξιαν ℵV | incep πολεμε ℵ* (πολεμουντ. ℵ1, c.a)

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:51 καὶ ἔριψαν τὰ ὅπλα, καὶ ἐποίησαν εἰρήνην· καὶ ἐδοξάσθησαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐναντίον τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ ἐνώπιον πάντων τῶν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἐπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἔχοντες σκῦλα πολλά.

And they-flung to-the-ones to-implements, and they-did-unto to-a-joinifying; and they-were-reckoned-to the-ones Iouda-belonged to-ever-a-oned-in of-the-one of-a-ruler-of and to-in-look-belonged of-all of-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of of-it; and they-beturned-upon into to-an-Ierousalêm holding to-flayed to-much.

11:51 ερριψαν ℵV | om παντων ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | αυτου] + και ωνομασθησαν εν τη βασιλεια αυτου ℵ* (improb ℵc.a) | επεστρεψεν ℵ* (-ψαν ℵc.a)

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:52 καὶ ἐκάθισεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Δημήτριος ἐπὶ θρόνου τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἡσύχασεν ἡ γῆ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ·

And it-sat-down-to, the-one a-ruler-of a-Dêmêtrios, upon of-a-throne of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-it, and it-quiesced-to, the-one a-soil, to-in-look-belonged of-it;

11:52 Δημητριος ο βασιλευς ℵV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:53 καὶ ἐψεύσατο πάντα ὅσα εἶπεν, καὶ ἠλλοτριώθη τῷ Ἰωναθὰν καὶ οὐκ ἀνταπέδωκεν τὰς εὐνοίας ἃς ἀνταπέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἔθλιψεν αὐτὸν σφόδρα.

And it-falsified to-all to-which-a-which it-had-said, and it-was-en-other-belonged unto-the-one unto-an-Iônathan and not it-ever-a-one-gave-off to-the-ones to-goodly-en-mullings-unto to-which it-ever-a-one-gave-off unto-it, and it-pressed to-it to-vehemented.

11:53 εσπευσατο ℵ* (εψ. ℵc.a) | ηλλοτριωθη τω] ηλλοτριωθησαν ℵ* (ηλλοτριωθη τω ℵc.a) | ανταπεδωκεν] απεδωκεν ℵ | om τας ευνοιας ας ανταπεδωκεν ℵ pr κατα V | εθλιβεν ℵV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:54 Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἀπέστρεψεν Τρύφων καὶ Ἀντίοχος μετ' αὐτοῦ, παιδάριον νεώτερον, καὶ ἐβασίλευσεν, καὶ ἐπέθετο διάδημα.

With then-also to-the-ones-these it-beturned-off, a-Trufôn and an-Antiochos with of-it, a-childling more-new, and it-rulered-of, and it-had-placed-upon to-a-binding-through-to.

Note: to-a-binding-through-to : used to refer to head bands.

11:54 μετ] pr και ℵ

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:55 καὶ ἐπισυνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ δυνάμεις ἃς ἀπεσκοράκισεν Δημήτριος, καὶ ἐπολέμησαν πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἔφυγεν καὶ ἐτροπώθη·

And they-were-led-together-upon toward to-it all the-ones abilities to-which it-beravened-off-to, a-Demetrios, and they-warred-unto toward to-it, and it-had-fled and it-was-en-turneed;

Note: it-beravened-off-to : used to refer to pursuing off as to a raven in the sense of its pestilence.

11:55 επισυνηχθησαν (επεσ. V)] επισυνησαν ℵ* (επισυνηχθ. ℵc.a) | επεσκορακισεν ℵ* (απεσκ. ℵ1) | Δημητριος] + ος ℵ* (improb ℵc.a) | επολεμησεν ℵV* | ετροπωθησαν ℵ

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:56 καὶ ἔλαβεν Τρύφων τὰ θηρία, καὶ κατεκράτησεν Ἀντιοχίας.

and it-had-taken, a-Trufôn, to-the-ones to-beastlets, and it-secured-down-unto of-an-Antiochia.

Note: of-an-Antiochia in 01 02 : to-an-Antiocheia is correct as in NT; primitive assimilation.

11:56 Αντιοχιας (-χειας V)] pr της ℵ

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:57 καὶ ἔγραψεν Ἀντίοχος ὁ νεώτερος Ἰωνάθᾳ λέγων Ἵστημί σοι τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην, καὶ καθίστημί σε ἐπὶ τῶν τεσσάρων νομῶν, καὶ εἶναί σε τῶν φίλων τοῦ βασιλέως.

And it-scribed, an-Antiochos the-one more-new, unto-an-Iônathan forthing, I-stand unto-thee to-the-one to-a-first-en-sacredingedness, and I-stand-down to-thee upon of-the-ones of-four of-parcelees, and to-be to-thee of-the-ones of-cared of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

11:57 Ιωναθαν ℵ*V τω Ιωναθαν ℵc.a | αρχιερωσυνην] seq spat 2 vel 3 litt in A | om και 3° ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:58 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτῷ χρυσώματα καὶ διακονίαν, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν πίνειν ἐν χρυσώμασιν καὶ εἶναι ἐν πορφύρᾳ καὶ ἔχειν πόρπην χρυσῆν.

And it-set-off unto-it to-en-goldings-to and to-a-raising-through-unto, and it-gave unto-it to-a-being-out-unto to-drink in unto-en-goldings-to and to-be in unto-a-flushedness and to-hold to-a-brooch to-golden.

Note: unto-a-flushedness : used to refer to a kind of mussel from the blueish-red dye it yields because of its flush of color visual affect, and to the dye itself; also used of clothing and adornments as assigned to the flushed color category, i.e. bright red to blueish-red.

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:59 καὶ Σίμωνα τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ κατέστησεν στρατηγὸν ἀπὸ τῆς κλίμακος Τύρου ἕως τῶν ὁρίων Αἰγύπτου.

And to-a-Simôn to-the-one to-brethrened of-it it-stood-down to-an-amass-leader off of-the-one of-a-clinering-to of-a-Turos unto-if-which of-the-ones of-boundlets of-an-Aiguptos.

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:60 καὶ ἐξῆλθεν Ἰωναθάν, καὶ διεπορεύετο πέραν τοῦ ποταμοῦ καὶ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν, καὶ ἠθροίσθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν πᾶσαι δυνάμεις Συρίας εἰς συμμαχίαν· καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς Ἀσκάλωνα, καὶ ἀπήντησαν αὐτῷ οἱ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐνδόξως.

And it-had-came-out, an-Iônathan, and it-was-traversing-through-of to-across of-the-one of-a-drinkationing-of and in unto-the-ones unto-cities, and they-were-flurried-along-to toward to-it all abilities of-a-Suria into to-a-battling-together-unto; and it-had-came into to-an-Askalôn, and they-off-ever-a-oned-unto unto-it, the-ones out of-the-one of-a-city, unto-reckoned-in.

11:60 πασαι αι δυναμεις] πασα δυναμις ℵV | αυτω] αυτον V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:61 καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν εἰς Γάζαν, καὶ ἀπέκλεισαν οἱ ἀπὸ Γάζης· καὶ περιεκάθισεν περὶ αὐτήν, καὶ ἐνεπύρισεν τὰ περιπόλια αὐτῆς ἐν πυρί, καὶ ἐσκύλευσεν αὐτάς·

And it-had-came-off thither-from into to-a-Gaza, and they-latch-belonged-off, the-ones off of-a-Gaza; and it-sat-down-about-to about to-it, and it-fired-in-to to-the-ones to-transpirelets-about of-it in unto-a-fire, and it-flayed-of to-them;

Note: to-transpirelets-about : used to refer to things becoming around a center, usually of guard houses as extensions of the area or city they protect, of forts as more distant, of suburbs, etc.

11:61 Γαζης] pr της V | om εν V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:62 καὶ ἠξίωσαν οἱ ἀπὸ Γάζης Ἰωναθάν, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δεξιάς· καὶ ἔλαβεν τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἀρχόντων αὐτῶν εἰς ὅμηρα, καὶ ἐξαπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ διῆλθεν τὴν χώραν ἕως Δαμασκοῦ.

And they-en-deem-belonged, the-ones off of-a-Gaza, to-an-Iônathan, and it-gave unto-them to-right-belonged, and it-had-taken to-the-ones to-sons of-the-ones of-firsting of-them into to-en-oathed, and it-set-off-out to-them into to-an-Ierousalêm, and it-had-came-through to-the-one to-a-spacedness unto-if-which of-a-Damaskos.

11:62 ηξιωσεν V* | δεξιαν ℵ* (δεξιας ℵc.a) | om εις 2° V | om την χωραν V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:63 Καὶ ἤκουσεν Ἰωναθὰν ὅτι παρῆσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες Δημητρίου εἰς Κῆδες τὴν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς, βουλόμενοι μεταστῆσαι αὐτὸν τῆς χρείας.

And it-heard, an-Iônathan to-which-a-one they-were-being-beside the-ones firsting of-a-Dêmêtrios into to-a-Kêdes to-the-one in unto-the-one unto-a-Galilaia with of-an-ability of-much, purposing to-have-stood-with to-it of-the-one of-an-affording-of.

11:63 Κεδες V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:64 καὶ συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς, τὸν δὲ ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ Σίμωνα κατέλειπεν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ.

And it-together-ever-a-oned-unto unto-them, to-the-one then-also to-brethrened of-it to-a-Simôn it-was-remaindering-down in unto-the-one unto-a-spacedness.

11:64 συνη̅|τησαν εαυτοις ℵ* (συνηντησεν αυτ. ℵc.a) | τον δε αδελφον αυτου Σιμωνα κατελειπεν] και κατελιπεν τον αδ. αυτ. Σιμ. ℵ

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:65 καὶ παρενέβαλεν Σίμων ἐν Βεθσούρᾳ, καὶ ἐπολέμει αὐτὴν ἡμέρας πολλὰς καὶ συνέκλεισεν αὐτήν.

And it-had-casted-in-about, a-Simôn, in unto-a-Bethsoura, and it-was-warring-unto to-it to-dayednesses to-much and it-latch-belonged-together to-it.

Note: in unto-a-Bethsoura in 02 : upon to-a-Bethsoura in 01.

11:65 Σιμωνα V* | εν] επι ℵV | Βαιθσ. V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:66 καὶ ἠξίωσαν αὐτὸν τοῦ δεξιὰς λαβεῖν, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς· καὶ ἐξέβαλεν αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖθεν καὶ κατελάβετο τὴν πόλιν, καὶ ἔθετο ἐπ' αὐτὴν φρουράν.

And they-en-deem-belonged to-it of-the-one to-right-belonged to-have-had-taken, and it-gave unto-them; and it-had-casted-out to-them thither-from and it-had-taken-down to-the-one to-a-city, and it-had-placed upon to-it to-a-wardedness-before.

11:66 ηξιωσεν V | δεξιαν ℵ*V (δεξιας ℵc.a)

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:67 καὶ Ἰωναθὰν καὶ ἡ παρεμβολὴ αὐτοῦ παρενέβαλον ἐπὶ τὸ ὕδωρ τοῦ Γεννησάρ· καὶ ὤρθρισαν τὸ πρωὶ εἰς τὸ πεδίον Νασώρ·

And an-Iônathan and the-one a-casting-in-beside of-it they-had-casted-in-beside upon to-the-one to-a-water of-the-one of-a-Gennêsar; and they-ruddy-jutted-to to-the-one unto-before-belonged into to-the-one to-a-footinglet of-a-Nasôr;

11:67 παρενεβαλον] pr και ℵ | om του Γενν. V | Γεννησαι ℵ* (Γεννησαρ ℵc.a, c.b) | Νασωρ] Ασωρ ℵ

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:68 καὶ ἰδοὺ παρεμβολὴ ἀλλοφύλων ἀπήντα αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ, καὶ ἐξέβαλον ἔνεδρον ἐπ' αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, αὐτοὶ δὲ ἀπήντησαν ἐξ ἐναντίας.

and thou-should-have-had-seen, a-casting-in-beside of-other-tribed it-was-off-ever-a-oneing-unto unto-it in unto-the-one unto-a-footinglet, and they-had-casted-out to-an-en-seating-in upon to-it in unto-the-ones unto-jutteednesses, them then-also they-off-ever-a-oned-unto out of-ever-a-oned-in.

11:68 παρεμβολη] pr η ℵV | εξεβαλεν ℵ* (εξεβαλον ℵc.a) V | αυτον] αυτοις V | απηντησαν] παριστηκισαν ℵ

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:69 τὰ δὲ ἔνεδρα ἐξανέστησαν ἐκ τῶν τόπων ἑαυτῶν, καὶ συνῆψαν πόλεμον· καὶ ἔφυγον οἱ παρὰ Ἰωνάθου πάντες·

The-ones then-also en-seatings-in they-had-stood-up-out out of-the-ones of-occasions of-selves, and they-fastened-together to-a-war; and they-had-fled, the-ones beside of-an-Iônathês all;

11:69 ανεστησαν V | εαυτων] αυτων ℵV | om και εφυγον ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | Ιωναθαν ℵ

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:70 οὐδὲ εἷς κατελείφθη ἀπ' αὐτῶν, πλὴν Ματταθίας ὁ τοῦ Ἀψαλώμου καὶ Ἰούδας ὁ τοῦ Χαλφεί, ἄρχοντες τῆς στρατιᾶς τῶν δυνάμεων.

not-then-also one it-was-remaindered-down off of-them, to-beyond a-Mattathias the-one of-the-one of-an-Apsalômos and an-Ioudas the-one of-the-one of-a-Chalfei, firsting of-the-one of-an-amassing-unto of-the-ones of-abilities.

11:70 ο του Αψαλωμου] του ψαλμωδου ℵ | Χαλφει] Χαφει ℵ

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:71 καὶ διέρρηξεν Ἰωναθὰν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπέθετο γῆν ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ, καὶ προσηύξατο.

And it-en-bursted-through, an-Iônathan, to-the-ones to-apparelets of-it, and it-had-placed-upon to-a-soil upon to-the-one to-a-head of-it, and it-goodly-held-toward.

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:72 καὶ ἐπέστρεψεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς πολέμῳ, καὶ ἐτροπώσατο αὐτούς, καὶ ἔφυγον.

And it-beturned-upon toward to-them unto-a-war, and it-en-turneed to-them, and they-had-fled.

11:72 επεστρεψεν] υπεστρεφον ℵ* υπεστεψεν ℵc.aV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:73 καὶ ἴδον οἱ φυγόντες παρ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπέστρεψαν πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδίωκον μετ' αὐτοῦ ἕως Κάδης ἕως τῆς παρεμβολῆς αὐτῶν, καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐκεῖ.

And they-had-seen, the-ones having-had-fled beside of-it, and they-beturned-upon toward to-it, and they-pursued with of-it unto-if-which of-a-Kadês unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside of-them, and they-had-casted-in-beside thither.

11:73 ειδον ℵVa | φευγοντες ℵ | προς] επ ℵV | εδιωκαν ℵ | Κεδες ℵV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 11:74 καὶ ἔπεσον ἐκ τῶν ἀλλοφύλων ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ εἰς ἄνδρας τρισχιλίους· καὶ ἐπέστρεψεν Ἰωναθὰν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ.

And they-had-fallen out of-the-ones of-other-tribed in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-thither into to-men to-thrice-thousand; and it-beturned-upon, an-Iônathan, into to-an-Ierousalêm.

11:74 om εν V | om ανδρας V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:1 Καὶ ἴδεν Ἰωναθὰν ὅτι ὁ καιρὸς αὐτῷ συνεργεῖ, καὶ ἐπέλεξεν ἄνδρας, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς Ῥώμην στῆσαι καὶ ἀνανεῶσαι τὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς φιλίαν·

And it-had-seen, an-Iônathan, to-which-a-one the-one a-time unto-it it-worketh-together-unto, and it-forthed-upon to-men, and it-set-off into to-a-Rômê to-have-stood and to-have-en-newed-up to-the-one toward to-them to-a-caring-unto;

12:1 ειδεν ℵV | ο καιρος] om ο V | αυτω] αυτων ℵ* (-τω ℵ1 (fort), c.a, c.b) | επελεξατο ℵV | ανανεωσασθαι ℵV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:2 καὶ πρὸς Σπαρτιάτας καὶ τόπους ἑτέρους ἀπέστειλεν ἐπιστολὰς κατὰ ταὐτά.

and toward to-Spartans and to-occasions to-different it-set-off to-seteeings-upon down to-the-ones-these.

12:2 τοπους] pr εις ℵ | απεστ.] pr και V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:3 καὶ ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς Ῥώμην, καὶ ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς τὸ βουλευτήριον, καὶ εἶπαν Ἰωναθὰν ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ τὸ ἔθνος τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀπέστειλαν ἡμᾶς ἀνανεώσασθαι τὴν φιλίαν αὐτοῖς καὶ τὴν συμμαχίαν κατὰ τὸ πρότερον.

And they-were-traversed-of into to-a-Rômê, and they-were-traversed-of into to-the-one to-a-purposerlet, and they-said, An-Iônathan the-one a-first-sacreder-of and the-one a-placeedness-belonging-to of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged they-set-off to-us to-have-en-newed-up to-the-one to-a-caring-unto unto-them and to-the-one to-a-battling-together-unto down to-the-one to-more-before.

12:3 επορευθησαν 2°] εισηλθον ℵV | ειπον ℵV | απεστιλεν ℵ | αυτοις] εαυτοις ℵV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:4 καὶ ἔδωκαν ἐπιστολὰς αὐτοῖς πρὸς αὐτοὺς κατὰ τόπον, ὅπως προπέμπωσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς γῆν Ἰούδα μετ' εἰρήνης.

And they-gave to-seteeings-upon unto-them toward to-them down to-an-occasion, unto-which-whither they-might-have-volleyed-before to-them into to-a-soil of-an-Ioudas with of-a-joinifying.

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:5 καὶ τοῦτο ἀντίγραφον τῶν ἐπιστολῶν ὧν ἔγραψεν Ἰωναθὰν τοῖς Σπαρτιάταις

And the-one-this ever-a-one-scribed of-the-ones of-seteeings-upon of-which it-scribed, an-Iônathan, unto-the-ones unto-Spartans,

12:5 αντιγραφον] pr το ℵV | τοισπαρτιατιας A

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:6 Ἰωναθὰν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ ἔθνους καὶ ἡ γερουσία καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς καὶ ὁ λοιπὸς δῆμος τῶν Ἰουδαίων Σπαρτιάταις τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς χαίρειν.

An-Iônathan a-first-sacreder-of of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to and the-one a-senioring-unto and the-ones sacreders-of and the-one remaindered a-locality of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged unto-Spartans unto-the-ones unto-brethrened to-joy.

12:6 αρχ.] pr ο V | και η γερουσια του εθνους ℵV | Σπαρτιαταις] Σπαρτιαις A

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:7 ἔτι πρότερον ἀπεστάλησαν ἐπιστολαὶ πρὸς Ὀνίαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα, παρὰ δ' Ἀρείου τοῦ βασιλεύοντος ἐν ὑμῖν ὅτι ἐστὲ ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν, ὡς τὸ ἀντίγραφον ὑπόκειται.

If-to-a-one to-more-before they-had-been-set-off seteeings-upon toward to-an-Onias to-the-one to-a-first-sacreder-of, beside then-also of-an-Areios of-the-one of-rulering-of in unto-ye to-which-a-one ye-be brethrened of-us, as the-one ever-a-one-scribed it-situateth-under.

12:7 ετι] επι (? επει) ℵc.a | αρχιερεαν ℵ | Δαριου (? δ Αριου ℵAV* | ως] ω ℵ* (ως ℵc.a)

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:8 καὶ ἐπεδέξατο Ὀνίας τὸν ἄνδρα τὸν ἀπεσταλμένον ἐνδόξως καὶ ἔλαβεν τὰς ἐπιστολάς, ἐν αἷς διεσαφεῖτο περὶ συμμαχίας καὶ φιλίας.

And it-received-upon, an-Onias, to-the-one to-a-man to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-set-off unto-reckoned-in and it-had-taken to-the-ones to-seteeings-upon in unto-which it-was-being-evidented-through-unto about of-a-battling-together-unto and of-a-caring-unto.

12:8 απεδεξατο ℵc.a | Ονιας] pr ο ℵ | διεσαφησατο V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:9 καὶ ἡμεῖς οὖν ἀπροσδεεῖς τούτων ὄντες, παράκλησιν ἔχοντες τὰ βιβλία τὰ ἅγια τὰ ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ἡμῶν,

And we accordingly un-bindinged-toward of-the-ones-these being, to-a-calling-beside holding to-the-ones to-paperlets to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged to-the-ones in unto-the-ones unto-hands of-us,

12:9 om και ℵ | om τα 3° V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:10 ἐπειράθημεν ἀποστεῖλαι τὴν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀδελφότητα καὶ φιλίαν ἀνανεώσασθαι, πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐξαλλοτριωθῆναι ὑμῶν· πολλοὶ γὰρ καιροὶ διῆλθον ἀφ' οὗ ἀπεστείλατε πρὸς ἡμᾶς.

we-were-across-belonged-unto to-have-set-off to-the-one toward to-ye to-a-brethrenness and to-a-caring-unto to-have-en-newed-up, toward to-the-one lest to-have-been-en-other-belonged-out of-ye; much too-thus times they-had-came-through off of-which ye-set-off toward to-us.

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:11 ἡμεῖς οὖν ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ ἀδιαλείπτως ἐν ταῖς ἑορταῖς καὶ ταῖς λοιπαῖς καθηκούσαις ἡμέραις μιμνησκόμεθα ὑμῶν, ἐφ' ὧν προσφέρομεν θυσιῶν καὶ ἐν ταῖς προσευχαῖς, ὡς δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον μνημονεύειν ἀδελφῶν.

We accordingly in unto-all unto-a-time unto-un-remaindered-through in unto-the-ones unto-festivals and unto-the-ones unto-remaindered unto-arriving-down unto-dayednesses we-memory of-ye, upon of-which we-bear-toward of-surgings-unto and in unto-the-ones unto-goodly-holdings-toward, as binding it-be and befitting to-memory-stayee-of of-brethrened.

12:11 εν 2°] + τε ℵ | om εν 3° ℵ | μνησκομεθα ℵ | υμων] ημων V | θυσιαν ℵV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:12 εὐφραινόμεθα δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ δόξῃ ὑμῶν.

We-be-goodly-centered then-also upon unto-the-one unto-a-reckonedness of-ye.

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:13 ἡμᾶς δὲ ἐκύκλωσαν πολλαὶ θλίψεις καὶ πόλεμοι πολλοί, καὶ ἐπολέμησαν ἡμᾶς οἱ βασιλεῖς οἱ κύκλῳ ἡμῶν.

To-us then-also they-en-circled, much pressings and wars much, and they-warred-unto to-us, the-one rulers-of the-ones unto-a-circle of-us.

12:13 om πολλαι θλ. κ. πολ. V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:14 οὐκ ἠβουλόμεθα οὖν παρενοχλεῖν ὑμῖν καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς συμμάχους καὶ φίλους ἡμῶν ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις τούτοις.

Not we-purposed-of accordingly to-crowd-in-beside-unto unto-ye and to-the-ones to-remaindered to-battled-together and to-cared of-us in unto-the-ones unto-wars unto-the-ones-these.

12:14 εβουλ. V | παρενοχλησαι ℵV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:15 ἔχομεν γὰρ τὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ βοηθίαν βοηθοῦσαν ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐρύσθημεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν, καὶ ἐταπεινώθησαν οἱ ἐχθροὶ ἡμῶν.

We-hold too-thus to-the-one out of-a-sky to-a-holler-running-unto to-holler-running-unto unto-us, and we-were-tracted off of-the-ones of-en-enmitied of-us, and they-were-en-low-belonged-to the-ones en-enmitied of-us.

12:15 ουρανου ℵ βοηθειαν V | ερρυσθημεν ℵV* | om ημων I° ℵV1 (repos V1?a?)

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:16 ἐπελέξαμεν οὖν Νουμήνιον Ἀντιόχου καὶ Ἀντίπατρον Ἰάσονος, καὶ ἀπεστάλκαμεν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀνανεώσασθαι τὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς φιλίαν καὶ συμμαχίαν τὴν πρότερον.

We-forthed-upon accordingly to-a-Noumênios of-an-Antiochos and to-an-Antipatros of-an-Iasôn, and we-had-come-to-set-off toward to-Rômê-belonged to-have-en-newed-up to-the-one toward to-them to-a-caring-unto and to-a-battling-together-unto to-the-one to-more-before.

12:16 Ιασωνος V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:17 ἐνετειλάμεθα οὖν αὐτοῖς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς πορευθῆναι καὶ ἀσπάσασθαι ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἀποδοῦναι ὑμῖν τὰς παρ' ἡμῶν ἐπιστολὰς περὶ τῆς ἀνανεώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀδελφότητος ἡμῶν.

We-finished-in accordingly unto-them and toward to-ye to-have-been-traversed-of and to-have-drawn-along-to to-ye, and to-have-had-given-off unto-ye to-the-ones beside of-us to-seteeings-upon about of-the-one of-an-en-newing-up and of-the-one of-a-brethrenness of-us.

12:17 υμιν] ημιν V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:18 καὶ νῦν καλῶς ποιήσετε ἀντιφωνήσαντες ἡμῖν πρὸς ταῦτα.

And now unto-seemly ye-shall-do-unto having-ever-a-one-sounded-unto unto-us toward to-the-ones-these.

12:18 ποιησετε (åV -ται)] εποιησατε A

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:19 Καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἀντίγραφον τῶν ἐπιστολῶν ὧν ἀπέστειλαν Ὀνείᾳ

And the-one-this the-one ever-a-one-scribed of-the-ones of-seteeings-upon of-which they-set-off unto-an-Oneias,

12:19–20 Ονεια Αρης] Ονια Αρης ℵ*vid Ονιαρης ℵc.a vidV* Ονειαρης Avid

12:19 om ων A* | απεστειλεν ℵc.a

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:20 Ἄρης βασιλεὺς Σπαρτιατῶν Ὀνείᾳ ἱερεῖ μεγάλῳ χαίρειν.

An-Arês a-ruler-of of-Spartans unto-an-Oneias unto-a-sacreder-of unto-great to-joy.

12:19–20 Ονεια Αρης] Ονια Αρης ℵ*vid Ονιαρης ℵc.a vidV* Ονειαρης Avid

12:20 Ονεια] incep ν ℵ* (improb ℵ1 (fort) postea ras) Ονια V | χαιρων (sine interpunct) A

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:21 εὑρέθη ἐν γραφῇ περί τε τῶν Σπαρτιατῶν καὶ Ἰουδαίων, ὅτι ἀδελφοὶ εἰσίν, καὶ ὅτι εἰσὶν ἐκ γένους Ἀβραάμ.

It-was-found in unto-a-scribing about also of-the-ones of-Spartans and of-Iouda-belonged, to-which-a-one brethrened they-be, and to-which-a-one they-be out of-a-becomeedness of-an-Abraam.

12:21 εισιν αδελφοι ℵV | εκ γενους] εγγενους A

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:22 καὶ νῦν ἀφ' οὗ ἔγνωμεν ταῦτα, καλῶς ποιήσετε γράφοντες ἡμῖν περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης ὑμῶν.

And now off of-which we-had-acquainted to-the-ones-these, unto-seemly ye-shall-do-unto scribing unto-us about of-the-one of-a-joinifying of-ye.

12:22 incep νυν αυν V* (ν. αφ ου V1)

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:23 καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀντιγράφομεν ὑμῖν Τὰ κτήνη ὑμῶν καὶ ἡ ὕπαρξις ὑμῶν ἡμῖν ἐστιν, καὶ τὰ ἡμῶν ὑμῖν ἐστιν· ἐντελλόμεθα οὖν ὅπως ἀπαγγείλωσιν ὑμῖν κατὰ τὰ αὐτά.

And we then-also we-ever-a-one-scribe unto-ye, The-ones befoundeednesses of-ye and the-one a-firstressing-under of-ye unto-us it-be, and the-ones of-us unto-ye it-be; we-finish-in accordingly unto-which-whither they-might-have-leadeeered-off unto-ye down to-the-ones to-them.

Note: befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:24 Καὶ ἤκουσεν Ἰωναθὰν ὅτι ἐπέστρεψαν οἱ ἄρχοντες Δημητρίου μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς ὑπὲρ τὸ πρότερον τοῦ πολεμῆσαι πρὸς αὐτόν.

And it-heard, an-Iônathan, to-which-a-one they-beturned-upon, the-ones firsting of-a-Dêmêtrios, with of-an-ability of-much over to-the-one to-more-before of-the-one to-have-warred-unto toward to-it.

12:24 οι αρχοντες] om οι ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | πολεμησαι] πορευθηναι V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:25 καὶ ἀπῆρεν ἐξ Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ ἀπήντησεν αὐτοῖς εἰς τὴν Ἁμαθεῖτιν χώραν· οὐ γὰρ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἀνοχὴν τοῦ ἐμβατεῦσαι εἰς τὴν χώραν αὐτοῦ.

And it-lifted-off out of-an-Ierousalêm, and it-off-ever-a-oned-unto unto-them into to-the-one to-a-Hamatheitis to-a-spacedness; not too-thus it-gave unto-them to-a-holding-up of-the-one to-have-stepped-in-of into to-the-one to-a-spacedness of-it.

12:25 Αμαθειτιν (-θιτην V* -θὶ τὴν Va) χωραν] χ. Αμαθιτιν ℵ

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:26 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν κατασκόπους εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἐπέστρεψαν, καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν αὐτῷ ὅτι Οὕτως τάσσονται ἐπιπεσεῖν ἐπ' αὐτοὺς τὴν νύκτα.

And it-set-off to-scouters-down into to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside of-it; and they-beturned-upon, and they-leadeeered-off unto-it to-which-a-one unto-the-one-this they-be-arranged to-have-had-fallen-upon upon to-them to-the-one to-a-night.

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:27 ὡς δὲ ἔδυ ὁ ἥλιος, ἐπέταξεν Ἰωναθὰν τοῖς παρ' αὐτοῦ γρηγορεῖν καὶ εἶναι ἐπὶ τοῖς ὅπλοις, ἑτοιμάζεσθαι εἰς πόλεμον δι' ὅλης τῆς νυκτός· καὶ ἐξέβαλεν προφύλακας κύκλῳ τῆς παρεμβολῆς.

As then-also it-had-sunk, the-one a-sun, it-arranged-upon, an-Iônathan, unto-the-ones beside of-it to-watch-unto and to-be upon unto-the-ones unto-implements, to-be-readied-to into to-a-war through of-whole of-the-one of-a-night; and it-had-casted-out to-guarders-before unto-a-circle of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside.

12:27 της ν.] om της V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:28 καὶ ἤκουσαν οἱ ὑπεναντίοι ὅτι ἡτοίμασται Ἰωναθὰν καὶ οἱ παρ' αὐτοῦ εἰς πόλεμον, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν καὶ ἔπτηξαν τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἀνέκαυσαν πυρὰς ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ αὐτῶν.

And they-heard, the-ones ever-a-oned-in-under, to-which-a-one it-had-come-to-be-readied-to an-Iônathan and the-ones beside of-it into to-a-war, and they-were-feareed-unto and they-flutterered to-the-one to-a-heart of-them, and they-burn-belonged-up to-firenesses in unto-the-one unto-a-casting-in-beside of-them.

12:28 παρ] πατερες ℵ | τη καρδια ℵV | om αυτων I° V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:29 Ἰωναθὰν δὲ καὶ οἱ παρ' αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν ἕως πρωί· ἔβλεπον γὰρ τὰ φῶτα καιόμενα.

An-Iônathan then-also and the-ones beside of-it not they-had-acquainted unto-if-which unto-before-belonged; they-viewed too-thus to-the-ones to-lights to-being-burn-belonged.

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:30 καὶ κατεδίωξεν ὀπίσω αὐτῶν, καὶ οὐ κατέλαβεν αὐτούς, διέβησαν γὰρ τὸν Ἐλεύθερον ποταμόν.

And it-pursued-down aback-unto-which of-them, and not it-had-taken-down to-them, they-had-stepped-through too-thus to-the-one to-an-Eleutheros to-a-drinkationing-of.

12:30 κατεδιωξαν A κατεδιωσεν Ιωναθαν ℵV | ου κατελαβεν ℵV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:31 καὶ ἐξέκλινεν Ἰωναθὰν ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἄραβας τοὺς καλουμένους Ζαβαδαίους, καὶ ἐπάταξεν αὐτούς, καὶ ἔλαβεν τὰ σκῦλα αὐτῶν.

And it-clined-out, an-Iônathan, upon to-the-ones to-Arabians to-the-ones to-being-called-unto to-Zabad-belonged, and it-smote to-them, and it-had-taken to-the-ones to-flayed of-them.

12:31 Ζαβαδεους ℵA

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:32 καὶ ἀναζεύξας ἦλθεν εἰς Δαμασκόν, καὶ διώδευσεν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ χώρᾳ.

And having-en-coupled-up it-had-came into to-a-Damaskos, and it-wayed-through-of in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-spacedness.

12:32 τη χωρα] om τη ℵV

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:33 καὶ Σίμων ἐξῆλθεν καὶ διώδευσεν ἕως Ἀσκάλωνος, καὶ τὰ πλησίον ὀχυρώματα, καὶ ἐξέκλινεν εἰς Ἰόππην καὶ προκατελάβετο αὐτήν.

And a-Simôn it-had-came-out and it-wayed-through-of unto-if-which of-an-Askalôn, and to-the-ones to-nigh-belonged to-en-holdationings-to, and it-clined-out into to-an-Ioppê and it-had-taken-down-before to-it.

12:33 εξεκλιναν V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:34 ἤκουσεν γὰρ ὅτι βούλονται τὸ ὀχύρωμα παραδοῦναι τοῖς παρὰ Δημητρίου, καὶ ἔθετο ἐκεῖ φρουράν, ὅπως φυλάσσωσιν αὐτήν.

It-heard too-thus to-which-a-one they-purpose to-the-one to-an-en-holdationing-to to-have-had-given-beside unto-the-ones beside of-a-Dêmêtrios, and it-had-placed thither to-a-wardedness-before, unto-which-whither they-might-have-guardered to-it.

12:34 ηκουσαν V | ηβουλοντο V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:35 Καὶ ἐπέστρεψεν Ἰωναθὰν καὶ ἐξεκκλησίασεν τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ ἐβουλεύσατο μετ' αὐτῶν τοῦ οἰκοδομῆσαι ὀχυρώματα ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ,

And it-beturned-upon, an-Iônathan, and it-out-callinged-out-to to-the-ones to-more-eldered of-the-one of-a-people, and it-purposed-of with of-them of-the-one to-have-house-built-unto to-en-holdationings-to in unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudaia,

12:35 εβουλευετο ℵV | οχυρωμασιν V* (-τα V1)

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:36 καὶ προσυψῶσαι τὰ τείχη Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ ὑψῶσαι ὕψος μέγα ἀνὰ μέσον τῆς ἄκρας καὶ τῆς πόλεως εἰς τὸ διαχωρίσαι αὐτὴν τῆς πόλεως, ἵνα ᾖ αὕτη κατὰ μόνας, ὅπως μήτε ἀγοράζωσιν μήτε πωλῶσιν.

and to-have-en-lofteed-toward to-the-ones to-lineationeednesses of-an-Ierousalêm, and to-have-en-lofteed to-a-lofteedness to-great up to-middle of-the-one of-extremitied and of-the-one of-a-city into to-the-one to-have-spaced-through-to to-it of-the-one of-a-city, so it-might-be the-one-this down to-stayeed, unto-which-whither lest-also they-might-lead-alongedness-to lest-also they-might-traffick-unto.

12:36 υψος μεγα] μεως (sic) μεγαν ℵ* οψος μεγαν ℵc.a | om εις το διαχωρισαι (-ρησαι A) αυτην της πολεως ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | om οπως μητε αγοραζωσιν μητε πωλωσιν ℵ* hab οπως μ. αγορασωσιν μ. πωλησωσιν ℵc.a | αγορασωσιν V

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:37 καὶ συνήχθησαν τοῦ οἰκοδομεῖν, καὶ ἔπεσεν τοῦ τείχους τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ ἐξ ἀπηλιώτου, καὶ ἐπεσκεύασεν τὸ καλούμενον Χαφεναθά.

And they-were-led-together of-the-one to-house-build-unto, and it-had-fallen of-the-one of-a-lineationeedness of-the-one of-pour-flowed of-the-one out of-a-sun-belonger-off, and it-upon-equipped-to to-the-one to-being-called-unto to-a-Chafenatha.

Note: of-a-sun-belonger-off : used to refer to the east [wind].

(145-143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:38 καὶ Σίμων ᾠκοδόμησεν τὴν Ἁδιδὰ ἐν τῇ σεφηλά, καὶ ὠχύρωσεν θύρας καὶ μοχλούς.

And a-Simôn it-house-built-unto to-the-one to-a-Hadida in unto-the-one unto-a-Sefêla, and it-en-holdationed to-portalednesses and to-poles.

12:38 οικοδομησεν ℵ | Αδιδα] Αδειδα ℵ super A et α puncta posuit A? vid | σεφηλα] + πεδινη ℵ* (improb ℵc.a, c.b) V | ωχυρωσεν] + αυτην και επεστησεν ℵV

(143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:39 Καὶ ἐζήτησεν Τρύφων βασιλεῦσαι τῆς Ἀσίας καὶ περιθέσθαι τὸ διάδημα καὶ ἐκτεῖναι χεῖρας ἐπὶ Ἀντίοχον τὸν βασιλέα.

And it-sought-unto, a-Trufôn, to-have-rulered-of of-the-one of-an-Asia and to-have-had-placed-about to-the-one to-a-binding-through-to and to-have-stretched-out to-hands upon to-an-Antiochos to-the-one to-a-ruler-of.

Note: to-a-binding-through-to : used to refer to head bands.

12:39 εκτειναι χειρας] εξετεινε̅| την χειρα ℵ | επι] επ ℵV

(143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:40 καὶ ηὐλαβήθη μή ποτε οὐκ ἐάσῃ αὐτὸν Ἰωναθὰν καὶ μή ποτε πολεμήσῃ πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐζήτει πόρον τοῦ συλλαβεῖν αὐτὸν τοῦ ἀποκτεῖναι· καὶ ἀπάρας ἦλθεν εἰς Βεθσά.

And it-had-been-goodly-taken lest whither-also not it-might-have-let-unto to-it, an-Iônathan, and lest whither-also it-might-have-warred-unto toward to-it, and it-was-seeking-unto to-a-traverse of-the-one to-have-had-taken-together to-it of-the-one to-have-killed-off; and having-lifted-off it-had-came into to-a-Bethsa.

Note: it-had-been-goodly-taken : the Passive form is used to infer being affected into holding a goodly-taking mindset, i.e. into willingly giving attention to, as having been persuaded by the gravity of the Object.

(143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:41 καὶ ἐξῆλθεν Ἰωναθὰν εἰς ἀπάντησιν αὐτῷ ἐν τεσσεράκοντα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν ἐπιλελεγμέναις εἰς παράταξιν, καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς Βεθσά.

And it-had-came-out, an-Iônathan, into to-an-ever-a-oneing-off unto-it in unto-forty unto-thousands of-men unto-having-had-come-to-be-forthed-upon into to-an-arranging-beside, and it-had-came into to-a-Bethsa.

12:41 αυτου V* | τεσσερακοντα] _ ℵ | επιλελεγμενων ℵc.a -ναι A

(143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:42 καὶ εἶδεν Τρύφων ὅτι πάρεστιν μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς, καὶ ἐκτεῖναι χεῖρας ἐπ' αὐτὸν ηὐλαβήθη.

And it-had-seen, a-Trufôn, to-which-a-one it-be-beside with of-an-ability of-much, and to-have-stretched-out to-hands upon to-it it-had-been-goodly-taken-unto.

Note: it-had-been-goodly-taken-unto : the Passive form is used to infer being affected into holding a goodly-taking mindset, i.e. into willingly giving attention to, as having been persuaded by the gravity of the Object.

12:42 ιδεν V* | παρεστιν] ηλθεν ℵ | om και 2° ℵV | αυτον] αυτην ℵc.a (-τον rurs ℵc.b) | ηυλαβηθη (ευλ. ℵV)] pr και ℵc.aVa

(143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:43 καὶ ἐπεδέξατο αὐτὸν ἐνδόξως, καὶ συνέστησεν αὐτὸν πᾶσιν τοῖς φίλοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ δόματα, καὶ ἐπέταξεν τοῖς φίλοις αὐτοῦ καὶ ταῖς δυνάμεσιν αὐτοῦ ὑπακούειν αὐτῷ ὡσαύτως.

And it-received-upon to-it unto-reckoned-in, and it-stood-together to-it unto-all unto-the-ones unto-cared of-it, and it-gave unto-it to-givings-to, and it-arranged-upon unto-the-ones unto-cared of-it and unto-the-ones unto-abilities of-it to-hear-under unto-it as-unto-it.

(143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:44 καὶ εἶπεν τῷ Ἰωναθάν Ἵνα τί ἔκοψας πάντα τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον πολέμου μὴ ἐνεστηκότος ἡμῖν;

And it-had-said unto-the-one unto-an-Iônathan, So to-what-one thou-felled to-all to-the-one to-a-people to-the-one-this of-a-war lest of-having-had-come-to-stand-in unto-us?

12:44 εκοψας] εκοπωσας V | om παντα ℵV | μη ενεστηκοτος ημιν πολεμου ℵ

(143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:45 καὶ νῦν ἀπόστειλον αὐτοὺς εἰς τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν, ἐπίλεξον δὲ σεαυτῷ ἄνδρας ὀλίγους οἵτινες ἔσονται μετὰ σοῦ· καὶ δεῦρο μετ' ἐμοῦ εἰς Πτολεμαίδα, καὶ παραδώσω σοι αὐτὴν καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ὀχυρώματα καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις τὰς πολλὰς καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν χρειῶν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψας ἀπελεύσομαι· τούτου γὰρ χάριν πάρειμι.

And now thou-should-have-set-off to-them into to-the-ones to-houses of-them, thou-should-have-forthed-upon then-also unto-thyself to-men to-little which-ones they-shall-be with of-thee; and thou-should-be-en-hithered-of with of-ME into to-a-Ptolemais, and I-shall-give-beside unto-thee to-it and to-the-ones to-remaindered to-en-holdationings-to and to-the-ones to-abilities to-the-ones to-much and to-all to-the-ones upon of-the-ones of-affordings-of, and having-beturned-upon I-shall-come-off; of-the-one-this too-thus to-a-granting I-be-beside.

12:45 επιλεξαι ℵV | πολλας] λοιπας ℵV

(143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:46 καὶ ἐμπιστεύσας αὐτῷ ἐποίησεν καθὼς εἶπεν, καὶ ἐξαπέστειλεν τὰς δυνάμεις, καὶ ἀπῆλθον εἰς γῆν Ἰούδα.

And having-trusted-in-of unto-it it-did-unto down-as it-had-said, and it-set-off-out to-the-ones to-abilities, and they-had-came-off into to-a-soil of-an-Ioudas.

12:46 εξαπεστιλας ℵ* (-λεν ℵc.a) | δυναμεις (-μις ℵ)] + Ιωναθαν ℵc.a | και 3°] αι ℵ* (και ℵc.a)

(143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:47 κατέλειπεν δὲ μεθ' ἑαυτοῦ ἄνδρας τρισχιλίους· ὧν δισχιλίους ἀφῆκεν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ, χίλιοι δὲ συνῆλθον αὐτῷ.

It-was-remaindering-down then-also with of-self to-men to-thrice-thousand of-which to-twice-thousand it-sent-off in unto-the-one unto-a-Galilaia, thousand then-also they-had-came-together unto-it.

12:47 κατελιπεν ℵ | εαυτου] εαυτους A | ως δισχιλιους] κ ως ανδρας χιλιους ℵ* (δισχ. ℵ1) | ως] ων V | τη Γαλιλαια] om τη ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:48 Ὡς δὲ εἰσῆλθεν Ἰωναθὰν εἰς Πτολεμαίδα, ἀπέκλεισαν οἱ Πτολεμαῖται τὰς πύλας, καὶ συνέλαβον αὐτόν, καὶ πάντας τοὺς συνελθόντας μετ' αὐτοῦ ἀπέκτειναν ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ.

As then-also it-had-came-into, an-Iônathan, into to-a-Ptolemais, they-latch-belonged-off, the-ones Ptolemaitans, to-the-ones to-gates, and they-had-taken-together to-it, and to-all to-the-ones to-having-had-came-together with of-it they-killed-off in unto-a-sabre.

(143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:49 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Τρύφων δυνάμεις καὶ ἵππον εἰς Γαλιλαίαν εἰς τὸ πεδίον τὸ μέγα, τοῦ ἀπολέσαι πάντας τοὺς παρὰ Ἰωνάθου.

And it-set-off, a-Trufôn, to-abilities and to-a-horse into to-a-Galilaia into to-the-one to-a-footinglet to-the-one to-great, of-the-one to-have-destructed-off to-all to-the-ones beside of-an-Iônathês.

12:49 ιππον] pr spat I litt A? (fort incep ε A*) | εις 2°] και ℵV | παρα] απο V | Ιωναθαν ℵVa

(143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:50 καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν ὅτι συνελήμφθη καὶ ἀπόλωλεν, καὶ οἱ μετ' αὐτοῦ· καὶ παρεκάλεσαν ἑαυτούς, καὶ ἐπορεύοντο συνεστραμμένοι ἕτοιμοι εἰς πόλεμον.

And they-had-acquainted-upon to-which-a-one it-was-taken-together and it-had-come-to-destruct-off, and the-ones with of-it; and they-called-beside-unto to-selves, and they-were-traversing-of having-had-come-to-be-beturned-together readied-of into to-a-war.

12:50 και I°] pr ους ℵ | επεγν.] pr ουκ V | οτι] οτε δε ℵ | συνεστρεμμενοι A

(143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:51 καὶ ἴδον οἱ διώκοντες ὅτι περὶ ψυχῆς ἐστιν αὐτοῖς· καὶ ἐπέστρεψαν.

And they-had-seen, the-ones pursuing, to-which-a-one about of-a-breathing it-be unto-them; and they-beturned-upon.

12:51 ειδον ℵV | αυτοις εστιν V

(143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:52 καὶ ἦλθον πάντες μετ' εἰρήνης εἰς γῆν Ἰούδα, καὶ ἐπένθησαν τὸν Ἰωναθὰν καὶ τοὺς μετ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα· καὶ ἐπένθησεν πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ πένθος μέγα.

And they-had-came, all, with of-a-joinifying into to-a-soil of-an-Ioudas, and they-grieved-unto to-the-one to-an-Iônathan and to-the-ones with of-it, and they-were-feareed-unto to-vehemented; and it-grieved-unto, all an-Israêl, to-a-grieveedness to-great.

12:52 επενθησε Va | Ισραηλ] pr πας ℵV

(143 B.C.)

1Ma 12:53 καὶ ἐζήτησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὰ κύκλῳ αὐτῶν ἐκτρίψαι αὐτούς· εἶπαν γάρ Οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἄνδρα ἄρχοντα καὶ βοηθοῦντα· νῦν οὖν πολεμήσωμεν αὐτούς, καὶ ἐξαροῦμεν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῶν.

And they-sought-unto, all the-ones placeedness-belongings-to the-ones unto-a-circle of-them, to-have-rubbed-out to-them; they-said too-thus, Not they-hold to-a-man to-firsting and to-holler-running-unto; now accordingly we-might-have-warred-unto to-them, and we-shall-lift-out out of-mankinds to-the-one to-a-remembrance of-them.

12:53 εζητησε̅| ℵ* (-σαν ℵc.a) | ειπον ℵV | om ανδρα ℵV | εξαρωμεν ℵV

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:1 Καὶ ἤκουσεν Σίμων ὅτι συνήγαγεν Τρύφων δύναμιν πολλὴν τοῦ ἐλθεῖν εἰς γῆν Ἰούδα τοῦ ἐκτρίψαι αὐτήν.

And it-heard, a-Simôn, to-which-a-one it-had-led-together, a-Trufôn, to-an-ability to-great of-the-one to-have-had-came into to-a-soil of-an-Ioudas of-the-one to-have-rubbed-out to-it.

Note: of-the-one in 02 {2nd} : and in 01.

13:1 Τρυφων] incep σ ℵ* (Τρ. ℵ1) | του εκτριψαι] και εκτρ. ℵV

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:2 καὶ εἶδεν τὸν λαὸν ὅτι ἐστὶν ἔντρομος καὶ ἔκφοβος, καὶ ἀνέβη εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ ἤθροισεν τὸν λαόν·

And it-had-seen to-the-one to-a-people to-which-a-one it-be trembleed-in and feareed-out, and it-had-stepped-up into to-an-Ierousalêm and it-flurried-along-to to-the-one to-a-people;

13:2 ιδεν V* ειδε Va | εντρομος εστιν ℵV | om εις ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:3 καὶ παρεκάλεσεν αὐτούς, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Αὐτοὶ οἴδατε ὅσα ἐγὼ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου καὶ οἶκος τοῦ πατρός μου ἐποιήσαμεν περὶ τῶν νόμων καὶ τῶν ἁγίων, καὶ τοὺς πολέμους καὶ τὰς στενοχωρίας.

and it-called-beside-unto to-them, and it-had-said unto-them, Them ye-had-come-to-see to-which-a-which I and the-ones brethrened of-me and a-house of-the-one of-a-father of-me we-did-unto about of-the-ones of-parcelees and of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged, and to-the-ones to-wars and to-the-ones to-narrowed-spacings-unto.

Note: a-house in 02 : pr the-one in 01.

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:4 τούτου χάριν ἀπώλοντο οἱ ἀδελφοί μου πάντες χάριν τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ κατελείφθην ἐγὼ μόνος.

Of-the-one-this to-a-granting they-had-destructed-off, the-ones brethrened of-me all, to-a-granting of-the-one of-an-Israêl, and I-was-remaindered-down I stayeed.

13:4 τουτου] ων και ℵV | παντες οι αδελφοι μου ℵV

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:5 καὶ νῦν μή μοι γένοιτο φείσασθαί μου τῆς ψυχῆς ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ θλίψεως· οὐ γάρ εἰμι κρείσσων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου.

And now lest unto-me it-may-have-had-became to-have-spared of-me of-the-one of-a-breathing in unto-all unto-a-time of-a-pressing; not too-thus I-be more-securinged-of of-the-ones of-brethrened of-me.

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:6 πλὴν ἐκδικήσω περὶ τοῦ ἔθνους μου καὶ περὶ τῶν ἁγίων καὶ περὶ τῶν γυναικῶν καὶ τῶν τέκνων ἡμῶν, ὅτι συνήχθησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐκτρίψαι ἡμᾶς ἔχθρας χάριν.

To-beyond I-shall-course-out-unto about of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-me and about of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged and about of-the-ones of-women and of-the-ones of-creationees of-us, to-which-a-one they-were-led-together all the-ones placeedness-belongings-to to-have-rubbed-out to-us of-an-en-enmitying to-a-granting.

13:6 om περι 3° ℵV | των τεκνων ημων] τεκν. υμων ℵV | συνηχθησαν] incep συνε ℵ* (συνηχθ. ℵc.a, c.b)

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:7 καὶ ἀνεζωπύρησεν τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ ἀκοῦσαι τῶν λόγων τούτων·

And it-life-fired-up-unto to-the-one to-a-currenting-to of-the-one of-a-people of-it to-have-heard of-the-ones of-forthees of-the-ones-these;

13:7 αυτου] αμα του ℵV

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:8 καὶ ἀπεκρίθησαν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ λέγοντες Σὺ εἶ ἡμῶν ἡγούμενος ἀντὶ Ἰούδου καὶ Ἰωνάθου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου·

and they-were-separated-off unto-a-sound unto-great forthing, Thou thou-be of-us leading-unto ever-a-one of-an-Ioudas and of-an-Iônathês of-the-one of-brethrened of-thee;

13:8 Ιωδου A Ιουδα V | Ιωναθαν Va : item 14

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:9 πολέμησον τὸν πόλεμον ἡμῶν, καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἐὰν εἴπῃς ἡμῖν ποιήσομεν.

thou-should-have-warred-unto to-the-one to-a-war of-us, and to-all to-which-a-which if-ever thou-might-have-had-said unto-us we-shall-do-unto.

13:9 om ημων V | εαν] αν ℵV

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:10 καὶ συνήγαγεν πάντας τοὺς ἄνδρας τοὺς πολεμιστάς, καὶ ἐτάχυνεν τοῦ τελέσαι τὰ τείχη Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ ὀχύρωσεν αὐτὴν κυκλόθεν.

And it-had-led-together to-all to-the-ones to-men to-the-ones to-war-belongers and it-quickened of-the-one to-have-finished-unto to-the-ones to-lineationeednesses of-an-Ierousalêm, and it-en-holdationed to-it circled-from.

13:10 εταχυναν V + αυτου V | οχυρωσεν (οχ sup ras Αα?)] ωχυρωσεν ℵV | κυκλω V

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:11 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Ἰωναθὰν τὸν τοῦ Ἀψαλώμου καὶ μετ' αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἱκανὴν εἰς Ἰόππην, καὶ ἐξέβαλεν τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ ὄντας, καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ ἐν αὐτῇ.

And it-set-off to-an-Iônathan to-the-one of-the-one of-an-Apsalôm and with of-it to-an-ability to-ampled into to-an-Ioppê, and it-had-casted-out to-the-ones in unto-it to-being, and it-was-staying thither in unto-it.

13:11 μετ αυτου] συν αυτω V | Ιοππη A | εν αυτη οντας] οντας εκει ℵV | om εκει ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) Αδιμοις V

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:12 Καὶ ἀπῆρεν Τρύφων ἀπὸ Πτολεμαίδος μετὰ δυνάμεως πολλῆς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς γῆν Ἰούδα, καὶ Ἰωναθὰν μετ' αὐτοῦ ἐν φυλακῇ·

And it-lifted-off, a-Trufôn, off of-a-Ptolemais with of-an-ability of-much to-have-had-came-into into to-a-soil of-an-Ioudas, and an-Iônathan with of-it in unto-a-guardery;

13:12 εισελθειν] ελθειν ℵV

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:13 Σίμων δὲ παρενέβαλεν ἐν Ἁδίδοις κατὰ πρόσωπον τοῦ πεδίου.

a-Simôn then-also it-had-casted-in-beside in unto-Hadida' down to-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-footinglet.

13:13 Αδεινοις ℵ* (Αδειδ. ℵc.a) Αδιμοις V

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:14 καὶ ἐπέγνω Τρύφων ὅτι ἀνέστη Σίμων ἀντὶ Ἰωνάθου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὅτι συνάπτειν αὐτῷ μέλλει εἰς πόλεμον· καὶ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρέσβεις, λέγων

And it-had-acquainted-upon, a-Trufôn, to-which-a-one it-had-stood-up, a-Simôn, ever-a-one of-an-Iônathês of-the-one of-brethrened of-it, and to-which-a-one to-fasten-together unto-it it-pendeth into to-a-war; and it-set-off toward to-it to-elders forthing,

13:14 om εις ℵV

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:15 Περὶ ἀργυρίου οὗ ὤφειλεν Ἰωναθὰν ἀδελφός σου εἰς τὸ βασιλικόν, δι' ἃς εἶχεν χρείας, συνέχομεν αὐτόν.

About of-a-silverlet of-which it-was-debting, an-Iônathan brethrened of-thee, into to-the-one to-ruler-belonged-of through to-which it-was-holding to-affordings-of we-hold-together to-it.

13:15 αδελφος] pr ο ℵVvid | συνειχομεν ℵ

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:16 καὶ νῦν ἀπόστειλον ἀργυρίου ἑκατὸν τάλαντα καὶ δύο τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ ὅμηρα, ὅπως μὴ ἀφεθεὶς ἀποστατήσῃ ἀφ' ἡμῶν, καὶ ἀφήσομεν αὐτόν.

And now thou-should-have-set-off of-a-silverlet to-a-hundred to-talantons and to-two of-the-ones of-sons of-it to-en-oathed unto-which-whither lest having-been-sent-off it-shall-stand-off-unto off of-us, and we-shall-send-off to-it.

13:16 νυν] ν I° sup ras Aa | ταλ. ρ´ ℵ ταλ. εκατον V | αποστατηση ℵVa -σει V*

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:17 καὶ ἔγνω Σίμων ὅτι δόλῳ λαλοῦσιν πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ πέμπει τὸ ἀργύριον καὶ τὰ παιδάρια, καὶ μή ποτε ἔχθραν ἄρῃ μεγάλην πρὸς τὸν λαόν,

And it-had-acquainted, a-Simôn, to-which-a-one unto-a-guile they-speaketh-unto toward to-it, and it-volleyeth to-the-one to-a-silverlet and to-the-ones to-childlings, and lest whither-also to-an-en-enmitying it-might-have-lifted to-great toward to-the-one to-a-people,

Note: it-volleyeth in 02 : + of-the-one to-have-had-taken in 01.

13:17 εγνω] pr ουκ V | πεμπει] + του λαβειν ℵV | om και 4° ℵV

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:18 λέγοντες Ὅτι οὐκ ἀπέστειλα αὐτῷ τὸ ἀργύριον καὶ τὰ παιδάρια, ἀπώλετο·

forthing, To-which-a-one not I-set-off unto-it to-the-one to-a-silverlet and to-the-ones to-childings it-had-destructed-off;

13:18–19 om απωλετο και απεστειλεν τα παιδαρια ℵ

13:18 επεστειλα ℵ* (απεστ. ℵc.a, c.b)

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:19 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν τὰ παιδάρια καὶ τὰ ἑκατὸν τάλαντα· καὶ διεψεύσατο, καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν τὸν Ἰωναθάν.

and it-set-off to-the-ones to-childlings and to-the-ones to-a-hundred to-talantons; and it-falsified-through, and not it-sent-off to-the-one to-an-Iônathan.

13:18–19 om απωλετο και απεστειλεν τα παιδαρια ℵ

13:19 εκατον] ρ´ ℵ

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:20 καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἦλθεν Τρύφων τοῦ ἐμβατεῦσαι εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ ἐκτρίψαι αὐτήν, καὶ ἐκύκλωσεν ὁδὸν τὴν εἰς Ἀδωρά· καὶ Σίμων καὶ ἡ παρεμβολὴ αὐτοῦ ἀντιπαρῆγεν αὐτῷ εἰς πάντα τόπον οὗ ἐπορεύετο.

And with to-the-ones-these it-had-came, a-Trufôn, of-the-one to-have-stepped-in-of into to-the-one to-a-city and to-have-rubbed-out to-it, and it-en-circled to-way to-the-one into to-an-Adôra; and a-Simôn and the-one a-casting-in-beside of-it it-was-ever-a-one-leading-beside unto-it into to-all to-an-occasion of-which it-was-traversing-of.

Note: to-a-city in 02 : to-a-spacedness in 01.

Note: it-en-circled in 02 : they-en-circled in 01.

Note: of-which in 02 : + ever in 01.

13:20 Τρυφων] + νυν ℵ* (improb ℵc.a) | πολιν] χωραν ℵV | εκυκλωσαν ℵV | αντιπαρηγαγεν ℵ | ου] + αν ℵV

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:21 οἱ δὲ ἐκ τῆς ἄκρας ἀπέστελλον πρεσβευτὰς καὶ κατασπεύδοντας αὐτὸν τοῦ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς αὐτὸν διὰ τῆς ἐρήμου καὶ ἀποστεῖλαι αὐτοῖς τροφάς.

The-ones then-also out of-the-one of-extremitied they-were-setting-off to-more-elders-of and to-hastening-down to-it of-the-one to-have-had-came toward to-it through of-the-one of-solituded and to-have-set-off unto-them to-nourishings.

Note: they-were-setting-off in 02 : + toward to-a-Trufôn in 01.

Note: and {1st} in 02 : omit in 01.

Note: to-it {2nd} in 02 : to-them in 01.

13:21 απεστελλον] + προς Τρυφωνα ℵV | om και I° ℵ | αυτον 2°] αυτους ℵV

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:22 καὶ ἡτοίμασεν Τρύφων πᾶσαν τὴν ἵππον αὐτοῦ ἐλθεῖν· καὶ ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ ἐκείνῃ ἦν χιὼν πολλὴ σφόδρα, καὶ οὐκ ἦλθεν διὰ τὴν χιόνα· καὶ ἀπῆρεν καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν Γαλααδῖτιν.

And it-readied-to, a-Trufôn, to-all to-the-one to-a-horse of-it to-have-had-came; and in unto-the-one unto-a-night unto-the-one-thither it-was a-snow much to-vehemented, and not it-had-came through to-the-one to-a-snow; and it-lifted-off and it-had-came into to-the-one to-a-Galaaditis.

13:22 om και 3° V | την χιονα] τον χ. ℵ* (την χ. ℵc.b) | Γαλααδειτιν ℵ

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:23 ὡς δὲ ἤγγισεν τῆς Βασκαμά, ἀπέκτεινεν τὸν Ἰωναθάν, καὶ ἐτάφη ἐκεῖ.

As then-also it-neared-to of-the-one of-a-Baskama, it-killed-off to-the-one to-an-Iônathan, and it-had-been-burialed thither.

13:23 om εκει ℵ

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:24 καὶ ἐπέστρεψεν Τρύφων καὶ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ.

And it-beturned-upon, a-Trufôn, and it-had-came-off into to-the-one to-a-soil of-it.

13:24 επεστρεψεν (απ. V)] + εκει ℵ | γην αυτου] αυτου οικιαν ℵ* (γην αυτ. ℵc.a)

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:25 Καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Σίμων, καὶ ἔλαβεν τὰ ὀστᾶ Ἰωναθὰν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔθαψεν αὐτὸν ἐν Μωδεεὶμ πόλει τῶν πατέρων αὐτοῦ.

And it-set-off, a-Simôn, and it-had-taken to-the-ones to-bones of-an-Iônathan of-the-one of-brethrened of-it, and it-burialed to-it in unto-a-Môdeeim unto-a-city of-the-ones of-fathers of-it.

13:25 Μωδειν ℵ -διν V

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:26 καὶ ἐκόψαντο αὐτὸν πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ κοπετὸν μέγαν, καὶ ἐπένθησαν αὐτὸν ἡμέρας πολλάς.

And they-felled to-it, all an-Israêl, to-a-fellableness to-great, and they-grieved-unto to-it to-dayednesses to-much.

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:27 καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν Σίμων ἐπὶ τὸν τάφον τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὕψωσεν αὐτὸν τῇ ὁράσει λίθῳ ξυστῷ ἐκ τῶν ὄπισθεν καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἔμπροσθεν.

And it-house-built-unto, a-Simôn, upon to-the-one to-a-buriage of-the-one of-a-father of-it and of-the-ones of-brethrened of-it, and it-en-lofteed to-it unto-the-one unto-a-seeeeing unto-a-stone unto-scythed out of-the-ones aback-from and out of-the-ones in-toward-from.

Note: unto-scythed : used to refer to a surface leveled with this curved blade, to an area cleared with it, or to a spear or weapon comprised with it.

13:27 ξεστω ℵ | εκ των οπισθεν και εκ των εμπροσθεν] εκ των εμπρ. και οπ. ℵ εκ των οπ. και εκ των οπ. (sic) A εκ τ. οπ. κ. εμπρ. V

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:28 καὶ ἔστησεν ἑπτὰ πυραμίδας, μίαν κατέναντι τῆς μιᾶς, τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τῇ μητρὶ καὶ τέσσαρσιν ἀδελφοῖς.

And it-stood to-seven to-pyramids, to-one down-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-one, unto-the-one unto-a-father and unto-the-one unto-a-mother and unto-four unto-brethrened.

13:28 μια ℵ | και τεσσαρσιν] κ τοις ℵ* κ τοις τεσσαρσιν ℵc.aV

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:29 καὶ ταύταις ἐποίησεν μηχανήματα περιθεὶς στύλους μεγάλους, καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐπὶ τοῖς στύλοις πανοπλίας εἰς ὄνομα αἰώνιον, καὶ παρὰ ταῖς πανοπλίαις πλοῖα ἐπιγεγλυμμένα, εἰς τὸ θεωρεῖσθαι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν πλεόντων τὴν θάλασσαν.

And unto-the-ones-these it-did-unto to-machinatings-to having-had-placed-about to-pillars to-great, and it-did-unto upon unto-the-ones unto-pillars to-all-implementings-unto into to-a-naming-to to-aged-belonged, and beside unto-the-ones unto-all-implementings-unto floatlets having-had-come-to-be-carved-upon into to-the-one to-be-surveiled-unto under of-all of-the-ones of-floating-unto to-the-one to-a-flourisheredness.

13:29 ταυταις] ταυτα ℵ | πανοπλιαν ℵ | πλοια] ποια A | ενγεγλυμμενα ℵV* | om των πλεοντων V

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:30 οὗτος ὁ τάφος ὃν ἐποίησεν ἐν Μωδεεὶμ ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης.

The-one-this the-one a-buriage to-which it-did-unto in unto-a-Môdeeim unto-if-which of-the-one of-a-dayedness of-the-one-this.

13:30 Μωδειν ℵV (-διν)

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:31 Ὁ δὲ Τρύφων ἐπορεύετο δόλῳ μετὰ Ἀντιόχου τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ νεωτέρου, καὶ ἀπέκτεινεν αὐτόν,

The-one then-also a-Trufôn it-was-traversing-of unto-a-guile with of-an-Antiochos of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-the-one of-more-new, and it-killed-off to-it,

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:32 καὶ ἐβασίλευσεν ἀντ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ περιέθετο τὸ διάδημα τῆς Ἀσίας, καὶ ἐποίησεν πληγὴν μεγάλην ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.

and it-rulered-of ever-a-one of-it, and it-had-placed-about to-the-one to-a-binding-through-to of-the-one of-an-Asia, and it-did-unto to-a-smiting to-great upon of-the-one of-a-soil.

Note: to-a-binding-through-to : used to refer to head bands.

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:33 Καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν Σίμων τὸ ὀχύρωμα τῆς Ἰουδαίας, καὶ περιετείχισεν πύργοις ὑψηλοῖς καὶ τείχεσιν μεγάλοις καὶ πύργοις καὶ πύλαις καὶ μοχλοῖς, καὶ ἔθετο βρώματα ἐν τοῖς ὀχυρώμασιν.

And it-house-built-unto, a-Simôn, to-the-one to-an-en-holdationing-to of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia, and it-lineationed-about-to unto-towers unto-lofteed-of and unto-lineationeednesses unto-great and unto-towers and unto-gates and unto-poles, and it-had-placed to-feedeeings-to in unto-the-ones unto-en-holdationings-to.

13:33 το οχυρωμα] τα οχυρωματα ℵV | Ιουδαιας] Ιδουμαιας ℵ* (Ιουδ. ℵc.a) | om και πυργοις ℵV | πυλοις (sic) V

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:34 καὶ ἐπελέξατο Σίμων ἄνδρας, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς Δημήτριον τὸν βασιλέα τοῦ ποιῆσαι ἄφεσιν τῇ χώρᾳ, ὅτι πᾶσαι αἱ πράξεις Τρύφωνος ἦσαν ἁρπάσαι.

And it-forthed-upon, a-Simôn, to-men, and it-set-off toward to-a-Dêmêtrios to-the-one to-a-ruler-of of-the-one to-have-done-unto to-a-sending-off unto-the-one unto-a-spacedness, to-which-a-one all the-ones practices of-a-Trufôn they-were to-have-snatched-to.

13:34 επελεξεν ℵV | ησαν αρπασαι] αρπαγαι ℵ* ησ. αρπαγ. ℵc.aV

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:35 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτῷ Δημήτριος ὁ βασιλεὺς κατὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους, καὶ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ, καὶ ἔγραψεν αὐτῷ ἐπιστολὴν τοιαύτην

And it-set-off unto-it, a-Dêmêtrios the-one a-ruler-of, down to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these, and it-was-separated-off unto-it, and it-scribed unto-it to-a-seteeing-upon to-the-one-unto-the-one-this,

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:36 Βασιλεὺς Δημήτριος Σίμωνι ἀρχιερεῖ καὶ φίλῳ βασιλέων καὶ πρεσβυτέροις καὶ ἔθνει Ἰουδαίων χαίρειν.

A-ruler-of a-Dêmêtrios unto-a-Simôn unto-a-first-sacreder-of and unto-cared of-rulers-of and unto-more-eldered and unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-Iouda-belonged to-joy.

13:36 αρχ.] pr τω V

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:37 τὸν στέφανον τὸν χρυσοῦν, καὶ τὴν βαίν ἣν ἀπεστείλατε, κεκομίσμεθα, καὶ ἕτοιμοί ἐσμεν τοῦ ποιεῖν ὑμῖν εἰρήνην μεγάλην, καὶ γράφειν τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν χρειῶν τοῦ ἀφεῖναι ὑμῖν ἀφέματα.

To-the-one to-a-wreath to-the-one to-golden and to-the-one to-a-scanting to-which ye-set-off, we-had-come-to-tend-to, and readied-of we-be of-the-one to-do-unto unto-ye to-a-joinifying to-great, and to-scribe unto-the-ones upon of-the-ones of-affordings-of of-the-one to-have-sent-off unto-ye to-sendings-off-to.

Note: to-a-scanting : see BAION in Joh 12:13; used to refer to the scant branches of a palm tree.

13:37 βαιν] βαινην ℵ | αφεματα] pr τα ℵV

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:38 καὶ ὅσα ἐστήσαμεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἕστηκεν, καὶ τὰ ὀχυρώματα, ἃ ᾠκοδομήσατε, ὑπαρχέτω ὑμῖν.

And to-which-a-which we-stood toward to-ye it-had-come-to-stand, and the-ones en-holdationings-to to-which ye-house-built-unto it-should-first-under unto-ye.

13:38 ωκοδομησατε] οικοδομηκατε ℵV*

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:39 ἀφίεμεν δὲ ὑμῖν ἀγνοήματα καὶ τὰ ἁμαρτήματα ἕως τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας, καὶ τὸν στέφανον ὃν ὠφείλετε· καὶ εἴ τι ἄλλο ἐτελωνεῖτο ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ, μηκέτι τελωνείσθω·

We-send-off then-also unto-ye to-un-en-mullings-to and to-the-ones to-un-adjustings-along-to unto-if-which of-the-one this-day of-a-dayedness, and to-the-one to-a-wreath to-which ye-were-debting; and if a-one other it-was-being-finished-purchased-unto in unto-an-Ierousalêm, lest-if-to-a-one it-should-be-finish-purchased-unto;

13:39 αφ. δε] και αφ. V | om υμιν ℵV | αγν.] pr τα V | οφειλ. Va | τελωνισθηθω Va

(143-142 B.C.)

1Ma 13:40 καὶ εἴ τινες ἐπιτήδειοι ὑμῶν γραφῆναι εἰς τοὺς περὶ ἡμᾶς, ἐνγραφέσθωσαν, καὶ γινέσθω ἀνὰ μέσον ἡμῶν εἰρήνη.

and if ones avail-belonged-upon of-ye to-have-had-been-scribed into to-the-ones about to-us, they-should-be-scribed-in, and it-should-become up to-middle of-us a-joinifying.

13:40 γινεσθω] γινεσθω αν ℵ* γινεσθωσαν ℵ1? (postea ras σαν ℵ?)

(142-141 B.C.)

1Ma 13:41 Ἔτους ἑκατοστοῦ ἑβδομηκοστοῦ ἤρθη ὁ ζυγὸς τῶν ἐθνῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ.

Of-a-yeareedness of-hundredth of-seventieth it-was-lifted the-one a-couplage of-the-ones of-placeedness-belongings-to off of-the-one of-an-Israêl.

13:41 εκατοστου εβδομηκοστου] ό και εκατοστου ℵ εβδ. κ. εκατ. V<sup></sup>

(142-141 B.C.)

1Ma 13:42 καὶ ἤρξατο ὁ λαὸς γράφειν ἐν ταῖς συνγραφαῖς καὶ συναλλάγμασιν Ἔτους πρώτου ἐπὶ Σίμωνος ἀρχιερέως μεγάλου καὶ στρατηγοῦ καὶ ἡγουμένου Ἰουδαίων.

And it-firsted, the-one a-people of-an-Israêl, to-scribe in unto-the-ones unto-scribings-together and unto-otherings-together-to, Of-a-yeareedness of-most-before upon of-a-Simôn of-a-first-sacreder-of of-great and of-an-amass-leader and of-leading-unto of-Iouda-belonged.

Note: of-an-Israêl in 02 : omit in 01.

13:42 om Ισραηλ ℵV | συγγρ. V | συναλλαγματα ℵ | πτρωτου (-τους A)] αÆ ℵ | στρατηγου] + με ℵ* (improb ℵ1)

(142-141 B.C.)

1Ma 13:43 Ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις παρενέβαλεν ἐπὶ Γάζαν, καὶ ἐκύκλωσεν αὐτὴν παρεμβολαῖς, καὶ ἐποίησεν ἑλέπολιν καὶ προσήγαγεν τῇ πόλει, καὶ ἐπάταξεν πύργον ἕνα, καὶ κατελάβετο.

In unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses unto-the-ones-thither it-had-casted-in-beside upon to-a-Gaza, and it-en-circled to-it unto-castings-in-beside, and it-did-unto to-a-city-sectioner and it-had-led-toward unto-the-one unto-a-city, and it-smote to-a-tower to-one, and it-had-taken-down.

13:43 παρενεβαλλεν ℵ | ελεπολιν ℵ (-λεις V)] om Α | επαταξαν V

(142-141 B.C.)

1Ma 13:44 καὶ ἐξήλλοντο οἱ ἐν τῇ ἑλεπόλει εἰς τὴν πόλιν, καὶ ἐγένετο κίνημα μέγα ἐν τῇ πόλει.

And they-were-jumping-out, the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-city-sectioner into to-the-one to-a-city, and it-had-became a-moving-to great in unto-the-one unto-a-city.

13:44 εξειλοντο Va | ελεοπολει ℵV πολει A | μεγα εν τη πολει] εν τη π. μ. ℵV

(142-141 B.C.)

1Ma 13:45 καὶ ἀνέβησαν οἱ ἐν τῇ πόλει σὺν ταῖς γυναιξὶ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος διερρηχότες τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐβόησαν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἀξιοῦντες Σίμωνα δεξιὰς αὐτοῖς δοῦναι.

And they-had-stepped-up, the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-city together unto-the-ones unto-women and unto-the-ones unto-creationees, upon to-the-one to-a-lineationeedness having-had-come-to-en-burst-through to-the-ones to-apparelets of-them, and they-hollered-unto unto-a-sound unto-great en-deem-belonging to-a-Simôn to-right-belonged unto-them to-have-had-given.

Note: unto-the-ones in 02 : omit in 01.

13:45 ταις γυναιξι (-ξιν V*)] om ταις ℵ | om αξιουντες ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | Σειμωνα ℵ | δεξιας] δει ϊδιας ℵ* (δεξιας ℵc.a, c.b)

(142-141 B.C.)

1Ma 13:46 καὶ εἶπαν Μὴ ἡμῖν χρήσῃ κατὰ τὰς πονηρίας ἡμῶν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸ ἔλεός σου.

And they-said, Lest unto-us thou-might-have-afforded-unto down to-the-ones to-en-necessitatings-unto of-us, other down to-the-one to-a-besectionateedness of-thee.

Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

13:46 ειπον V | ημιν] ημην (sic) A*(salt)

(142-141 B.C.)

1Ma 13:47 καὶ συνελύθη αὐτοῖς Σίμων, καὶ οὐκ ἐπολέμησεν αὐτούς· καὶ ἐξέβαλεν αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ἐκαθέρισεν τὰς οἰκίας ἐν αἷς ἦν τὰ εἴδωλα, καὶ οὕτως εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτὴν ὑμνῶν καὶ εὐλογῶν.

And it-was-loosed-together unto-them a-Simôn, and not it-warred-unto to-them; and it-had-casted-out to-them out of-the-one of-a-city, and it-cleansed-to to-the-ones to-housings-unto in unto-which it-was the-ones images, and unto-the-one-this it-had-came-into into to-it hyming-unto and goodly-fortheeing-unto.

13:47 om αυτοις ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | εκ] εξω ℵ | εκαθαρισεν ℵ : item 50 | ευλογων] + τον θν̅ V

(142-141 B.C.)

1Ma 13:48 καὶ ἐξέβαλεν ἐξ αὐτῆς πᾶσαν ἀκαθαρσίαν, καὶ κατοίκισεν ἐν αὐτῇ ἄνδρας οἵτινες τὸν νόμον ποιοῦσιν· καὶ προσοχύρωσεν αὐτήν, καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν ἑαυτῷ ἐν αὐτῇ οἴκησιν.

And it-had-casted-out out of-it to-all to-an-un-cleansing-unto, and it-housed-down-to in unto-it to-men which-ones to-the-one to-a-parcelee they-do-unto; and it-en-holdationed-toward to-it, and it-house-built-unto unto-self in unto-it to-a-housing.

(142-141 B.C.)

1Ma 13:49 Οἱ δὲ ἐκ τῆς ἄκρας ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐκωλύοντο ἐκπορεύεσθαι εἰς τὴν χώραν καὶ ἀγοράζειν καὶ πωλεῖν· καὶ ἐπείνασαν σφόδρα, καὶ ἀπώλοντο ἐξ αὐτῶν ἱκανοὶ τῇ λιμῷ.

The-ones then-also out of-the-one of-extremitied in unto-an-Ierousalêm they-were-being-prevented to-traverse-out-of into to-the-one to-a-spacedness and to-lead-alongedness-to and to-traffick-unto; and they-hungered-unto to-vehemented, and they-had-destructed-off out of-them ampled unto-the-one unto-a-famine.

Note: to-traverse-out-of in 02 : + and to-traverse-in-of in 01.

Note: and {1st} in 02 : omit in 01.

Note: unto-the-one in 02 : unto-the-one in 01.

13:49 εν Ιερουσαλημ] pr οι ℵ | εκπορευεσθαι] + και εισπορευεσθαι ℵV | om και I° ℵ | τη λιμω] τω λ. ℵV1 (τω ν. V*)

(142-141 B.C.)

1Ma 13:50 καὶ ἐβόησαν πρὸς Σίμωνα δεξιὰς λαβεῖν, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐξέβαλεν αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ ἐκαθέρισεν τὴν ἄκραν ἀπὸ τῶν μιασμάτων.

And they-hollered-unto toward to-a-Simôn to-right-belonged to-have-had-taken, and it-gave unto-them, and it-had-casted-out to-them thither-from, and it-cleansed-to to-the-one to-extremitied off of-the-ones of-stainings-to.

(141 B.C.)

1Ma 13:51 καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτὴν τῇ τρίτῃ καὶ εἰκάδι τοῦ δευτέρου μηνὸς ἔτους ἑνὸς καὶ ἑβδομηκοστοῦ καὶ ἑκατοστοῦ μετὰ αἰνέσεως καὶ βαίων καὶ ἐν κινύραις καὶ ἐν κυμβάλοις καὶ ἐν νάβλαις καὶ ἐν ὕμνοις καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς, ὅτι συνετρίβη ἐχθρὸς μέγας ἐξ Ἰσραήλ·

And it-had-came-into into to-it unto-the-one unto-third and unto-a-twentieth of-the-one of-second of-a-month of-a-yeareedness of-one and of-seventieth and of-hundredth with of-a-lauding and of-scantings and in unto-guitars and in unto-swelled-casts and in unto-lyres and in unto-hymns and in unto-songs, to-which-a-one it-had-been-rubbed-together en-enmitied great out of-an-Israêl;

Note: it-had-came-into in 02 : they-had-came-into in 01.

Note: of-one in 02 : of-most-before in 01.

Note: of-scantings : see BAION in Joh 12:13; used to refer to the scant branches of a palm tree.

Note: unto-swelled-casts : used to refer to the action of casting convex cymbals together.

(141 B.C.)

1Ma 13:52 καὶ ἔστησεν κατ' ἐνιαυτὸν τοῦ ἄγειν τὴν ἡμέραν ταύτην. καὶ προσωχύρωσεν τὸ ὄρος τοῦ ἱεροῦ τὸ παρὰ τὴν ἄκραν, καὶ ᾤκει ἐκεῖ αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ παρ' αὐτοῦ.

and it-stood down to-a-being-in-unto-it of-the-one to-lead to-the-one to-a-dayedness to-the-one-this. And it-en-holdationed-toward to-the-one to-a-jutteedness of-the-one of-sacred to-the-one beside to-the-one to-extremitied, and it-was-housing-unto thither, it and the-ones beside of-it.

Note: to-the-one-this in 02 : + with of-a-goodly-centeringedness in 01.

13:52 ταυτην] + μετα ευφροσυνης ℵV | προσοχυρωσεν ℵV*

(141-140 B.C.)

1Ma 13:53 καὶ ἴδεν Σίμων τὸν Ἰωάννην τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἀνήρ ἐστιν, καὶ ἔθετο αὐτὸν ἡγούμενον τῶν δυνάμεων πασῶν· καὶ ᾤκει ἐν Γαζάροις.

And it-had-seen, a-Simôn, to-the-one to-an-Iônathan to-the-one to-a-son of-it, to-which-a-one a-man it-be, and it-had-placed to-it to-leading-unto of-the-ones of-abilities of-all; and it-was-housing-unto in unto-Gazara'.

Note: to-the-one {2nd} in 02 : omit in 01.

13:53 ειδεν ℵ | τον υιον] om τον ℵV | Γαζαροις] ις sup ras ℵ1 (prius ζ)

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:1 Καὶ ἐν ἔτει δευτέρῳ καὶ ἑβδομηκοστῷ καὶ ἑκατοστῷ συνήγαγεν Δημήτριος ὁ βασιλεὺς τὰς δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπορεύθη εἰς Μηδίαν, τοῦ ἐπισπᾶσθαι βοήθειαν ἑαυτῷ, ὅπως πολεμήσῃ τὸν Τρύφωνα.

And in unto-a-yeareedness unto-second and unto-seventieth and unto-hundredth it-had-led-together, a-Dêmêtrios the-one a-ruler-of, to-the-ones to-abilities of-it, and it-was-traversed-of into to-a-Mêdia, of-the-one to-upon-draw-unto to-a-holler-running-of unto-self, unto-which-whither it-might-have-warred-unto to-the-one to-a-Trufôn.

Note: to-a-Mêdia in 02 : to-a-Mêdeia in 01.

Note: to-upon-draw-unto in 02 : to-have-upon-drawn-unto in 01.

14:1 εβδομηκοστω κ. εκατοστω] εβδομω κ. ℵ | Μηδειαν ℵVa | επισπασθαι βοηθειαν εαυτω] επισπασασθαι (σ I° om vid ℵ*) βοηθιαν αυτω (εαυτ. ℵc.aV) ℵV

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:2 καὶ ἤκουσεν Ἀρσάκης ὁ βασιλεὺς Περσίδος καὶ Μηδίας ὅτι ἦλθεν Δημήτριος εἰς τὰ ὅρια αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν ἕνα τῶν ἀρχόντων αὐτοῦ συλλαβεῖν αὐτὸν ζῶντα.

And it-heard, an-Arsakês the-one a-ruler-of of-a-Persis and of-a-Mêdia, to-which-a-one it-had-came, a-Dêmêtrios, into to-the-ones to-boundlets of-it, and it-set-off to-one of-the-ones of-firsting of-it to-have-had-taken-together to-it to-lifing-unto.

Note: of-a-Persis in 02 : pr of-the-one in 01.

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:3 καὶ ἐπορεύθη καὶ ἐπάταξεν τὴν παρεμβολὴν Δημητρίου καὶ συνέλαβεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν πρὸς Ἀρσάκην, καὶ ἔθετο αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ.

And it-was-traversed-of and it-smote to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside of-a-Dêmêtrios and it-had-taken-together to-it, and it-had-led to-it toward to-an-Arsakês, and it-had-placed to-it in unto-a-guardery.

14:3 om και εθετο αυτον εν φυλακη ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:4 Καὶ ἡσύχασεν ἡ γῆ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας Σίμωνος, καὶ ἐζήτησεν ἀγαθὰ τῷ ἔθνει αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἤρεσεν αὐτοῖς ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ δόξα αὐτοῦ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας.

And it-quiesced-to, the-one a-soil, to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses of-a-Simôn, and it-sought-unto to-excess-placed unto-the-one unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-it; and it-pleased unto-them, the-one a-being-out-unto of-it and the-one a-reckonedness of-it, to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses.

Note: a-soil in 02 : + of-an-Ioudas in 01.

14:4 ησυχασεν] σ I° inst ℵc.a, c.b | γη] + Ιουδα ℵV | απασας V

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:5 καὶ μετὰ πάσης τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ ἔλαβεν τὴν Ἰόππην εἰς λιμένα, καὶ ἐποίησεν εἴσοδον ταῖς νήσοις τῆς θαλάσσης.

And with of-all of-the-one of-a-reckonedness of-it it-had-taken to-the-one to-an-Ioppê into to-a-harbor, and it-did-unto to-a-way-into unto-the-ones unto-isles of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness.

14:5 Ιοππην] ιππον ℵ* (Ιοππην ℵc.a (fort), c.b) | νησοις] νοσοις ℵ* (νησ. ℵ1 (vid))

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:6 καὶ ἐπλάτυνεν τὰ ὅρια τῷ ἔθνει αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκράτησεν τῆς χώρας.

And it-broadened to-the-ones to-boundlets unto-the-one unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-it, and it-secured-unto of-the-one of-a-spacedness.

14:6 εθνει αυτου] εθνι τουτω ℵ* (εθν. αυτου ℵc.b)

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:7 καὶ συνήγαγεν αἰχμαλωσίαν πολλήν, καὶ ἐκυρίευσεν Γαζάρων καὶ Βεθσούρων καὶ τῆς ἄκρας· καὶ ἐξῆρεν τὰς ἀκαθαρσίας ἐξ αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ὁ ἀντικείμενος αὐτῷ.

And it-had-led-together to-a-spear-capturing-unto to-much, and it-authority-belonged-of of-Gazara' and of-Bethsoura' and of-the-one of-extremitied; and it-lifted-out to-the-ones to-un-cleansings-unto out of-it, and not it-was the-one ever-a-one-situating unto-it.

14:7 εκυριευσεν] συνηγαγεν ℵ | Βαιθσ. V

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:8 καὶ ἦσαν γεωργοῦντες τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν μετ' εἰρήνης, καὶ ἡ γῆ ἐδίδου τὰ γενήματα αὐτῆς, καὶ τὰ ξύλα τῶν πεδίων τὸν καρπὸν αὐτῶν.

And they-were soil-working-unto to-the-one to-a-soil of-them with of-a-joinifying, and the-one a-soil it-was-giving to-the-ones to-becomings-to of-it, and the-ones woods of-the-ones of-footinglets to-the-one to-a-fruit of-them.

14:8 ξυλα] + αμα ℵ | τον καρπον] pr και ℵ* (improb ℵc)

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:9 πρεσβύτεροι ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις ἐκάθηντο, πάντες περὶ ἀγαθῶν ἐκοινολόγουν, καὶ οἱ νεανίσκοι ἐνεδύσαντο δόξας καὶ στολὰς πολέμου.

More-eldered in unto-the-ones unto-broad they-were-sitting-down, all about of-excess-placed they-were-together-belonged-to-fortheeing-unto, and the-ones new-belongings-of they-sunk-in to-reckonednesses and to-seteeings of-a-war.

Note: to-seteeings : used to refer to an outfit.

Note: they-were-together-belonged-to-fortheeing-unto in 02 : they-were-together-belonged-to-fortheeing-unto in 01.

14:9 πλατειαις] εκκλησιαις ℵ* (πλατιαις ℵc.a (et c.b vid)) | αγαθων] + κ ℵc.a (postea ras) | εκοινολογουντο ℵV | δοξαν ℵ

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:10 ταῖς πόλεσιν ἐχορήγησεν βρώματα, καὶ ἔταξεν αὐτὰς ἐν σκεύεσιν ὀχυρώσεως, ἕως ὅτου ὀνομάσθη τὸ ὄνομα τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ ἕως ἄκρου γῆς·

Unto-the-ones unto-cities it-chorus-lead-unto to-feedeeings-to, and it-arranged to-them in unto-equipeednesses of-an-en-holdationing, unto-if-which of-which-a-one it-had-been-named-to the-one a-naming-to of-the-one of-a-reckonedness of-it unto-if-which of-extremitied of-a-soil;

Note: it-had-been-named-to in 02 : it-was-named-to in 01.

14:10 εχορηγησαν ℵ | εταξεν αυτας] εταξαν εαυτους ℵ | οχυρωσεως] οχυρωματω̅| ℵ* (-ρωσεως ℵc.a, c.b) | ωνομασθη ℵV

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:11 ἐποίησεν τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ηὐφράνθη Ἰσραὴλ εὐφροσύνην μεγάλην.

it-did-unto to-the-one to-a-joinifying upon of-the-one of-a-soil, and it-had-been-goodly-centered an-Israêl to-a-goodly-centeringedness to-great.

Note: to-the-one in 02 : omit in 01.

Note: it-had-been-goodly-centered in 02 : it-was-goodly-centered in 01.

14:11 εποιησεν] pr και ℵc.a | την ειρηνην] om την ℵV | ευφρανθη ℵV

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:12 καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἕκαστος ὑπὸ τὴν ἄμπελον αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν συκῆν αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ὁ ἐκφοβῶν αὐτούς·

And it-sat-down-to, each, under to-the-one to-a-vine of-it and to-the-one to-a-figging of-it, and not it-was the-one feareeing-out-unto to-them;

14:12 om και την συκην αυτου ℵ | ο εκφοβων] om ο ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:13 καὶ ἐξέλειπεν πολεμῶν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ οἱ βασιλεῖς αὐτῶν συνετρίβησαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις.

And it-was-remaindering-out, warring-unto to-them, upon of-the-one of-a-soil, and the-ones rulers-of of-them they-had-been-rubbed-together in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses unto-the-ones-thither.

Note: it-was-remaindering-out in 02 : it-had-remaindered-out in 01.

14:13 εξελιπεν ℵ | om αυτων ℵV

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:14 καὶ ἐστήρισεν πάντας τοὺς ταπεινοὺς τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτοῦ· τὸν νόμον ἐξεζήτησεν, καὶ ἐξῆρεν πάντα ἄνομον καὶ πονηρόν·

And it-stablished-to to-all to-the-ones to-lowed of-the-one of-a-people of-it; to-the-one to-a-parcelee it-sought-out-unto, and it-lifted-out to-all to-un-parceleed and to-en-necessitated.

14:14 εξεζητησαν ℵ

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:15 τὰ ἅγια ἐδόξασεν, καὶ ἐπλήθυνεν τὰ σκεύη τῶν ἁγίων.

To-the-ones to-hallow-belonged it-reckoned-to, and it-repletened to-the-ones to-equipeednesses of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged.

14:15 om τα αγια εδοξασεν και επληθυνεν ℵ | τα σκευη] pr και ℵ

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:16 Καὶ ἤκουσεν ἐν Ῥώμῃ ὅτι ἀπέθανεν Ἰωναθάν, καὶ ἕως Σπάρτης, καὶ ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα.

And it-heard in unto-a-Rômê to-which-a-one it-had-died-off, an-Iônathan, and unto-if-which of-a-Spartê, and they-were-throed-unto to-vehemented.

Note: it-heard in 02 : it-was-heard in 01.

14:16 ηκουσεν] ηκουσθη ℵV

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:17 ὡς δὲ ἤκουσαν ὅτι Σίμων ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ γέγονεν ἀντ' αὐτοῦ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ ἐπικρατεῖ τῆς χώρας καὶ τῶν πόλεων τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ,

As then-also they-heard to-which-a-one a-Simôn the-one brethrened of-it it-hath-had-come-to-become ever-a-one of-it a-first-sacreder-of and it-secureth-upon-unto of-the-one of-a-spacedness and of-the-ones of-cities of-the-ones in unto-it,

Note: and {1st} in 02 : + it in 01.

14:17 Σειμων ℵ | αρχιερευς αντ αυτου ℵV | και I°] + αυτος ℵV | επικρ.] + εν εν αυτη V* (improb εν 2° Va)

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:18 καὶ ἔγραψαν πρὸς αὐτὸν δέλτοις χαλκαῖς τοῦ ἀνανεώσασθαι πρὸς αὐτὸν φιλίαν καὶ τὴν συμμαχίαν ἣν ἔστησαν πρὸς Ἰούδαν καὶ Ἰωναθὰν τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ.

and they-scribed toward to-it unto-writs unto-coppern of-the-one to-have-en-newed-up toward to-it to-a-caring-unto and to-the-one to-a-battling-together-unto to-which they-stood toward to-an-Ioudas and to-an-Iônathan to-the-ones to-brethrened of-it.

Note: and [1st] in 02 : omit in 01.

14:18 om και I° ℵV | την συμμαχιαν] om την ℵV | bis scr φιλ. κ. συμμ. V* (improb I° V1)

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:19 καὶ ἀνεγνώσθησαν ἐνώπιον ἐκκλησίας ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ.

And they-were-acquainted-up to-in-look-belonged of-a-calling-out-unto in unto-an-Ierousalêm.

Note:of-a-calling-out-unto in 02 : pr of-the-one in 01.

14:19 εκκλησιας] pr της ℵV | εν Ιερ.] pr της V

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:20 καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἀντίγραφον τῶν ἐπιστολῶν ὧν ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Σπαρτιᾶται Σπαρτιατῶν ἄρχοντες καὶ ἡ πόλις Σίμωνι ἱερεῖ μεγάλῳ καὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις καὶ τοῖς ἱερεῦσι καὶ τῷ λοιπῷ δήμῳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀδελφοῖς χαίρειν.

And the-one-this ever-a-one-scribed of-the-ones of-seteeings-upon of-which they-set-off, the-ones Spartans, Of-Spartans firsting and the-one a-city unto-a-Simôn unto-a-sacreder-of unto-great and unto-the-ones unto-more-eldered and unto-the-ones unto-sacreders-of and unto-the-one unto-remaindered unto-a-locality of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged unto-brethrened to-joy.

14:20 Σιμων ℵ* (Σιμωνι ℵ1 (fort)) | ιερευσιν ℵV

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:21 οἱ πρεσβευταὶ οἱ ἀποσταλέντες πρὸς τὸν δῆμον ἡμῶν ἀπήγγειλαν ἡμῖν περὶ τῆς δόξης ὑμῶν καὶ τιμῆς, καὶ ηὐφράνθημεν ἐπὶ τῇ ἐφόδῳ αὐτῶν.

The-ones more-elders-of the-ones having-had-been-set-off toward to-the-one to-a-locality of-us they-leadeeered-off unto-us about of-the-one of-a-reckonedness of-ye and of-a-valuation, and we-were-goodly-centered upon unto-the-one unto-a-way-upon of-them.

14:21 πρεσβευται] πρεσβυτεροι ℵV | οι αποσταλ.] om οι ℵ*V* (hab ℵc.aV1) | υμων] ημων ℵ* (υμ. ℵc.a)

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:22 καὶ ἀναγραψάμενοι τὰ ὑπ' αὐτῶν εἰρημένα ἐν ταῖς βουλαῖς τοῦ δήμου οὕτως Νουμήνιος Ἀντιόχου καὶ Ἀντίπατρος Ἰάσονος πρεσβευταὶ Ἰουδαίων ἤλθοσαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀνανεούμενοι τὴν πρὸς ἡμᾶς φιλίαν·

And having-scribed-up to-the-ones under of-them to-having-had-come-to-be-uttered-unto in unto-the-ones unto-purposings of-the-one of-a-locality unto-the-one-this a-Noumênios of-an-Antiochos and an-Antipatros of-an-Iasôn more-elders-of of-Iouda-belonged they-hath-had-came toward to-us en-newing-up to-the-one toward to-us to-a-caring-unto;

Note: having-scribed-up in 02 : it-scribed-up in 01.

Note: they-hath-had-came in 02 : they-had-came in 01.

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:23 καὶ ἤρεσεν τῷ δήμῳ ἐπιδέξασθαι τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐνδόξως, καὶ τοῦ θέσθαι τὸ ἀντίγραφον τῶν λόγων αὐτῶν ἐν τοῖς ἀποδεδιγμένοις τῷ δήμῳ βιβλίοις, τοῦ μνημόσυνον ἔχειν τὸν δῆμον τῶν Σπαρτιατῶν· τὸ δὲ ἀντίγραφον τούτων ἔγραψαν Σίμωνι τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ.

and it-pleased unto-the-one unto-a-locality to-have-received-upon to-the-ones to-men unto-reckoned-in, and of-the-one to-have-had-placed to-the-one to-ever-a-one-scribed of-the-ones of-forthees of-them in unto-the-ones unto-having-had-come-to-be-en-showed-off unto-the-one unto-a-locality unto-paperlets, of-the-one to-a-remembrance to-hold to-the-one to-a-locality of-the-ones of-Spartans; to-the-one then-also to-ever-a-one-scribed of-the-ones-these they-scribed unto-a-Simôn unto-the-one unto-a-first-sacreder-of.

14:23 επιδεξασθαι] + τας φιλιας κ ℵc.a | του μνημ. εχειν] το μνημ. εχ. ℵ | των Σπαρτ.] τον Σπ. ℵ* (των ßπ. ℵc.a) | εγραψα ℵ* (-ψαν ℵc) εγραψαμεν V

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:24 Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀπέστειλεν Σίμων τὸν Νουμήνιον εἰς Ῥώμην ἔχοντα ἀσπίδα χρυσῆν μεγάλην ὁλκὴν μνῶν χιλίων, εἰς τὸ στῆσαι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὴν συμμαχίαν.

With to-the-ones-these it-set-off, a-Simôn, to-the-one to-a-Noumênios, into to-a-Rômê to-holding to-a-spar-along to-golden to-great to-a-hauleeing of-minas of-thousand, into to-the-one to-have-stood toward to-them to-the-one to-a-battling-together-unto.

Note: to-a-spar-along : used of shields and asps.

Note: of-minas : 1 mina = about 1 pound.

14:24 μετα] + δε ℵc.a | ολκης ℵc.a | χιλιων] αÆ ℵ* ²ά ℵc.a

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:25 Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσεν ὁ δῆμος τῶν λόγων τούτων, εἶπαν Τίνα χάριν ἀποδώσομεν Σίμωνι καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ;

As then-also it-heard, the-one a-locality, of-the-ones of-forthees of-the-ones-these, they-said, To-what-one to-a-granting we-shall-give-off unto-a-Simôn and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-it?

14:25 Σιμωνι] + ται ℵ* (τε ℵc.a postea improb ℵ?)

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:26 ἐστήρισεν γὰρ αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ οἶκος τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπολέμησαν τοὺς ἐχθροὺς Ἰσραὴλ ἀπ' αὐτῶν. καὶ ἔστησαν αὐτῷ ἐλευθερίαν, (1Ma 14:27) καὶ κατέγραψεν ἐν δέλτοις χαλκαῖς, καὶ ἔθεντο ἐν στήλῃ ἐν ὄρει Σιών.

It-stablished-to too-thus, it and the-ones brethrened of-it and the-one a-house of-the-one of-a-father of-it, and they-warred-unto to-the-ones to-en-enmitied of-an-Israêl off of-them. And they-stood unto-it to-an-en-freeing-unto, (1Ma 14:27) and it-scribed-down in unto-writs unto-coppern, and they-had-placed in unto-a-block in unto-a-jutteedness of-a-Seiôn.

Note: they-warred-unto in 02 : it-warred-unto in 01.

Note: it-scribed-down in 02 : they-scribed-down in 01.

Note: unto-a-block in 02 : unto-blocks in 01.

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:27 καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἀντίγραφον τῆς γραφῆς Ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῃ Ἐλούλ, ἔτους δευτέρου ἑβδομηκοστοῦ καὶ ἑκατοστοῦ, καὶ τοῦτο τρίτον ἔτος ἐπὶ Σίμωνος τοῦ ἀρχιερέως,

And the-one-this ever-a-one-scribed of-the-one of-a-scribing, Unto-eight-and-tenth of-an-Eloul, of-a-yeareedness of-second of-seventieth and of-hundredth, and the-one-this third a-yeareedness upon of-a-Simôn of-the-one of-a-first-sacreder-of,

Note: of-the-one of-a-first-sacreder-of in 02 : of-a-first-sacreder-of of-great in 01.

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:28 ἐν Σαραμέλ, ἐπὶ συναγωγῆς μεγάλης τῶν ἱερέων καὶ λαοῦ καὶ ἀρχόντων ἔθνους καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τῆς χώρας ἐγνώρισεν ἡμῖν.

in unto-a-Saramel, upon of-a-leading-together of-great of-the-ones of-sacreders-of and of-a-people and of-firsting of-a-placeedness-belonging-to and of-the-ones of-more-eldered of-the-one of-a-spacedness it-acquainted-to unto-us,

Note: unto-a-Saramel in 02 : unto-an-Asaramel in 01.

Note: of-the-ones {1st} in 02 : omit in 01.

14:28 Ασαραμελ ℵV | των ιερεων] om των ℵ αρχιερεων V

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:29 ἐπεὶ πολλάκις ἐγενήθησαν πόλεμοι ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ, Σίμων δὲ ὁ υἱὸς Ματταθίου ὁ υἱὸς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰωαρὶβ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἔδωκαν ἑαυτοὺς τῷ κινδύνῳ, καὶ ἀντέστησαν τοῖς ὑπεναντίοις τοῦ ἔθνους αὐτῶν, ὅπως σταθῇ τὰ ἅγια αὐτῶν καὶ ὁ νόμος, καὶ δόξῃ μεγάλῃ ἐδόξασαν τὸ ἔθνος αὐτῶν·

upon-if much-oft they-were-became wars in unto-the-one unto-a-spacedness, a-Simôn then-also the-one a-son of-a-Mattathias the-one a-son of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Iôarib and the-ones brethrened of-it they-gave to-selves unto-the-one unto-a-peril, and they-had-ever-a-one-stood unto-the-ones unto-ever-a-oned-in-under of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-them, unto-which-whither it-might-have-been-stood the-ones hallow-belonged of-them and the-one a-parcelee, and unto-a-reckonedness unto-great they-reckoned-to to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-them;

Note: to-selves in 02 : to-themselves in 02.

14:29 εγενηθημεν ℵ* (-θησαν ℵc.a) | ο υιος των υιων] υιος υιων ιερευς των υιων ℵV | Ιωαρειβ ℵV in Ιωαριβ rescr ι 2° A + δυο A | εαυτους] αυτους ℵ | om αυτων I° ℵ

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:30 καὶ ἤθροισεν Ἰωναθὰν τὸ ἔθνος αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐγενήθη αὐτοῖς ἀρχιερεύς, καὶ προσετέθη πρὸς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ·

and it-flurried-along-to, an-Iônathan, to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-them, and it-was-became unto-them a-first-sacreder-of, and it-was-placed-toward toward to-the-one to-a-people of-it;

14:30 om και ηθροισεν Ιωναθαν το εθνος αυτων ℵ | αυτων] αυτου V | αυτοις] αυτων V

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:31 καὶ ἐβουλήθησαν οἱ ἐχθροὶ αὐτῶν ἐμβατεῦσαι εἰς τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν τοῦ ἐκτρίψαι τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκτεῖναι τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὰ ἅγια αὐτῶν·

and they-were-purposed the-ones en-enmitied of-them to-have-stepped-in-of into to-the-one to-a-spacedness of-them of-the-one to-have-rubbed-out to-the-one to-a-spacedness of-them, and to-have-stretched-out to-the-ones to-hands upon to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged of-them;

Note: to-the-ones in 02 : omit in 01.

14:31 om του εκτριψαι την χωραν αυτων ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) V | την χωραν 2°] pr εις A | εκκλινια ℵ (εκτιναι ℵc.a) | τας χειρας] om τας ℵ

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:32 τότε ἀνέστη Σίμων, καὶ ἐπολέμησεν περὶ τοῦ ἔθνους αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐδαπάνησεν χρήματα πολλὰ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ ὁπλοδότησεν τοὺς ἄνδρας τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ ἔθνους αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὀψώνια·

to-the-one-which-also it-had-stood-up, a-Simôn, and it-warred-unto about of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-it, and it-spented-unto to-affordings-to to-much of-the-ones of-self, and it-implement-gave-unto to-the-ones to-men of-the-one of-an-ability of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-it, and it-gave unto-them to-provision-purchaselets;

Note: it-had-stood-up in 02 : it-had-ever-a-one-stood in 01.

14:32 αντεστη ℵV | επολεμησε ℵ* (-σεν ℵc.a) Va | ωπλοδ. Va | τους ανδρας] pr αυτου ℵ

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:33 καὶ ὠχύρωσεν τὰς πόλεις τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ τὴν Βεθσούραν τὴν ἐπὶ τῶν ὁρίων τῆς Ἰουδαίας, οὗ ἦν τὰ ὅπλα τῶν πολεμίων τὸ πρότερον, καὶ ἔθετο ἐκεῖ φρουρὰν ἄνδρας Ἰουδαίους·

and it-en-holdationed to-the-ones to-cities of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia and to-the-one to-a-Bethsoura to-the-one upon of-the-ones of-jutteednesses of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia, of-which it-was the-ones implements of-the-ones of-war-belonged to-the-one to-more-before, and it-had-placed thither to-a-wardedness-before to-men to-Iouda-belonged;

Note: to-a-Bethsoura in 02 : to-a-Baithsoura in 01.

14:33 οχυρωσεν ℵV* | βαιθσουραν ℵV | την επι] τη επι A* (superscr ν A1) | το προτερον] των πρ. ℵ* (το πρ. ℵc (c.b vid)

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:34 καὶ Ἰόππην ὠχύρωσεν τὴν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ τὴν Γαζάραν τὴν ἐπὶ τῶν ὁρίων Ἀζώτου, ἐν ᾗ ᾠκοῦσαν οἱ πολέμιοι τὸ πρότερον ἐκεῖ, καὶ κατῴκισεν ἐκεῖ Ἰουδαίους, καὶ ὅσα ἐπιτήδεια πρὸς τῇ τούτων ἐπανορθώσει ἔθετο ἐν αὐτοῖς.

and to-an-Ioppê it-en-holdationed to-the-one upon of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness, and to-the-one to-a-Gazara to-the-one upon of-the-ones of-jutteednesses of-an-Azôtos, in unto-which they-had-been-housing-unto, the-ones war-belonged, to-the-one to-more-before thither, and it-housed-down-to thither to-Iouda-belonged, and to-which-a-which to-avail-belonged-upon toward unto-the-one of-the-ones-these unto-an-en-straightly-jutting-up-upon it-had-placed in unto-them.

Note: they-had-been-housing-unto in 02 : they-were-housing-unto in 01.

Note: to-avail-belonged-upon in 02 : + it-was in 01.

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:35 καὶ εἶδεν ὁ λαὸς τὴν πίστιν τοῦ Σίμωνος καὶ τὴν δόξαν ἣν ἐβουλεύσατο ποιῆσαι τῷ ἔθνει αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔθεντο αὐτὸν ἡγούμενον αὐτῶν καὶ ἀρχιερέα, διὰ τὸ πεποιηκέναι αὐτὸν ταῦτα πάντα, καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν πίστιν ἣν συνετήρησεν τῷ ἔθνει αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξεζήτησεν παντὶ τρόπῳ ὑψῶσαι τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ.

And it-had-seen, the-one a-people, to-the-one to-a-trust of-the-one of-a-Simôn and to-the-one to-a-reckonedness to-which it-purposed-of to-have-done-unto unto-the-one unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-it, and they-had-placed to-it to-leading-unto of-them and to-a-first-sacreder-of, through to-the-one to-have-had-come-to-do-unto to-it to-the-ones-these to-all, and to-the-one to-a-course-belongingedness and to-the-one to-a-trust to-which it-kept-together-unto unto-the-one unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-it, and it-sought-out-unto unto-all unto-a-turn to-have-en-lofteed to-the-one to-a-people of-it.

14:35 om ειδεν ο λαος ℵ* (hab ιδεν ο λ. ℵc.a) | πιστιν] + και πραξιν V | εθετο ℵ | αυτων πεποιηκεναι αυτον παντα ταυτα ℵ αυτ. πεπ. τ. π. V

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:36 καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις αὐτοῦ εὐοδώθη ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ, τοῦ ἐξαρθῆναι τὰ ἔθνη ἐκ τῆς χώρας αὐτῶν, καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει Δαυεὶδ τοὺς ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ οἳ ἐποίησαν ἑαυτοῖς ἄκραν ἐξ ἧς ἐξεπορεύοντο, καὶ ἐμίαινον κύκλῳ τῶν ἁγίων, καὶ ἐποιοῦσαν πληγὴν μεγάλην ἐν τῇ ἁγνείᾳ·

And in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses of-it it-was-goodly-en-wayed in unto-the-ones unto-hands of-it, of-the-one to-have-been-lifted-out to-the-ones to-placeedness-belongings-to out of-the-one of-a-spacedness of-them and to-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-city of-a-Daueid to-the-ones in unto-an-Ierousalêm which they-did-unto unto-selves to-extremitied out of-which they-were-traversing-out-of, and they-stain-belonged unto-a-circle of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged, and they-had-been-doing-unto to-a-smiting to-great in unto-the-one unto-a-purifying-of;

Note: they-had-been-doing-unto in 02 : they-were-doing-unto in 01.

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:37 καὶ κατῴκισεν ἐν αὐτῇ ἄνδρας Ἰουδαίους, καὶ ὠχύρωσεν αὐτὴν πρὸς ἀσφάλειαν τῆς χώρας καὶ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ ὕψωσεν τὰ τείχη Ἰερουσαλήμ.

and it-housed-down-to in unto-it to-men to-Iouda-belonged, and it-en-holdationed to-it toward to-an-un-befailing-of of-the-one of-a-spacedness and of-the-one of-a-city, and it-en-lofteed to-the-ones to-lineationeednesses of-an-Ierousalêm.

14:37 ασφαλιαν ℵV* | Ιερουσαλημ] pr της ℵ* (improb ℵc.a) V

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:38 καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς Δημήτριος ἔστησεν αὐτῷ τὴν ἀρχιερωσύνην κατὰ ταῦτα,

And the-one a-ruler-of a-Dêmêtrios it-stood unto-it to-the-one to-a-first-en-sacredingedness down to-the-ones-these,

14:38 αρχιεροσυνην ℵ* (αρχϊερωσ. ℵc.a) αχρι|ϊερωσ. (sic) A

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:39 καὶ ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐδόξασεν αὐτὸν δόξῃ μεγάλῃ·

and it-did-unto to-it of-the-ones of-cared of-it, and it-reckoned-to to-it unto-a-reckonedness unto-great;

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:40 ἠκούσθη γὰρ ὅτι προσαγορεύονται Ἰουδαῖοι ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων φίλοι καὶ σύμμαχοι καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί, καὶ ὅτι ἀπήντησαν τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς Σίμωνος ἐνδόξως·

it-was-heard too-thus to-which-a-one they-be-lead-alongednessed-toward-of Iouda-belonged under of-Rômê-belonged cared and battled-together and the-ones brethrened, and to-which-a-one they-off-ever-a-oned-unto unto-the-ones unto-more-elders-of of-a-Simôn unto-reckoned-in;

Note: it-was-heard in 02 : it-heard in 01.

Note: Iouda-belonged in 02 : pr the-ones in 01.

Note: the-ones in 02 : omit in 01.

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:41 καὶ ὅτι οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ οἱ ἱερεῖς εὐδόκησαν τοῦ εἶναι αὐτῶν Σίμωνα ἡγούμενον καὶ ἀρχιερέα εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἕως τοῦ ἀναστῆναι προφήτην πιστόν·

and to-which-a-one the-ones Iouda-belonged and the-ones sacreders-of they-goodly-thought-unto of-the-one to-be of-them to-a-Simôn to-leading-unto and to-a-first-sacreder-of into to-the-one to-an-age, unto-if-which of-the-one to-have-had-stood-up to-a-declarer-before to-trusted;

14:41 οιερεις A (sic) | ηυδοκ. V | αυτων] αυτω ℵ* (-των ℵc.a)

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:42 καὶ τοῦ εἶναι ἐπ' αὐτῶν στρατηγόν, καὶ ὅπως μέλῃ αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν ἁγίων, καθιστάναι δι' αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς χώρας καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ὅπλων καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ὀχυρωμάτων·

and of-the-one to-be upon of-them to-an-amass-leader, and unto-which-whither it-might-vie unto-it about of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged, to-stand-down through of-it upon of-the-ones of-works of-them and upon of-the-one of-a-spacedness and upon of-the-ones of-implements and upon of-the-ones of-en-holdationings-to;

14:42 επ αυτων] επ αυτω εν ℵ* αυτων ℵ1 εαυτων ℵc (vid) + μωνα ηγουμενον ℵ* (μωνα ηγ. improb ℵ1 et postea) | δι αυτου] αυτους ℵ

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:43 καὶ ὅπως μέλῃ αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν ἁγίων, (1Ma 14:43) καὶ ὅπως ἀκούηται ὑπὸ πάντων, καὶ ὅπως γράφωνται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ πᾶσαι συγγραφαὶ ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ, καὶ ὅπως περιβάλληται πορφύραν καὶ χρυσοφορῇ.

and unto-which-whither it-might-vie unto-it about of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged, (1Ma 14:43) and unto-which-whither it-might-be-heard under of-all, and unto-which-whither it-might-be-scribed upon unto-the-one unto-a-naming-to of-it all scribings-together in unto-the-one unto-a-spacedness, and unto-which-whither it-might-be-casted-about to-a-flushedness and it-might-gold-bearee-unto.

14:43 ακουηται] ακουονται ℵ | γραφονται ℵ*V* (-φωνται ℵc.aVa) | πασαι] + αι ℵc.a (postea improb) | συγγραφαι] συνγραφαι αι ℵ | περιβαληται ℵV

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:44 καὶ οὐκ ἔξεστιν οὐδενὶ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τῶν ἱερέων ἀθετῆσαί τι τούτων καὶ ἀντειπεῖν τοῖς ὑπ' αὐτοῦ ῥηθησομένοις, καὶ ἐπισυστρέψαι συστροφὴν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ ἄνευ αὐτοῦ, καὶ περιβάλεσθαι πορφύραν καὶ ἐνπορποῦσθαι πόρπην χρυσῆν·

And not it-be-out unto-not-then-also of-the-one of-a-people and of-the-ones of-sacreders-of to-have-un-placed-unto to-a-one of-the-ones-these and to-have-had-ever-a-one-said unto-the-ones under of-it unto-shall-having-been-uttered-unto, and to-have-beturned-together-upon to-a-beturning-together in unto-the-one unto-a-spacedness un-nodded of-it, and to-have-had-casted-about to-a-flushedness and to-be-en-brooched-in to-a-brooch to-golden;

14:44 εξεστιν (-τι A)] εξεσται ℵV | ουδενι] ουθεν ℵ* (ουδενι ℵc.a, c.b) ουθενι V | επισυστρεψαι] επιστρεψαι ℵV | περιβαλλεσθαι ℵ* (-βαλεσθαι ℵc.a)

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:45 ὃς δ' ἂν παρὰ ταῦτα ποιήσῃ ἢ ἀθετήσῃ τι τούτων, ἔνοχος ἔσται.

which then-also ever beside to-the-ones-these it-might-have-done-unto or it-might-have-un-placed-unto to-a-one of-the-ones-these, held-in it-shall-be.

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:46 καὶ εὐδόκησεν πᾶς ὁ λαὸς θέσθαι Σίμωνι ποιῆσαι κατὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους.

And it-goodly-thought-unto, all the-one a-people, to-have-had-placed unto-a-Simôn to-have-done-unto down to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these.

14:46 ηυδοκ. V (item 47) | Σιμωνα ℵ

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:47 καὶ ἐπεδέξατο Σίμων, καὶ εὐδόκησεν ἀρχιερατεῦσαι καὶ εἶναι στρατηγὸς καὶ ἐθνάρχης τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ ἱερέων καὶ τοῦ προστατῆσαι πάντων.

And it-received-upon, a-Simôn, and it-goodly-thought-unto to-have-first-sacredered-of and to-be an-amass-leader and a-placeedness-belonging-to-firster of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged and of-sacreders-of and of-the-one to-have-stood-before-unto of-all.

Note: to-have-first-sacredered-of in 02 : to-first-sacreder-of in 01.

14:47 αρχιερατευειν ℵV αρχιερευσαι A* (αρχιερατευσαι A1) | προσστησαι ℵ* (προστατ. ℵc.a)

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:48 Καὶ τὴν γραφὴν ταύτην εἶπαν θέσθαι ἐν δέλτοις χαλκαῖς, καὶ στῆσαι αὐτὰς ἐν περιβόλῳ τῶν ἁγίων ἐν τόπῳ πιστῷ·

And to-the-one to-a-scribing to-the-one-this they-said to-have-had-placed in unto-writs unto-coppern, and to-have-stood to-them in unto-a-castee-about of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged in unto-an-occasion unto-trusted;

Note: they-said in 02 : they-had-said in 01.

Note: unto-a-castee-about : a walled perimeter.

14:48 ειπον ℵV | στησαι] θησαι A | περιβολων A*vid (-λω A?) | πιστω] επισημω ℵV

(140 B.C.)

1Ma 14:49 τὰ δὲ ἀντίγραφα αὐτῶν θέσθαι ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ, ὅπως ἔχῃ Σίμων καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ.

to-the-ones then-also to-ever-a-one-scribed of-them to-have-had-placed in unto-the-one unto-a-treasure-guarderylet, unto-which-whither it-might-hold, a-Simôn and the-ones sons of-it.

(140-138 B.C.)

1Ma 15:1 Καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Ἀντίοχος υἱὸς Δημητρίου τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιστολὰς ἀπὸ τῶν νήσων τῆς θαλάσσης Σίμωνι ἱερεῖ καὶ ἐθνάρχῃ τῶν Ἰουδαίων καὶ παντὶ τῷ ἔθνει.

And it-set-off, an-Antiochos a-son of-a-Dêmêtrios of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, to-seteeings-upon off of-the-ones of-isles of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness unto-a-Simôn unto-a-sacreder-of and unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to-firster of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged and unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to.

15:1 Αντιωχος ℵ* (Αντιοχ. ℵc.a) | υιος] pr ο ℵc.a | Σιμων ℵ* (-νι ℵc.a) | εθναρ|θναρχη ℵ* (ras θναρ ℵ?)

(140-138 B.C.)

1Ma 15:2 καὶ ἦσαν περιέχουσαι τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον Βασιλεὺς Ἀντίοχος Σίμωνι ἱερεῖ μεγάλῳ καὶ ἐθνάρχῃ καὶ ἔθνει Ἰουδαίων χαίρειν.

And they-were holding-about to-the-one to-a-turn to-the-one-this, A-ruler-of an-Antiochos unto-a-Simôn unto-a-sacreder-of unto-great and unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to-firster and unto-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-Iouda-belonged to-joy.

15:2 τροπον] τοπον A* (superscr ρ Aa)

(140-138 B.C.)

1Ma 15:3 ἐπειδή τινες λοιμοὶ κατεκράτησαν τῆς βασιλείας τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, βουλεύομαι δὲ ἀντιποιήσασθαι τῆς βασιλείας, ὅπως ἀποκαταστήσω αὐτὴν ὡς ἦν τὸ πρότερον· ἐξενολόγησα δὲ πλῆθος δυνάμεων καὶ κατεσκεύασα πλοῖα πολεμικά·

Upon-if-then ones plagues they-secured-down-unto of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-the-ones of-fathers of-us, I-purpose-of then-also to-have-ever-a-one-done-unto of-the-one of-a-ruling-of, unto-which-whither I-shall-stand-down-off to-it as it-was to-the-one to-more-before; I-guest-fortheed-unto then-also to-a-repleteedness of-abilities and I-down-equipped-to to-floatlets to-war-belonged-of;

Note: I-purpose-of in 02 : I-purpose in 01.

15:3 επειδη] επι ℵ επει V | βουλευομαι] βουλομαι ℵV | το προτερον ως ην ℵ | εξενολογησα δε] και εξενολογησα̅| ℵ* (εξενολογησα δε ℵc.a)] κατεσκευασαν ℵ* (-σα ℵc.a)

(140-138 B.C.)

1Ma 15:4 βούλομαι δὲ ἐκβῆναι κατὰ τὴν χώραν, ὅπως μετέλθω τοὺς κατεφθαρκότας τὴν χώραν ἡμῶν καὶ τοὺς ἠρημωκότας πόλεις πολλὰς ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ·

I-purpose then-also to-have-had-stepped-out down to-the-one to-a-spacedness, unto-which-whither I-might-have-had-came-with to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-degrade-down to-the-one to-a-spacedness of-us and to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-en-solitude to-cities to-much in unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of;

Note: unto-a-ruling-of in 02 : + of-me in 01.

15:4 βασιλεια] + μου ℵV

(140-138 B.C.)

1Ma 15:5 νῦν οὖν ἵστημί σοι πάντα τὰ ἀφαιρέματα ἃ ἀφῆκάν σοι οἱ πρὸ ἐμοῦ βασιλεῖς, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα ἀφαιρέματα ἀφῆκάν σοι·

now accordingly I-stand unto-thee to-all to-the-ones to-sectionings-along-off-to to-which they-sent-off unto-thee, the-ones before of-ME rulers-of, and to-which-a-which to-other to-sectionings-along-off-to they-sent-off unto-thee;

Note: to-sectionings-along-off-to {1st} in 02 : to-sendings-off-to in 01.

Note: to-sectionings-along-off-to {2nd} in 02 : to-givings-to in 01.

15:5 αφαιρεματα I°] αφεματα ℵ* (αφερεμ. ℵc.a) V | α αφηκαν] αφηκαν ℵ* (α αφ. ℵ1) | αφαιρεματα 2°] δοματα ℵV | σοι 3°] + οι προ εμου βασιλεις σοι ℵ* (improb ℵc.a)

(140-138 B.C.)

1Ma 15:6 ποιῆσαι κόμμα ἴδιον νόμισμα τῆς χώρας σου·

to-have-done-unto to-a-felling-to to-private-belonged to-a-parceleeing-to of-the-one of-a-spacedness of-thee;

Note: to-have-done-unto in 02 : pr and I-turned-upon unto-thee in 01.

Note: of-the-one of-a-spacedness in 02 : unto-the-one unto-a-spacedness in 01.

15:6 ποιησαι] pr και επετρεψα σοι ℵV | νομισμα improb ℵ1, c.a (repos ℵc.b (vid)) | τη χωρα ℵV

(140-138 B.C.)

1Ma 15:7 Ἰερουσαλὴμ δὲ καὶ τὰ ἅγια εἶναι ἐλεύθερα· καὶ πάντα τὰ ὅπλα ὅσα κατεσκεύασας, καὶ τὰ ὀχυρώματα ἃ ᾠκοδόμησας, ὧν κρατεῖς, μενέτω σοι.

to-an-Ierousalêm then-also and to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged to-be to-en-freed; and all the-ones implements to-which-a-which thou-down-equipped-to, and the-ones en-holdationings-to to-which thou-house-built-unto, of-which thou-secure-unto, it-should-stay unto-thee.

15:7 δε και τα αγια ειναι] δεκτα αγια ℵ* (δε κ τα αγ. ειν. ℵc.a)

(140-138 B.C.)

1Ma 15:8 καὶ πᾶν ὀφείλημα βασιλικὸν καὶ τὰ ἐσόμενα βασιλικά, ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν καὶ εἰς τὸν ἅπαντα χρόνον, ἀφιέσθω σοι.

And all a-debting-to ruler-belonged-of and the-ones shall-having-been ruler-belonged-of, off of-the-one now and into to-the-one to-along-all to-a-while, it-should-be-sent-off unto-thee.

15:8 τον απ.] om τον V | αφεισθω ℵV

(140-138 B.C.)

1Ma 15:9 ὡς δ' ἂν καταστήσωμεν τὴν βασιλείαν ἡμῶν, δοξάσωμέν σε καὶ τὸ ἔθνος σου καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν δόξῃ μεγάλῃ, ὥστε φανερὰν γενέσθαι τὴν δόξαν ὑμῶν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ.

As then-also ever we-might-have-stood-down to-the-one to-a-ruling-of of-us, we-might-have-reckoned-to to-thee and to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-thee and to-the-one to-sacred unto-a-reckonedness unto-great, as-also to-en-manifested to-have-had-became to-the-one to-a-reckonedness of-ye in unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-soil.

Note: we-might-have-stood-down to-the-one to-a-ruling-of in 02 : we-might-have-secured-unto of-the-one of-a-ruling-of in 01.

15:9 ως] ων ℵ* (ως ℵc.b) | καταστησωμεν την βασιλειαν] κρατησωμεν της βασιλειας ℵ | δοξασομεν Va

(138 B.C.)

1Ma 15:10 Ἔτους τετάρτου καὶ ἑβδομηκοστοῦ καὶ ἑκατοστοῦ ἐξῆλθεν Ἀντίοχος εἰς τὴν γῆν τῶν πατέρων αὐτοῦ, καὶ συνῆλθον πρὸς αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ δυνάμεις, ὥστε ὀλίγους εἶναι σὺν Τρύφωνι.

Of-a-yeareedness of-fourth and of-seventieth and of-hundredth it-had-came-out, an-Antiochos, into to-the-one to-a-soil of-the-ones of-fathers of-it, and they-had-came-together toward to-it, all the-ones abilities, as-also to-little to-be together unto-a-Trufôn.

15:10 τεταρτου κ. εβδομηκοστου κ. εκατοστου] _ και ό και _ ℵ | εξηλθεν] και ηλθεν ℵ* (εξηλθ. ℵc.a)

(138 B.C.)

1Ma 15:11 καὶ ἐδίωξεν αὐτὸν Ἀντίοχος ὁ βασιλεύς, καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς Δωρὰ φεύγων τὴν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν.

And it-pursued to-it, an-Antiochos the-one a-ruler-of, and it-had-came into to-a-Dôra fleeing to-the-one upon to-the-one to-a-flourisheredness.

Note: the-one a-ruler-of in 02 : omit in 01.

Note: to-a-flourisheredness in 02 : of-a-flourisheredness in 01.

15:11 om ο βασιλευς ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | την θαλασσαν] θαλασσης ℵV

(138 B.C.)

1Ma 15:12 ᾔδει γὰρ ὅτι ἐπισυνῆκται ἐπ' αὐτὸν κακά, καὶ ἀφῆκαν αὐτὸν αἱ δυνάμεις.

It-had-come-to-have-had-seen too-thus to-which-a-one it-had-come-to-be-led-together-upon upon to-it wedge-wedged, and they-sent-off to-it, the-ones abilities.

Note: wedge-wedged in 02 : pr the-ones in 01.

15:12 κακα] pr τα ℵV

(138 B.C.)

1Ma 15:13 καὶ παρενέβαλεν Ἀντίοχος ἐπὶ Δωρά, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ δώδεκα μυριάδες ἀνδρῶν πολεμιστῶν καὶ ὀκτακισχιλία ἵππος.

And it-had-casted-in-beside, an-Antiochos, upon to-a-Dôra, and together unto-it two-ten myriads of-men of-war-belongers and eight-oft-thousand a-horse.

15:13 μυριαδας ℵ* (-δες ℵc.a) χιλιαδες V | πολεμικων ℵ* (-μιστων ℵc.a) | οκτακισχιλιων (-χιλια ℵ1) ιππων ℵ

(138 B.C.)

1Ma 15:14 καὶ ἐκύκλωσεν τὴν πόλιν, καὶ τὰ πλοῖα ἀπὸ θαλάσσης συνῆψαν· καὶ συνέθλιβεν τὴν πόλιν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ οὐκ εἴασεν οὐδένα ἐκπορεύεσθαι οὐδὲ εἰσπορεύεσθαι.

And it-en-circled to-the-one to-a-city, and the-ones floatlets off of-a-flourisheredness they-fastened-together; and it-was-pressing-together to-the-one to-a-city off of-the-one of-a-soil and off of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness, and not it-letted-unto to-not-then-also-one to-traverse-out-of and to-traverse-into-of.

Note: and {6th} in 02 : not-then-also in 01.

15:14 om και τα πλοια . . . συνεθλιβεν την πολιν ℵ | συνηψεν V | εθλιβεν V* | om υπο 3° ℵ | και 6°] ουδε ℵV

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:15 Καὶ ἦλθεν Νουμήνιος καὶ οἱ παρ' αὐτοῦ ἐκ Ῥώμης ἔχοντες ἐπιστολὰς τοῖς βασιλεῦσι καὶ ταῖς χώραις, ἐν αἷς ἐγέγραπτο τάδε

And it-had-came, a-Noumênios and the-ones beside of-it, out of-a-Rômê holding to-seteeings-upon unto-the-ones unto-rulers-of and unto-the-ones unto-spacednesses, in unto-which it-had-come-to-have-been-scribed-in the-ones-then-also,

15:15 βασιλευσιν ℵV* | ταδε] ταυτα ℵV

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:16 Λεύκιος ὕπατος Ῥωμαίων Πτολεμαίῳ βασιλεῖ χαίρειν.

A-Leukios most-over of-Rômê-belonged unto-a-Ptolemaios unto-a-ruler-of to-joy.

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:17 οἱ πρεσβευταὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἦλθαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς φίλοι ἡμῶν καὶ σύμμαχοι, ἀνανεούμενοι τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς φιλίαν καὶ συμμαχίαν, ἀπεσταλμένοι ἀπὸ Σίμωνος τοῦ ἀρχιερέως καὶ τοῦ δήμου τῶν Ἰουδαίων·

The-ones more-elders-of of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged they-came toward to-us cared of-us and battled-together, en-newing-up to-the-one out of-a-firsting to-a-caring-unto and to-a-battling-together-unto, having-had-come-to-be-set-off off of-a-Simôn of-the-one of-a-first-sacreder-of and of-the-one of-a-locality of-the-ones of-Iouda-belonged;

Note: they-came in 02 : they-had-came in 01.

15:17 πρεσβυται ℵV | ηλθον ℵV | ημας] υμας A

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:18 ἤνεγκαν δὲ ἀσπίδα χρυσῆν ἀπὸ μνῶν πεντακισχιλίων.

they-beared then-also to-a-spar-along to-golden off of-minas of-five-oft-thousand.

Note: to-a-spar-along : used of shields and asps.

Note: of-minas : 1 mina = about 1 pound.

Note: of-five-oft-thousand in 02 : of-thousand (´α´) in 01C1.

15:18 ηνεγκον V* | ανσπιδα ℵ* (ασπ. ℵ1 (vid), c.a) | πεντακισχιλιων] α´ ℵ* ´α´ ℵc.a χιλιων V

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:19 ἤρεσεν οὖν ἡμῖν γράψαι τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν καὶ ταῖς χώραις, ὅπως μὴ ἐκζητήσωσιν αὐτοῖς κακά, καὶ μὴ πολεμήσωσιν αὐτοὺς καὶ τὰς πόλεις αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς χώρας αὐτῶν, καὶ ἵνα μὴ συμμαχῶσιν τοῖς πολεμοῦσιν αὐτούς.

It-pleased accordingly unto-us to-have-scribed unto-the-ones unto-rulers-of and unto-the-ones unto-spacednesses, unto-which-whither lest they-might-have-sought-out-unto unto-them to-wedge-wedged, and lest they-might-have-warred-unto to-them and to-the-ones to-cities of-them and to-the-ones to-spacednesses of-them, and so lest they-might-battle-together-unto unto-the-ones unto-warring-unto to-them.

Note: to-the-ones to-spacednesses in 02 : to-the-one to-a-spacedness in 01.

Note: to-them {2nd} in 02 : pr toward in 01.

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:20 ἔδοξεν δὲ ἡμῖν δέξασθαι τὴν ἀσπίδα παρ' αὐτῶν.

It-goodly-thought-unto then-also unto-us to-have-received to-the-one to-a-spar-along beside of-them.

Note: to-a-spar-along : used of shields and asps.

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:21 εἴ τινες οὖν λοιμοὶ διαπεφεύγασιν ἐκ τῆς χώρας αὐτῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, παράδοτε αὐτοὺς τῷ Σίμωνι τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, ὅπως ἐκδικήσει αὐτοὺς κατὰ τὸν νόμον αὐτῶν.

If ones accordingly plagues they-hath-had-come-to-flee-through out of-the-one of-a-spacedness of-them toward to-ye, ye-should-have-had-given-beside to-them unto-the-one unto-Simôn unto-the-one unto-a-first-sacreder-of, unto-which-whither it-shall-course-out-unto to-them down to-the-one to-a-parcelee of-them.

Note: unto-the-one unto-Simôn in 02 : omit unto-the-one in 01.

15:21 om εκ ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | τω Σιμωνι] om τω ℵV

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:22 καὶ ταὐτὰ ἔγραψεν Δημητρίῳ τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ Ἀττάλῳ καὶ Ἀράθῃ καὶ Ἀρσάκῃ,

And to-the-ones-these it-scribed unto-a-Dêmêtrios unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of and unto-an-Attalos and unto-an-Arathês and unto-an-Arsakês,

Note: unto-an-Arathês in 02 : unto-an-Ariarathês in 01.

15:22 εγραψαν ℵ* (-ψεν ℵc.a, c.b) | Αριαραθη ℵ

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:23 καὶ εἰς πάσας τὰς χώρας, καὶ Σαμψάκῃ, καὶ Σπαρτιάταις, καὶ εἰς Δῆλον καὶ εἰς Μύνδον καὶ εἰς Σικυῶνα καὶ εἰς τὴν Καρίδα καὶ εἰς Σάμον καὶ εἰς τὴν Παμφυλίαν καὶ εἰς Λυκίαν καὶ εἰς Ἁλικαρνασσὸν καὶ εἰς Κῶ καὶ εἰς Σίδην καὶ εἰς Ἄραδον καὶ εἰς Ῥόδον καὶ εἰς Φασήλιδα καὶ Γόρτυναν καὶ Κνίδον καὶ Κύπρον καὶ Κυρήνην.

and into to-all to-the-ones to-spacednesses, and unto-a-Sampsakês, and unto-Spartans, and into to-a-Dêlos and into to-a-Mundos and into to-a-Sikuôn and into to-the-one to-a-Karis and into to-a-Samos and into to-the-one to-a-Pamfulia and into to-a-Lukia and into to-a-Halikarnassos and into to-a-Kôs and into to-a-Sidê and into to-a-Arados and into to-a-Rodos and into to-Fasêlis and to-a-Gortuna and to-a-Knidos and to-a-Kupros and to-a-Kurênê.

Note: unto-a-Sampsakês in 02 : unto-a-Sampsamês in 01.

Note: to-a-Karis in 02 : to-a-Karia in 01.

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:24 τὸ δὲ ἀντίγραφον αὐτῶν ἔγραψεν Σίμωνι τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ.

To-the-one then-also to-ever-a-one-scribed of-them it-scribed unto-a-Simôn unto-the-one unto-a-first-sacreder-of.

Note: of-them in 02 : of-the-ones-these in 01.

Note: it-scribed in 02 : they-scribed in 01.

15:24 αυτων] τουτων ℵV | εγραψαν ℵ

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:25 Ἀντίοχος δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς παρενέβαλεν ἐπὶ Δωρὰ ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ, προσάγων διὰ παντὸς αὐτῇ τὰς χεῖρας καὶ μηχανὰς ποιούμενος, καὶ συνέκλεισεν τὸν Τρύφωνα τοῦ εἰσπορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐκπορεύεσθαι.

An-Antiochos then-also the-one a-ruler-of it-had-casted-in-beside upon to-a-Dôra in unto-the-one unto-second, leading-toward through of-all unto-it to-the-ones to-hands and to-machinatings doing-unto, and it-latch-belonged-together to-the-one to-a-Trufôn of-the-one to-traverse-into-of and to-traverse-out-of.

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:26 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτῷ Σίμων δισχιλίους ἄνδρας ἐκλεκτοὺς συμμαχῆσαι αὐτῷ καὶ ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον καὶ σκεύη ἱκανά.

And it-set-off unto-it, a-Simôn, to-twice-thousand to-men to-forthed-out to-have-battled-together-unto unto-it and to-a-silverlet and to-a-goldlet and to-equipeednesses to-ampled.

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:27 καὶ οὐκ ἠβούλετο αὐτὰ δέξασθαι, ἀλλὰ ἠθέτησεν πάντα ὅσα ἐσυνέθετο αὐτῷ τὸ πρότερον, καὶ ἠλλοτριοῦτο αὐτῷ.

And not it-was-purposing to-them to-have-received, other it-un-placed-unto to-all to-which-a-which it-had-placed-together unto-it to-the-one to-more-before, and it-was-en-other-belonging unto-it.

15:27 εβουλετο V | αλλ V | συνεθετο ℵ | αλλοτρ. Vvid | αυτω 2°] αυτου V

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:28 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἀθηνόβιον ἕνα τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ κοινολογησόμενον αὐτῷ, λέγων Ὑμεῖς κατακρατεῖτε τῆς Ἰόππης καὶ Γαζαρῶν καὶ τῆς ἄκρας ἐν Ἰερουσαλήμ, πόλεις τῆς βασιλείας μου.

And it-set-off toward to-it to-an-Athênobios to-one of-the-ones of-cared of-it to-shall-having-together-belonged-to-fortheed-unto unto-it, forthing, Ye ye-secure-down-unto of-the-one of-an-Ioppê and of-Gazarênos' and of-the-one of-extremitied in unto-an-Ierousalêm, cities of-the-one of-a-ruling-of of-me.

Note: of-Gazarênos' in 02 : of-Gazara' in 01.

Note: in unto-an-Ierousalêm in 02 : pr of-the-one in 01.

15:28 Γαζαρηνων] Γαζαρων ℵV | εν Ιερουσαλημ] pr της ℵ

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:29 τὰ ὅρια αὐτῶν ἠρημώσατε, καὶ ἐποιήσατε πληγὴν μεγάλην ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐκυριεύσατε τόπων πολλῶν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ μου.

To-the-ones to-boundlets of-them ye-en-solituded, and ye-did-unto to-a-smiting to-great upon of-the-one of-a-soil, and ye-authority-belonged-of of-occasions of-much in unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of of-me.

15:29 ερημωσατε ℵ | ποιησατε ℵ* (εποιησατε ℵc.a) | om τοπων ℵ | βασιλια ℵ

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:30 νῦν οὖν παράδοτε τὰς πόλεις ἃς κατελάβεσθε, καὶ τοὺς φόρους τῶν τόπων ὧν κατεκυριεύσατε, τῶν ὁρίων τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαίας.

Now accordingly ye-should-have-had-given-beside to-the-ones to-cities to-which ye-had-taken-down, and to-the-ones to-bearees of-the-ones of-occasions of-which ye-authority-belonged-down-of, of-the-ones of-boundlets of-the-ones out of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia.

Note: of-the-ones of-boundlets in 02 : pr out-unto-the-one-which in 02.

Note: of-the-ones out in 02 : omit in 01.

15:30 πολις ℵ | κατελαβεσθε] παρελαβετε ℵ | των οριων] pr εκτος ℵ | om των εκ ℵV

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:31 εἰ δὲ μή, δότε ἀντ' αὐτῶν πεντακόσια τάλαντα ἀργυρίου, καὶ τῆς καταφθορᾶς ἧς κατεφθάρκατε καὶ τῶν φόρων τῶν πόλεων ἄλλα τάλαντα πεντακόσια· εἰ δὲ μή, παραγενόμενοι ἐκπολεμήσουσιν ὑμᾶς.

If then-also lest, ye-should-have-had-given ever-a-one of-them to-five-hundred to-talantons of-a-silverlet, and of-the-one of-a-degradedness-down of-which ye-had-come-to-degrade-down and of-the-ones of-bearees of-the-ones of-cities to-other to-talantons to-five-hundred; if then-also lest, having-had-became-beside they-shall-war-out-unto to-ye.

Note: they-shall-war-out-unto in 02 : we-might-have-warred-out-unto in 01.

15:31 om αντ ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | παραγιν. Vvid | εκπολεμησωμε̅| ℵ -σομεν V

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:32 Καὶ ἦλθεν Ἀθηνόβιος φίλος τοῦ βασιλέως εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ, καὶ εἶδεν τὴν δόξαν Σίμωνος καὶ κυλίκιον μετὰ χρυσωμάτων καὶ ἀργυρωμάτων καὶ παράστασιν ἱκανήν· καὶ ἐξίστατο, καὶ ἀπήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς τοὺς λόγους τοῦ βασιλέως.

And it-had-came, an-Athênobios cared of-the-one of-a-ruler-of, into to-an-Ierousalêm, and it-had-seen to-the-one to-a-reckonedness of-a-Simôn and to-roll-belonged-of with of-en-goldings-to and of-en-silverings-to and to-a-standing-beside to-ampled; and it-was-standing-out, and it-leadeeered-off unto-them to-the-ones to-forthees of-the-one of-a-ruler-of.

Note: cared in 02 : pr the-one in 01.

Note: to-roll-belonged-of : used to refer to a service cart.

Note: unto-them in 02 : unto-it in 01.

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:33 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς Σίμων εἶπεν αὐτῷ Οὔτε γῆν ἀλλοτρίαν εἰλήφαμεν, οὔτε ἀλλοτρίων κεκρατήκαμεν, ἀλλὰ τῆς κληρονομίας τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν· ὑπὸ δὲ ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν ἀκρίτως ἔν τινι καιρῷ κατεκρατήθη.

And having-been-separated-off a-Simôn it-had-said unto-it, Not-also to-a-soil to-other-belonged we-hath-had-come-to-take, not-also of-other-belonged we-had-come-to-secure-down-unto, other of-the-one of-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-the-ones of-fathers of-us; under then-also of-en-enmitied of-us unto-un-separated in unto-a-one unto-a-time it-was-secured-down-unto.

15:33 υπο] απο V

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:34 ἡμεῖς δὲ καιρὸν ἔχοντες ἀντεχόμεθα τῆς κληρονομίας ἡμῶν καὶ τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν.

We then-also to-a-time holding we-ever-a-one-hold of-the-one of-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-us and of-the-ones of-fathers of-us.

Note: of-us and in 02 : omit in 01.

15:34 αντεχομεσθα A | om ημων και ℵV

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:35 περὶ δὲ Ἰόππης καὶ Γαζαρηνῶν αἰτεῖς· αὗται ἐποίουν ἐν τῷ λαῷ πληγὴν μεγάλην καὶ τῇ γῇ ἡμῶν· τούτων δώσομεν τάλαντα ἑκατόν. καὶ οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ λόγον.

About then-also of-an-Ioppê and of-Gazarênos' thou-appeal-unto; them they-were-doing-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-people to-a-smiting to-great and unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-us; of-the-ones-these we-shall-give to-talantons to-a-hundred. And not it-was-separated-off unto-it to-a-forthee.

Note: of-Gazarênos' in 02 : of-Gazara' of-which in 01.

Note: unto-the-one unto-a-soil in 02 : to-the-one to-a-spacedness in 01.

15:35 Γαζαρηνων] Γαζαρων ων ℵV | αιτεις αυται sup ras Va vid | τη γη] την χωραν ℵ | εκατον] _ ℵ

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:36 ἀπέστρεψεν δὲ μετὰ θυμοῦ πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, καὶ ἀπήγγειλεν αὐτῷ τοὺς λόγους τούτους καὶ τὴν δόξαν Σίμωνος καὶ πάντα ὅσα εἶδεν· καὶ ὠργίσθη ὁ βασιλεὺς ὀργὴν μεγάλην.

It-beturned-off then-also with of-a-passion toward to-the-one to-a-ruler-of, and it-leadeeered-off unto-it to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these and to-the-one to-a-reckonedness of-a-Simôn and to-all to-which-a-which it-had-seen; and it-was-stressed-to the-one a-ruler-of to-a-stressing to-great.

15:36 απηγγιλαν ℵ* (-λεν ℵc.a) | οργη μεγαλη ℵ

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:37 Τρύφων δὲ ἐμβὰς εἰς πλοῖον ἔφυγεν εἰς Ὀρθωσίαν.

A-Trufôn then-also having-had-stepped-in into to-a-floatlet it-had-fled into to-an-Orthôsia.

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:38 καὶ κατέστησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸν Κενδεβαῖον ἐπιστράτηγον τῆς παραλίας, καὶ δυνάμεις πεζικὰς καὶ ἱππικὰς ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ.

And it-stood-down, the-one a-ruler-of, to-a-Kendebaios to-an-amass-leader-upon of-the-one of-beside-salt-belonged, and to-abilities to-foot-belonged-of and to-horse-belonged-of it-gave unto-it.

15:38 Κενδεβεον A | om και ιππ. V

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:39 καὶ ἐνετείλατο αὐτῷ παρεμβάλλειν κατὰ πρόσωπον τῆς Ἰουδαίας· καὶ ἐνετείλατο αὐτῷ οἰκοδομῆσαι τὴν Κεδρὼν καὶ ὀχυρῶσαι τὰς πύλας, καὶ ὅπως πολεμῇ τὸν λαόν· ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἐδίωκε τὸν Τρύφωνα.

And it-finished-in unto-it to-cast-in-beside down to-looked-toward of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia; and it-finished-in unto-it to-have-house-built-unto to-the-one to-a-Kedrôn and to-have-en-holdationed to-the-ones to-cities, and unto-which-whither it-might-war-unto to-the-one to-a-people; the-one then-also a-ruler-of it-was-pursuing to-the-one to-a-Trufôn.

Note: to-cities in 02 : to-gates in 01.

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:40 καὶ παρεγενήθη Κενδεβαῖος εἰς Ἰαμνείαν, καὶ ἤρξατο τοῦ ἐρεθίζειν τὸν λαὸν καὶ ἐμβατεύειν εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζειν τὸν λαὸν καὶ φονεύειν.

And it-was-became-beside a-Kendebaios into to-an-Iamneia, and it-firsted of-the-one to-irk-to to-the-one to-a-people and to-step-in-of into to-the-one to-an-Ioudaia and to-spear-capture-to to-the-one to-a-people and to-slay-of.

15:40 Ιαμνιαν ℵV | εκβασσευειν ℵ* (ενβατευειν ℵc.a)

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 15:41 καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν τὴν Κεδρών· καὶ ἔταξεν ἐκεῖ ἱππεῖς καὶ δυνάμεις ὅπως ἐκπορευόμενοι ἐξοδεύωσιν τὰς ὁδοὺς τῆς Ἰουδαίας, καθὰ συνέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ βασιλεύς.

And it-house-built-unto to-the-one to-a-Kedrôn; and it-arranged thither to-horsers-of and to-abilities unto-which-whither warring-out-unto they-might-way-out-of to-the-ones to-ways of-the-one of-an-Ioudaia, down-to-which it-arranged-together unto-it, the-one a-ruler-of.

Note: it-arranged in 02 : it-arranged-off in 01.

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:1 Καὶ ἀνέβη Ἰωάννης ἐκ Γαζάρων, καὶ ἀπήγγειλεν Σίμωνι τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ ἃ συνετέλει Κενδεβαῖος.

And it-had-stepped-up, an-Iôannês, out of-Gazara', and it-leadeeered-off unto-a-Simôn unto-the-one unto-a-father of-it to-which it-finished-together-unto, a-Kendebaios.

16:1 πατρι] αδελφω ℵ* (π̅ρ̅ι̅ ℵ1) | συνετελει Κενδεβαιος] συνετελεσεν Δεβαιος ℵ* συνετελεσεν Κενδεβαιος ℵc.a συνετελεκεν Δεβ. V

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:2 καὶ ἐκάλεσεν Σίμων τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους Ἰούδαν καὶ Ἰωάννην, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Ἐγὼ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου καὶ ὁ οἶκος τοῦ πατρός μου ἐπολεμήσαμεν τοὺς πολέμους Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ νεότητος ἕως τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας, καὶ εὐοδώθη ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ἡμῶν ῥύσασθαι τὸν Ἰσραὴλ πλεονάκις.

And it-called-unto, a-Simôn, to-the-ones to-two to-sons of-it to-the-ones to-more-elder to-an-Ioudas and to-an-Iôannês, and it-had-said unto-them, I and the-ones brethrened of-me and the-one a-house of-the-one of-a-father of-me we-warred-unto to-the-ones to-wars of-an-Israêl off of-a-newness unto-if-which of-the-one this-day of-a-dayedness, and it-was-goodly-en-wayed in unto-the-ones unto-hands of-us to-have-tracted to-the-one to-an-Israêl beyond-oft.

16:2 πολεμιους ℵ* (ras ι ℵ?) | ευωδ. Va

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:3 νῦν δὲ γεγήρακα, καὶ ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐν τῷ ἐλέει ἱκανοί ἐστε ἐν τοῖς ἔτεσιν· γίνεσθε ἀντ' ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου, καὶ ἐξελθόντες ὑπερμαχεῖτε ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους ἡμῶν, ἡ δὲ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ βοήθεια ἤτω μεθ' ὑμῶν.

Now then-also I-had-come-to-oldenate, and ye then-also in unto-the-one unto-a-besectionateedness ampled ye-be in unto-the-ones unto-yeareednesses; ye-should-become ever-a-one of-ME and of-the-one of-brethrened of-me, and having-had-came-out ye-should-battle-over-unto over of-the-one of-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-us, the-one then-also out of-the-one of-a-sky a-holler-running-of it-should-be with of-ye.

Note: now in 02 : unto-now in 01.

Note: unto-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.

16:3 νυν] νυνι ℵ* νυνει ℵ? | om υπερμαχειτε ℵ* (hab ℵc.a) | βοηθια V* | ητω] εστω ℵV

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:4 καὶ ἐπέλεξεν ἐκ τῆς χώρας εἴκοσι χιλιάδας ἀνδρῶν πολεμιστῶν καὶ ἱππεῖς, καὶ ἐπορεύθησαν ἐπὶ τὸν Κενδεβαῖον, καὶ ἐκοιμήθησαν ἐν Μωδαείμ.

And it-forthed-upon out of-the-one of-a-spacedness to-twenty to-thousands of-men of-war-belongers and to-horsers-of, and they-were-traversed-of upon to-the-one to-a-Kendebaios, and they-were-situateed-unto in unto-a-Môdaeim.

Note: unto-a-Môdaeim in 02 : unto-a-Môdin in 01.

16:4 επελεξαν V | om εκ της χωρας V | Μωδαειμ] Μωδιν ℵ*V Μωδεϊν ℵc.b

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:5 καὶ ἀναστάντες τὸ πρωὶ ἐπορεύοντο εἰς τὸ πεδίον· καὶ ἰδοὺ δύναμις πολλὴ εἰς συνάντησιν αὐτοῖς, πεζικοὶ καὶ ἱππεῖς, καὶ χειμάρρους ἦν ἀνὰ μέσον αὐτῶν.

And having-had-stood-up to-the-one unto-before-belonged they-were-traversing-of into to-the-one to-a-footinglet; and thou-should-have-had-seen, an-ability much into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-them, foot-belonged-of and horsers-of, and pour-flowed it-was up to-middle of-them.

16:5 επορευθησαν ℵ | πεζικοι] βασιλικη ℵ* πεζικη ℵ1 (βασ. uncis incl et improb)

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:6 καὶ παρενέβαλεν κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν αὐτὸς καὶ ὁ λαὸς αὐτοῦ· καὶ εἶδεν τὸν λαὸν δειλούμενον διαπερᾶσαι τὸν χειμάρρουν, καὶ διεπέρασεν πρῶτος· καὶ εἶδον αὐτὸν οἱ ἄνδρες, καὶ διεπέρασαν κατόπισθεν αὐτοῦ.

And it-had-casted-in-beside down to-looked-toward of-them, it and the-one a-people of-it; and it-had-seen to-the-one to-a-people to-being-en-dired to-have-through-acrossed-unto to-the-one to-pour-flowed, and it-through-acrossed-unto most-before; and they-had-seen to-it, the-ones men, and they-through-acrossed-unto down-aback-from of-it.

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:7 καὶ διεῖλεν τὸν λαὸν καὶ τοὺς ἱππεῖς ἐν μέσῳ τῶν πεζῶν· ἡ δὲ ἵππος τῶν ὑπεναντίων πολλὴ σφόδρα.

And it-had-sectioned-through to-the-one to-a-people and to-the-ones to-horsers-of in unto-middle of-the-ones of-afoot; the-one then-also a-horse of-the-ones of-ever-a-oned-in-under much to-vehemented.

Note: the-one in 02 : it-was in 01.

16:7 η] ην ℵ (ν postea ras)

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:8 καὶ ἐσάλπισαν ταῖς σάλπιγξιν, καὶ ἐτροπώθη Κενδεβαῖος καὶ ἡ παρεμβολὴ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔπεσον ἐξ αὐτοῦ τραυματίαι πολλοί· οἱ δὲ καταλειφθέντες ἔφυγον εἰς τὸ ὀχύρωμα.

And they-trumpeted-to unto-the-ones unto-trumpets, and it-was-en-turneed a-Kendebaios and the-one a-casting-in-beside of-it, and they-had-fallen out of-it, wounded-belongers much; the-ones then-also having-been-remaindered-down they-had-fled into to-the-one to-an-en-holdationing-to.

Note: of-it {2nd} in 02 : of-them in 01.

16:8 σαλπιγξ.] pr ιεραις V | ετροπωθησαν ℵ* ετροπωδηκεν (sic) ℵc.a | Κενδεβαιος] Δαιβεος ℵ | αυτου 2°] αυτων ℵV

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:9 τότε ἐτραυματίσθη Ἰούδας ὁ ἀδελφὸς Ἰωάννου· Ἰωάννης δὲ κατεδίωξεν αὐτοὺς ἕως ἐλθεῖν εἰς Κεδρών, ἣν οἰκοδόμησεν.

To-the-one-which-also it-was-wounded-to an-Ioudas the-one brethrened of-an-Iôannês; an-Iôannês then-also it-pursued-down to-them unto-if-which to-have-had-came into to-a-Kedrôn, to-which it-had-house-built-unto.

Note: to-have-had-came in 02 : it-had-came in 01.

Note: it-had-house-built-unto in 02 : it-house-built-unto in 01.

16:9 ελθειν] ηλθεν ℵV | ωκοδομησεν ℵ

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:10 καὶ ἔφυγον εἰς τοὺς πύργους τοὺς ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ Ἀζώτου, καὶ ἐνεπύρισεν αὐτὴν ἐν πυρί· καὶ ἔπεσαν ἐξ αὐτῶν εἰς ἄνδρας χιλίους, καὶ ἀπέστρεψεν εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν μετὰ εἰρήνης.

And they-had-fled into to-the-ones to-towers to-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-field of-an-Azôtos, and it-fired-in-to to-it in unto-a-fire; and they-falled out of-them into to-men to-thousand, and it-beturned-off into to-the-one to-an-Ioudaia with of-a-joinifying.

Note: unto-the-one unto-a-field in 02 : unto-the-ones unto-fields in 01.

Note: they-falled : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.

Note: to-thousand in 02 : to-twice-thousand in 01.

16:10 τω αγρω] τοις αγροις ℵV | επεσεν ℵV | χιλιους] δισχιλιους ℵV | μετ] μετα ℵ

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:11 Καὶ Πτολεμαῖος ὁ τοῦ Ἀβούβου ἦν καθεσταμένος στρατηγὸς εἰς τὸ πεδίον Ἰεριχώ, καὶ ἔσχεν ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον πολύ·

And a-Ptolemaios the-one of-the-one of-an-Aboubos it-was having-had-come-to-be-stood-down an-amass-leader into to-the-one to-a-footinglet of-an-Ierichô, and it-had-held to-a-silverlet and to-a-goldlet to-much;

Note: of-an-Ierichô in 02 : of-an-Iereichô in 01.

16:11 Ιερειχω ℵ

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:12 ἦν γὰρ γαμβρὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως.

it-was too-thus an-en-marrying of-the-one of-a-first-sacreder-of.

16:12 αρχ.] ιερεως V

(138-135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:13 καὶ ὑψώθη ἡ καρδία αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἠβουλήθη κατακρατῆσαι τῆς χώρας, καὶ ἐβουλεύετο δόλῳ κατὰ Σίμωνος καὶ κατὰ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ ἆραι αὐτούς.

And it-was-en-lofteed the-one a-heart of-it, and it-had-been-purposed to-have-secured-down-unto of-the-one of-a-spacedness, and it-was-purposing-of unto-a-guile down of-a-Simôn and down of-the-ones of-sons of-it to-have-lifted to-them.

Note: it-had-been-purposed in 02 : it-was-purposed in 01.

Note: down {2nd} in 02 : omit in 01.

16:13 εβουληθη ℵV | om κατα 2° ℵV

(135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:14 Σίμων δὲ ἦν ἐφοδεύων τὰς πόλεις τὰς ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ καὶ φροντίζων τὰς ἐπιμελίας αὐτῶν, καὶ κατέβη εἰς Ἰεριχὼ αὐτὸς καὶ Ματταθίας καὶ Ἰούδας καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ ἔτους ἑβδόμου καὶ ἑβδομηκοστοῦ καὶ ἑκατοστοῦ ἐν μηνὶ ἑνδεκάτῳ· οὗτος ὁ μὴν Σαβάτ.

A-Simôn then-also it-was waying-upon-of to-the-ones to-cities to-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-spacedness and centressing-to to-the-ones to-vyings-upon-unto of-them, and it-had-stepped-down into to-an-Ierichô, it and a-Mattathias and an-Ioudas and the-ones sons of-it, of-a-yeareedness of-seventh and of-seventieth and of-hundredth in unto-a-month unto-one-tenth; the-one-this the-one a-month of-a-Sabat.

Note: to-an-Ierichô in 02 : to-an-Iereichô in 01.

Note: and {5th} in 02 : omit in 01.

(135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:15 καὶ ὑπεδέξατο αὐτοὺς ὁ τοῦ Ἀβούβου εἰς τὸ ὀχυρωμάτιον τὸ καλούμενον Δὼκ μετὰ δόλου, ὃ ᾠκοδόμησεν, καὶ ἐποίησεν αὐτοῖς πότον μέγαν· καὶ ἐνέκρυψεν ἐκεῖ ἄνδρας.

And it-received-under to-them, the-one of-the-one of-an-Aboubos, into to-the-one to-an-en-holdationinglet-to to-the-one to-being-called-unto to-a-Dôk with of-a-guile, to-which it-house-built-unto, and it-did-unto unto-them to-a-drinkation to-great; and it-hidened-in thither to-men.

16:15 το καλουμενον] pr εις ℵ | οικοδ. V* | μεγα A

(135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:16 καὶ ὅτε ἐμεθύσθη Σίμων καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, ἐξανέστη Πτολεμαῖος καὶ οἱ μετ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐλάβοσαν τὰ ὅπλα αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπεισήλθοσαν τῷ Σίμωνι εἰς τὸ συμπόσιον, καὶ ἀπέκτειναν αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ, καί τινας τῶν παιδαρίων αὐτοῦ.

And which-also it-was-toxinated a-Simôn and the-ones sons of-it, it-had-stood-up-out, a-Ptolemaios and the-ones with of-it, and they-hath-had-taken to-the-ones to-implements of-them, and they-hath-had-came-into-upon unto-the-one unto-a-Simôn into to-the-one to-a-drinking-togetherlet, and they-killed-off to-it and to-the-ones to-two to-sons of-it, and to-ones of-the-ones of-childlings of-it.

Note: with in 02 : beside in 01.

Note: they-hath-had-taken in 02 : they-had-taken in 01.

Note: they-hath-had-came-into-upon in 02 : they-had-came-into-upon in 01.

Note: to-sons in 02 : pr to-two in 01.

(135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:17 καὶ ἐποίησεν ἀθείαν μεγάλην, καὶ ἀνταπέδωκεν κακὰ ἀντὶ ἀγαθῶν.

And it-did-unto to-an-un-placedness to-great, and it-ever-a-one-gave-off to-wedge-wedged ever-a-one of-excess-placed.

Note: to-an-un-placedness in 02 : to-an-un-placing-unto in 01.

Note: it-ever-a-one-gave-off in 02 : it-gave-off in 01.

16:17 αθειαν] αθεσιαν ℵV | απεδωκεν ℵV

(135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:18 καὶ ἔγραψεν ταῦτα Πτολεμαῖος, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν τῷ βασιλεῖ ὅπως ἀποστείλῃ αὐτῷ δυνάμεις εἰς βοήθειαν, καὶ παραδῷ τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς πόλεις.

And it-scribed to-the-ones-these, a-Ptolemaios, and it-set-off unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of unto-which-whither it-might-have-set-off unto-it to-abilities into to-a-holler-running-of, and it-might-have-had-given-beside to-the-one to-a-spacedness of-them and to-the-ones to-cities.

16:18 απεστειλεν] + ταυτα ℵ* (improb ℵc.a) | τω βασιλει οπως αποστειλη αυτω] οπως τω βασιλει ℵ* (τω βασιλει οπ. αποστιλη αυτω ℵc.a) | δυναμιν V | την χωραν αυτων και τας πολεις] τας πολεις αυτω και την χ. ℵV

(135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:19 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν ἑτέρους εἰς Γάζαρα ἆραι τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ τοῖς χιλιάρχοις ἀπέστειλεν ἐπιστολὰς παραγενέσθαι πρὸς αὐτόν, ὅπως δῷ αὐτοῖς ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον καὶ δόματα.

And it-set-off to-different into to-Gazara' to-have-lifted to-the-one to-an-Iôannês, and unto-the-ones unto-firsts-of-thousand it-set-off to-seteeings-upon to-have-had-became-beside toward to-it, unto-which-whither it-might-have-had-given unto-them to-a-silverlet and to-a-goldlet and to-givings-to.

16:19 Γαζαραν ℵ* (-ρα ℵc.a) | om και χρυσιον ℵ* (hab ℵc.a)

(135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:20 καὶ ἑτέρους ἀπέστειλεν καταλαβέσθαι τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ καὶ τὸ ὄρος τοῦ ἱεροῦ.

And to-different it-set-off to-have-had-taken-down to-the-one to-an-Ierousalêm and to-the-one to-a-jutteedness of-the-one of-sacred.

(135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:21 καὶ προδραμών ἀπήγγειλεν Ἰωάννῃ εἰς Γάζαρα, ὅτι ἀπώλετο ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὅτι Ἀπέσταλκε καὶ σὲ ἀποκτεῖναι.

And having-had-circuited-before it-leadeeered-off unto-an-Iôannês into to-Gazara', to-which-a-one it-had-destructed-off, the-one a-father of-it and the-ones brethrened of-it, and to-which-a-one, It-had-come-to-set-off and to-thee to-have-killed-off.

Note: having-had-circuited-before in 02 : + a-one in 01.

16:21 προδραμων] + τις ℵV | Ιωαννει ℵ Ιωαννης Avid | απεσταλεν ℵV*

(135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:22 καὶ ἀκούσας ἐξέστη σφόδρα, καὶ συνέλαβεν τοὺς ἄνδρας τοὺς ἐλθόντας ἀπολέσαι αὐτόν· καὶ ἀπέκτεινεν αὐτούς, ἔγνω γὰρ ὅτι ἐζήτουσαν αὐτὸν ἀπολέσαι.

And having-heard it-had-stood-out to-vehemented, and it-had-taken-together to-the-ones to-men to-the-ones to-having-had-came to-have-destructed-off to-it and it-killed-off to-them; it-had-acquainted too-thus to-which-a-one they-sought-unto to-it to-have-destructed-off.

Note: it-had-acquainted in 02 : it-had-acquainted-upon in 01.

Note: they-sought-unto in 02 : they-were-seeking-unto in 01.

16:22 om αυτον κ. απεκτεινεν V | εγνω] επεγνω ℵV | εζητουν ℵV

(135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:23 Καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν λόγων Ἰωάννου καὶ τῶν πολέμων αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν ἀνδραγαθιῶν αὐτοῦ ὧν ἠνδραγάθησεν καὶ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῶν τειχέων ὧν ᾠκοδόμησεν καὶ τῶν πράξεων αὐτοῦ,

And the-ones remaindered of-the-ones of-forthees of-an-Iôannês and of-the-ones of-wars of-it and of-the-ones of-excess-placed-mannings-unto of-it of-which it-excess-placed-manned-unto and of-the-one of-a-house-building of-the-ones of-lineationeednesses of-which it-house-built-unto and of-the-ones of-practices of-it,

(135 B.C.)

1Ma 16:24 ἰδοὺ ταῦτα γέγραπται ἐπὶ βιβλίου ἡμερῶν ἀρχιερωσύνης αὐτοῦ, ἀφ' οὗ ἐγενήθη ἀρχιερεὺς μετὰ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ.

thou-should-have-had-seen, the-ones-these it-had-come-to-be-scribed upon of-a-paperlet of-dayednesses of-a-first-en-sacredingedness of-it, off of-which it-was-became a-first-sacreder-of with to-the-one to-a-father of-it.

Note: of-a-paperlet in 02 : unto-a-paperlet in 01.

16:24 βιβλιω ℵ

Subscr Μακκαβαιων αÆ ℵ Μακκαβαιων αÆ A Μακαβαιων αÆ V